MAXIMISER

1ST YEAR/INTERMEDIATE

SIXTH EDITION 2024

INDEX
UNIT 1 The Way We Ar2
Speaking …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2, 13, 17
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………3
Grammar ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………2
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……12
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……13
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………15
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………19
UNIT 2 Traveller’s Tale
Speaking …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 31, 44, 47
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………31
Grammar ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………33
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……41
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……43
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………44
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………47
UNIT 3 Feeling Good
Speaking …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 60, 73, 75
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………60
Grammar ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………62
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……69
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……72
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………73
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………74
UNIT 4 A Right to Flight
Speaking ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 82, 99, 100
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………82
Grammar ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………84
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……95
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……98
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………99
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………101
UNIT 5 Rights and Wrongs
Speaking ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….118, 132, 133
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………119
Grammar ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………120
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……127
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……130
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………132
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………133
UNIT 6 Paying the Price
Speaking ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….141, 155, 157
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………141
Grammar ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………143
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……152
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……155
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………157
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………158
UNIT 7 The Senses
Speaking …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 183, 194, 195
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………183
Grammar ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………183
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……190
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……193
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………194
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………196
UNIT 8 Decisions
Speaking …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 202, 214, 215
Vocabulary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………202
Grammar ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………204
Listening …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..……210
Reading …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….……213
Writing …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………215
Revision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………216
Mocks …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….227
Final Glossary ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….292
 MAXIMISER
Highlands 1ST YEAR
THE WAY WE ARE
UNIT 1
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 1
 Personal Questions. Answer these questions in a completely way

1. What do you do on Mondays? 9. Are you watching any interesting series on

2. What do you do at weekends?
3. What do you like doing on Fridays?
4. Do you eat vegetables three times a week?
5. Do you like staying at home instead of going to
school or work?
6. Do you sleep before 12 am?
7. What do you hate doing the most at the
weekends?
8. What do you like doing in winter?
Netflix?
10. What do you generally have for breakfast?
11. How do you go to school/ university / work?
12. Do you like going to the dentist’s?
13. When do you do the homework?
14. Is your best friend studying / working at the
moment?
15. Are you doing anything special next weekend?

VOCABULARY SECTION
Activity 1: Choose the correct option
1) I think I must go on a diet. I’m ………………………………
a) trim b) stunning c) overweight
2) ………………… clothes don’t need to be expensive
a) stylish b) retro c) handsome
3) Marie is very ………………………... She never tans.
a) broad-shouldered b) pale-skinned c) middle-aged
4) Hollywood actors look so ………………………. on the screen. I wonder if they look the same in person.
a) plump b) arrogant c) handsome
5) Jason never wants to work. He’s so ………………….
a) lazy b) stubborn c) emotional
6) I know a lot of millionaire people who are really ………………… about their money.
a) assertive b) modest c) shy
7) Retro fashion is not as old as …………………. fashion.
a) chic b) second-hand c) vintage
8) You look so …………………… with that suit.
a) elegant b) slender c) designer
9) In the last survey Russian women are considered the most …………………. women of all.
a) plump b) handsome c) stunning
10) If you like reggae music you probably like wearing ……………...
a) spiky hair b) dreadlocks c) a bob
11) Nowadays, a person in his fifties is considered ……………………...
a) sun-tanned b) short-sighted c) middle-aged
12) Jack spent the whole summer lying on the beach. Now he’s completely ………………………
a) sun-tanned b) pale-skinned c) blue-eyed
13) A punk with …………………… is showing how rebellious he is.
a) a ponytail b) spiky hair c) plaits
14) I like when people is a bit ………………………. I don’t like thin people.
a) ugly b) big c) plump
15) She always knows what she wants and goes for it. Definitely, she’s so ………………………
a) determined b) easy-going c) sensitive
16) Karl is arguing all the time and never wants to change his mind. He’s very ……………………… 2
a) shy b) determined c) stubborn
17) I can’t watch a romantic movie because I start crying. I’m so …………………
a) emotional b) sensitive c) arrogant
18) My parents are very………………………… They’re never difficult to please.
a) assertive b) determined c) easy-going
19) ……………………………. are perfect for camping or walking, and those pockets are very useful.
a) combat trousers b) leggings c) cardigan
20) When I’m on holiday these …………………………… are ideal for the beach.
a) polo-shirt b) fleece c) bermudas

GRAMMAR SECTION
PART 1
Activity 1: PRESENT SIMPLE AND PRESENT CONTINUOUS

1) __________________________ (you / come)

tonight? 11) She ______________________ (not/go) to the
2) __________________________ (he / eat) rice cinema very often.
every day? 12) You usually ________________ (arrive) late.
3) I _________________________ (work) at the 13) He normally ________________ (eat) dinner
moment. at home.
4) __________________________ (he / come) to 14) __________________________ (you/study)
London often? every night?
5) He _______________________ (play) tennis 15) __________________________ (they/work)
now. late usually?
6) __________________________ (you/come) to 16) You _______________________ (not/go) out
the cinema later? later.
7) They ______________________ (not/come) to 17) I __________________________ (not/work)
the party tomorrow. tonight.
8) He ______________________ (not/play) golf 18) ___________________________ (she/work)
now. at the moment?
9) ___________________________ (you/play) 19) I __________________________ (not/drink)
tennis this Sunday? coffee very often.
10) They _____________________ (go) to a 20) Julie _______________________ (sleep) now.
restaurant every Saturday.

Activity 2: Complete the sentences. Use the present simple or present continuous form of the verbs

3
Activity 3: Complete the blanks using the given verbs in simple present or present continuous.

1. Every Monday, Sally (drive) ……………………. her kids to football practice.

2. Usually, I (work) ………………………as a secretary at ABT, but this summer I (study)
…………………………at a French language school in Paris. That is why I am in Paris.
3. Shhhhh! Be quiet! John (sleep) …………………………………...
4. Don't forget to take your umbrella. It (rain) …………………………………
5. I hate living in Seattle because it (rain, always) ……………….……………..
6. I'm sorry I can't hear what you (say) ………………………….because everybody (talk)
………………………… loudly.
7. Justin (write, currently) ………………………...a book about his adventures in Tibet. I hope he can find a
good publisher when he is finished.
8. Jim: Do you want to come over for dinner tonight?
Denise: Oh, I'm sorry, I can't. I (go) ………………………………..to a movie tonight with some friends.
9. The business cards (be, normally ) …………………..printed by a company in New York. Their
prices (be) …………………..inexpensive, yet the quality of their work is quite good.
10. This delicious chocolate (be) ……………………………..made by a small chocolatier in Zurich, Switzerland.

Activity 4: Complete the blanks using the given verbs in simple present or present continuous.
1. Excuse me, (you/speak) English?
2. Tom (have/shower) at the moment.
3. They (not/watch) television very often.
4. Listen! Somebody (sing)
5. She’s tired. She (want) to go home.
6. How often (you/read) a newspaper?
7. Excuse me, but you ____________________ (sit) in my place. Oh, I’m sorry.
8. I’m sorry. I__________________ (not/understand). Please speak more slowly.
9. Where are you Roy? I am in the office. I ________________________ (read
10. What time (she/finish) work every day?

Activity 5: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets (Present Simple vs. Present
Continuous)

1. Ron is in London at the moment. He (stay) at the Hilton Hotel. He

usually___________________________ (stay) at the Hilton Hotel when he's in London.
2. My parents (live) in Bristol. They were born there and have never lived anywhere
else. Where (your/parents/live)?
3. She (stay) with her sister at the moment, until she finds somewhere to live.
4. A: What (your father/do)?
B: He's a teacher, but he (not/work) at the moment.
5. What time (the banks/close) in Britain?
6. I don't understand the word 'ain’t'. What (it/mean)?

4
 LOOK / LOOK LIKE / LOOK AS IF / LOOK AS THOUGH
They look happy. look + adjective

It looks like a graduation ceremony. look like + noun

They look as if they graduated successfully. look as if + clause

They look as though they graduated successfully. look as though + clause

* They look like they graduated successfully. NOT CORRECT but used informally even by native speaker

Activity 1: Choose the correct answer.

1. They look / look like / look as if excited.

2. It look / look like / look as if they managed to achieve something.
3. They look / look like / look as if old friends.
4. It look / look like / look as if a victory celebration.
5. They look / look like / look as if they are standing on a pier.

Activity 2: Complete the sentences.

1. He ______________________ a primary school student.
2. He ______________________confused.
3. He ______________________ he is confused.
4. It _______________________ he can’t solve a problem.
5. The task __________________ too difficult.
6. He _________________________ he’s been trying to do it for hours

VERB PATTERNS
Verbs which are normally followed by the gerund

admit | adore | anticipate | appreciate | avoid | celebrate | confess / delay | deny | detest | discuss | dislike | enjoy
fancy | finish | hate | imagine | involve | keep | mind | miss | omit / postpone | practise
prefer / quit | recommend | regret | report | risk | stand / suggest | tolerate | understand | look forward

For example:
 I adore reading your books.
 They anticipated winning the election.
 I detest going to discos.
 We postponed making any decision in the meeting.
 I quit smoking
 Do you imagine seeing something like that?

5
 Verbs which are normally followed by the infinitive

Afford | agree | appear | arrange | ask | choose | come |

dare | decide | demand | deserve | encourage / expect | fail / forget / | help | hope | hurry | intend | learn |
manage / mean | need /offer | plan | prepare | pretend | promise | refuse | say | seem | tend | threaten | want |
would like

For example:
 I can't afford to go to the pub.
 He agreed to practise more.
 You should learn to express yourself.
 They managed to fix the problem

Activity 1: Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the verb in brackets

1. Are you thinking of ……...............................…(visit) London?

2. We decided ….........................................…. (run) through the forest.
3. The teacher expected Sarah………............................…………... (study) hard.
4. She doesn't mind…...................................................... (work) the night shift.
5. I learned….......................................................…. (ride) the bike at the age of 5
6. He agreed…….................................………… (buy) a new car
7. The question is easy……...................................……….. (answer).
8. I can't imagine Peter....................................…………. (go)by bike
9. I look forward to…..........................…………… (see) you at the weekend.
10. The man asked me how...................................…… (get) to the airport.
11. They hope……..................................…………….(visit) us next year
12. Can you help me….........................................…. (do) my homework, dad?
13. She admitted…….................................................…… (make) a mistake.
14. I keep on…….........................................................…… (think) I've seen her before somewhere.
15. Neil denies……...........................................................… (break) the window.

Activity 2: Can you find the mistakes?

 I’m going work as a designer.  I’m thirsty. I like drink a glass of coke
 She hopes finding a job soon.  Do you like to come to the cinema tonight?
 He wants have a restaurant
 I like play football
 I’d like having a drink

Activity 3: In these sentences, one or two verbs are correct, but not all. Circle the ones that are correct.

I ……….. to live in a hot country. A-WANT B- ENJOY C-‘D LIKE

We ……….going to Italy for our holidays. A.’RE HOPING B. ‘RE THINKING OF C. LIKE
I …………go home early tonight. A. WANT B. LIKE C. CAN
I………….. to see you again soon. A. ‘M LOOKING FORWARD B. ‘D LIKE C. HOPE
Do you ……… learning English? A. WANT B. ENJOY C. LIKE
We……… having a few days off soon. A. ‘RE THINKING OF B. ‘RE LOOKING FORWARD TO C.’D LOVE TO

6
Activity 4: Complete the following exercise. PREPOSITIONS + GERUNDS

1. Would you mind (buy)………………… me 24. I continued (talk)……………………………to

lunch? him.
2. There's no point in (do)…………….. such 25. I like (go)…………………………..to school.
dangerous things. 26. I plan (work)………………..on the house this
3. Some people seem (be)……………...... very weekend.
kind. 27. I intend (go)………………………to her birthday
4. It is usually easier (learn)……….....………. party.
English in English-speaking countries.
5. I tried (explain)…………......……… it to him, but
he didn't understand.
6. I suggested (not go)………....………… out in
the rain.
7. I prefer (drive)…………….............….. to
walking.
8. I have a passion for (write) …….........…………..
to the newspapers.
9. (enter)………….............…………….. for the
competition was great
10. He postponed (go) …......................…………….
to the cinema.
11. He’s looking forward to (move) …………………
house.
12. He keeps (ask)……………………. me such
stupid questions.
13. Did you remember (give)……………………. him
the key?
14. By (offer)…………………… enormous wages
she persuaded him to work for her.
15. After (hear)…………………… the conditions I
left.
16. (lie)…………………….. on this beach is very
pleasant. I need (study)……………………
17. I learned (speak)………………...English in
2000.
18. I began (work) ……………………with
computers when I was young
19. I can't stand (wait)…………………….in line.
20. I decided (leave)………………….…………
21. I am thinking of (quit) ……………………..my job
22. I quit (eat)…………………….meat a year ago.
23. I enjoy (swim)…………………………………

7
Activity 5: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct infinitive form or the gerund form

I don’t know what …………………….. (do) at the weekend. I like ……………………… (go) to the cinema, but none of my
friends enjoy ………………………(watch) films very much.
Paul had his driving test today. He tried …………………. (not /make) any mistakes, but he failed.
He expects ………………… (pass) the test the next time he takes it. Tom often goes…………………… (walk) at the
weekends and takes anyone with him because he prefers …………………(be) alone while he is walking.

Activity 6: Choose the correct option

1. Dan enjoys reading / to read science fiction.

2. Cheryl suggested seeing / to see a movie after work.
3. I miss working / to work in the travel industry. Maybe I can get my old job back.
4. Where did you learn to speak / speaking Spanish? Was it in Spain or in Latin America?
5. Do you mind to help / helping me translate this letter?
6. He asked to talk / talking to the store manager.
7. You've never mentioned living / to live in Japan before. How long did you live there?
8. If he keeps coming / to come to work late, he's going to get fired!
9. Debbie plans studying / to study abroad next year.
10. I agreed helping / to help Jack wash his car.

Activity 7: Complete the sentences. Decide between gerunds and infinitive.

1. We expect ………………….. (leave) in an hour if it doesn’t rain.

2. He accused her of ……………….. (lie) when they said she was at the movies when she had called in sick.
3. He denied …………………… (break) the window while he was playing football with his friends.
4. The company agreed …………………. (hire) a new employee for the section.
5. He didn’t dare ………………….. (tell) her the truth although he knew she would insist on ……………. (know).
6. I seem ………………….. (remember) that today is the appointment.
7. The question is not difficult. Just try…………………. (remember) when the war started.

Activity 8: What do you think: gerund or infinitive?

1. I love ………………………….(visit) old houses.
2. I started …………………….(polish) the car.
3. I remembered ………………... (give) him the money.
4. I really love …………………. (play) with children.
5. We managed ……………… (pass) the exam.
6. Dave decided ……………….. (not phone) Sheila for a week.
7. I can’t stand ………………….. (do) the washing up.
8. We agree ………………….. (not do) any more work.
Activity 9:
A) Complete these sentences with the verb SKI in the correct form
1) I go………..............…in winter
2) I started…...............…..when I was 6
3) I tried ….............…………down the mountain but it was too steep
4) My instructor made me ..................……….down the steep mountain
5) I enjoy………..............………very much.
8
B) Choose the correct form
1) I have decided S T O P /TO STOP/STOPPING smoking
2) I managed FIND/ TO FIND/FINDING my passport
3) Let’s go SHOP/TO SHOP/ SHOPPING!
4) Please let me GO/TO GO/GOING to the party
5) Would you like something EAT/TO EAT/EATING =
6) I need a recipe for a cake that’s easy MAKE/TO MAKE/MAKING
7) He agreed START/STARTING/ TO START the job as soon as possible
8) I stopped READ/ TO READ/ READING my book and went to bed
9) My teachers always expected me DOING/ TO DO/ DO well in exams
10) Let me TO PAY/ PAYING/ PAY for the meal. You paid last time
11) The dentist told me BEING/ TO BE/ BE more careful when I brush my teeth
12) I asked Monica WRITING/ WRITE/ TO WRITE some mails for me
13) You can’t PARKING/ TO PARK/ PARK your car outside the hospital
14) David always enjoyed PLAY/ PLAYING /TO PLAY football at school

C) Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form “infinitive (with to or without to) or gerund. Sometimes both
forms are possible

1. I enjoy……………(walk) in the rain

2. Would you like………………. (have) something to eat?
3. My family is trying……………….(decide) where to go on holiday
4. I’d like………………………..(go) somewhere different for a change
5. I enjoy……………..(visit) places I have never been to before
6. But my children hate……………………(sightsee)
7. They prefer……………………….(play) in the swimming pool all day
8. They refuse…………….. (go) out on trips it it’s too hot.
9. Last year we managed………………………….(find) a holiday that suited everyone
10. We decided……………………..(rent) a house with a swimming pool
11. A woman from a travel agency helped us…………………….(choose) a nice house
12. When we arrived, the people next door invited us……………..(have) a drink with them
13. We began……………………….(talk) about next year’s holiday two months ago
14. Everyone hopes…………………..(enjoy) themselves on holiday, but it isn’t always easy
15. My wife and I are starting ………………. (think) we should stay at home.

D) COMPLETE THE TEXT WITH INFINITIVE OR GERUND FROM THE VERBS IN THE BOX

READ HAVE SAIL DRINK VISIT STAY RELAX

SUNBATHE DECIDE LIE HELP

My friend and I had a problem about our holiday last year. I wanted 1)………………………….a lazy seaside holiday
because I was tired and needed 2)……………………… I love 3)……………………in the sun, 4)……………….. ice cold
beer and 5)……………………..a good book. But Natalie likes busy, cultural holidays. She likes 6)
………………………museums and galleries. She hates 7)…………………….because she always goes red and not
brown. The travel agent tried 8)……………….us and suggested Greece. I said I’d love 9) ……………………. a quiet
island but of course Natalie said she’d like 10)………………..in Athens. It was easy 11)…………………… what to
do- we flew to Athens together, Natalie stayed there and I travelled to the islands of Kos.
E) Read the following words and tick if they belong to the ING form or the infinitive

9
VERB ING TO PREFER
ADMIT INFIN PREPARE
ADORE ITIVE PRETEND
AFFORD PROMISE
AGREE QUIT
ANTICIPATE RECOMM
APPEAR END
REFUSE
APPRECIATE REGRET
ARRANGE REPORT
ASK RISK
AVOID SAY
CELEBRATE SEEM
CHOOSE SUGGEST
COME TEND
CONFES THREATEN
S
DARE TOLERAT
DECIDE E
UNDERSTA
DELAY ND
WANT
DEMAN WOULD LIKE
DENY D
DESERV
DETEST E
DISCUS
DISLIKE S
ENJOY
ENCOURAGE
EXPECT
FAIL
FANCY
FINISH
HATE
HELP
HOPE
HURRY
IMAGIN
E
INTEND
INVOLVE
KEEP
KNOW
LEARN
LOOK
FORWA
MANAGE
RD TO
MEAN
MIND
NEED
OFFER
OMIT
PLAN
POSTPONE
PRACTIS
E
10
F) Complete the sentences with the Gerund or the Infinitive.
1. She agreed …………………….. (pay) the
electricity bill the following week.
2. Hector dislikes …………………..(go) to the
opera .
3. Martin admitted ……………………(steal)
the money from the safe box
4. Elizabeth didn’t need …………………(do)
the final exams.
5. I regretted …………………………(forget)
to call my grandfather for his birthday.
6. Please, avoid ………………….(talk) about
politics or religion at the party.
7. Your friend seems ………………….(be)
very busy today.
8. We suggested ……………………(sell) our
apartment at the seaside
9. She postponed………………………(make)
a decision for the new shop.
10. Excuse me, do you
mind………………..(clean) the table,
please?
11. It was difficult to climb up the mountain but
we kept …………………(go)
12. The policeman pretended
………………(keep) my identity card.
13. The criminal denied
………………..(kidnap) the child.
14. The car is too expensive so I can’t afford
……………………(buy) it.
15. Sonia didn’t
tolerate………………………..(share) the
bedroom with her brother.
16. The couple chose ………………….(spend)
their honeymoon in Colombia.
17. You hate …………………..(wait) for your
girlfriend.
18. Barbara celebrated ………………(win) the
TV contest.
19. George’s father learnt
…………………(play) the guitar in 5 years.
20. Mary omitted ………………….(invite) her
old university colleagues.
21. Tina pretended ……………….(borrow) my
computer.
22. All my friends wanted ………………(go) to
an after office to have some fun.
23. The French tourist asked me how
…………….(get) to the post office.
24. My neighbour enjoys
…………………..(collect) coins from all
over the world.
25. It was late so we hurried
…………………….(catch) the last bus.
26. Does she know what ……………..(do) in
case of a fire?
27. I would like …………..(visit) Europe one
day.
28. Did you remember ……………..(post) the
letters?
29. The doctor told him to stop
………………….(smoke)
30. The film made me ……………………(cry)
31. I think you should avoid
……………….(eat) junk food
32. The teacher encouraged him
…………………(rewrite) the essay
33. She loves …………………(watch) soap
operas.
34. Students aren’t allowed
………………(stay) in class during the
break.
35. My friends advised me ………….(take) on
that job.
36. In the end we agreed………………(share)
the expenses.
37. I forgot ………………(call) Sarah for her
birthday.
38. We decided ……………………(buy) a
new car.
39. They’ve got some work …………..(do)
40. Peter gave up …………………..(smoke)
two months ago.
41. He would like ………………..(fly) an
airplane.
42. I enjoy ……………..(read) science fiction
books.
43. Do you know what ……………(do) if
there’s a fire in the shop?
44. Avoid ………………….(make) silly
mistakes.
45. My parents wanted me ……………..(be)
at home before midnight.
46. I dream about …………………(have) a
big family.
47. I hope ………………(see) Lisa soon, I
really miss her.
48. I can’t imagine Peter …………………(go)
by bike.
49. He agreed ……………….(buy) a new car.
50. Are you thinking of ……………..(visit)
11
 London? 53. She doesn’t mind ………..(work) the night
51. We decided ……………(run) through the shift.
forest. 54. I learnt …………..(ride) the bike at the
52. The teacher expected Sarah age of 5.
……………….(study) hard.

LISTENING SECTION
 Listen to a morning briefing and then decide if the statements are TRUE or FALSE.

A morning briefing | LearnEnglish (britishcouncil.org)

1. The briefing will be short this morning. TRUE / FALSE

2. The new head of department is starting this week. TRUE / FALSE

3. The car park will be closed for improvements. TRUE / FALSE

4. If you arrive first thing in the morning, you should park on Brown Street. TRUE / FALSE

5. There will be no parking in the church car park after 6 p.m. TRUE / FALSE

6. You can only pay with credit and debit cards in the canteen. TRUE / FALSE

READING SECTION
 Read this passage and then answer the questions

A Day in the Park

Last Sunday, my friends and I decided to spend a day in the park. It was a beautiful sunny day, and the park was
buzzing with activity.

We started our day by spreading a colourful picnic blanket under the shade of a big oak tree. We brought sandwiches,
fruits, and refreshing drinks. The aroma of freshly cut grass and the distant sound of children playing filled the air.
As we enjoyed our picnic, we noticed a group of people playing frisbee nearby. Inspired, we decided to join them. We
laughed and cheered each other on as we attempted to throw the frisbee accurately. It was a great way to make new
friends and have some healthy competition.

After the frisbee game, we took a leisurely stroll around the park. We passed by a pond where ducks were swimming
peacefully. Some children were feeding the ducks, and we decided to join in. It was heart-warming to see the
excitement in the children's eyes as they interacted with the animals.

Later in the afternoon, we discovered a small outdoor concert happening in the park amphitheatre. We found a spot on
the grass and enjoyed the live music. The tunes ranged from upbeat melodies to soothing ballads, creating a perfect
atmosphere for relaxation.

As the sun began to set, the park's landscape transformed into a magical scene. The colourful sky and the twinkling
lights in the park created a serene ambiance. We sat on a bench, reflecting on the wonderful day we had spent
together.

12
With a sense of contentment, we left the park, promising to return soon. It was a day filled with laughter, new
experiences, and a deep appreciation for the simple joys a park can offer.

1) What is the main activity the author and their friends engage in during their day in the park?

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________
2) Summarize the key events that took place in the park throughout the day.

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________
3) What did the group bring for their picnic in the park?

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________
4) Describe the atmosphere in the park during the frisbee game.

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________
5) Why do you think the author found feeding the ducks heart-warming?

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________
6) Based on the passage, what emotions do you think the group experienced during the live music performance?

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
 Compare and Contrast. Remember to use the structure that is in the box.

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP / LEFT SHOWS………………… WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE
BOTTOM / RIGHT SHOWS…
AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD…
AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD………
IT MUST BE……
AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES………….
REGARDING DIFFERENCES……….
FROM MY POINT OF YOU I PREFER……….

13
SET 1

SET 2

SET 3

SET 4

14
 WRITING SECTION
Activity 1:
1. Look at the photo. What are esports? Would you like to go to an esports event?

2. Read the email that Jack receives from his friend Ben. Why is Ben excited?

Hi Jack,
How are you? Guess what? You know I love esports?
Well, I’ve got two tickets for a big esports competition next Saturday! → 1 Great
Would you like to go to the event with me? → 2 Yes
We can choose which games to watch. I love watching sports games and fantasy games. Which do you
prefer? → 3 Tell Jack
The event is at the big exhibition hall near the city centre. How do you think we should get there? → 4 Suggest
See you soon,
Ben

3. Look at the notes 1–4 that Jack has written on the email. Match them to the functions A–D below.

A give information about your likes or dislikes

B make a suggestion
C accept an invitation
D respond to news

4. Read Jack’s reply. Answer the questions.

1 Does Jack answer all Ben’s questions?

2 Does he answer them in the same order as Ben’s email?
3 How does he suggest travelling?

15
 Hey Ben,
Thanks for your email. Wow! That’s amazing news about the tickets!
I love esports too, so I’d love to come with you! I’m excited already!
I’m not keen on sports games, but I love watching fantasy games. It would be brilliant to see some really good
players playing some of my favourite games.
Why don’t we get the train to the exhibition hall? I think there’s a station right next to the exhibition hall. We
could meet at my house and walk to the station together.
See you soon!
Jack

5. Look at the Key Language for an informal email. Find words in Jack’s email to complete it.

KEY LANGUAGE FOR AN INFORMAL EMAIL

Informal phrases for beginning an email:
Hi Jack, 1…………………… Ben,
Informal phrases for ending an email:
Love, Bye, 2…………………… soon,
Responding to good news:
I’m glad that, It’s great that, 3…………………… amazing news!
Wow! How exciting! That sounds fun!
Responding to an invitation:
I 4…………………… to come, I’m afraid I can’t come,
Making a suggestion:
You should …, 5…………………… don’t you / we …? You / we could …, I recommend …
Giving your opinion:
I 6……………………, For me, …
Short forms:
I’m, he’s, you’ll, etc.

6. Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. Check your ideas in the Key Language box.
1 An esports event? Wow! How / It’s exciting!
2 A gaming workshop is sounds / sounds fun!
3 I’m afraid / regret I can’t come with you.
4 I’m / I think it will be amazing!
7. Match the sentence halves to make suggestions.
1 We could
2 Why don’t we
3 I recommend
4 I think you
A meet at nine thirty?
B should invite Harry, too.
C get some food on the way.
D getting there early.
8. We often use contractions in an informal email. Find one contraction you can write in each sentence.
1 I have got two tickets for a gaming exhibition.
I’ve……………………………………………………
2 It is next Saturday afternoon.
………………………………………………………..
16
3 My dad says he will be able to take us in the car.
………………………………………………………..
4 I hope you are free to come with me.
………………………………………………………..
5 I am really excited!
………………………………………………………..
6 I have never been to a big exhibition like this before.
………………………………………………………..
9. Read the email from Libby. Then read notes 1–10. Cross out the three things you don’t have to do in
your reply.

Hey Jo,
How are you? You know it was my birthday last weekend? Well, my uncle bought me a really cool
new computer game. It’s called Greyland and it’s amazing fun. → 1 Great
Would you like to come to my house next weekend to play it with me? → 2 Yes – say when
My mum says she can order some pizzas or burgers for us. Which do you prefer? → 3 Tell Libby
It would be fun to ask someone else to come too! Who do you think we should
invite? → 4 Suggest
Love,
Libby

1 Use an informal phrase to begin your email.

2 Tell Libby about your birthday presents.
3 Respond to Libby’s news.
4 Accept Libby’s invitation.
5 Tell Libby when you can come to her house.
6 Offer to bring one of your games with you.
7 Tell Libby if you would like pizzas or burgers.
8 Suggest a different kind of food to eat.
9 Suggest another friend to invite.
10 Use an informal phrase to end your email.

10. Write your reply to Libby. Use your notes from Exercise 9. Remember to use contractions.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

17
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Activity 2: Write an informal e-mail in replay to the online advert below (140 – 180 words)
WANTED: E-FRIENDS
We have a partner school in Glasgow, Scotland. Their students are looking for new teenagers e-friends.
They want to practice their English and find out more about life and culture. Tell them about your country, school and friends.
Please attach photo and describe yourself and your friends.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 3
 Discussion

18
 REVISION UNIT 1
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION
Activity 1: Read the article and choose the correct answers.

1. Before the 1950s, teenagers… b) grew their hair long

a) didn’t listen to music very much.
b) listened to the same music as adults 4. In the 1970s, punks wanted…
a) to be very fashionable
2. In the 1950s, a lot of teenagers boys… b) to look different
a) joined rockn’roll bands
b) wore clothes similar to the pop stars 5. In the 1980s and 1990s, hip hop singers liked…
a) wearing jewellery
3. In the 1960s, a lot of young men… b) driving fast cars
a) didn’t like sandals

19
USE OF ENGLISH
Activity 2: Read the text and choose the best word (A, B, C or D) for each space

OPEN CLOZE
Activity 3: Read the text and choose the correct answer for each gap. There are three words that you do not
need
When I ………………… my job two years ago I ………………… love it. The truth is that I have a very high salary and the
office is very close to home, but the problem is that since the day I started I …………………… very few free weekends
and I always work until very late in the evening. I often have to cancel plans with friends …………………... work or I
miss family celebrations, and I'm usually very tired and stressed. I'm not sure I can keep ……………… this. I don't sleep
enough, and I don't eat ……………………., because I don't have …………………. to cook.
Apart from that, sport has always been very important in my life. I like being fit, and ……………………... sport is the
way I have to feel well and reduce stress. …………………………, nowadays I don't have ………………………. time to
exercise. With all these bad habits, I feel that I am putting my health at risk.
I really need some advice. What would you do if you …………………… me? My salary is very high, and I can walk to
work, but I feel horrible; I don't have a social life and I don't have a healthy life. Two years ago, before taking this job, I

20
was much …………………… and very happy. Now I am 28 and I have a lot of money in my bank account, but nothing
else. The problem is that the jobs that …………………... in the area where I live don't pay much, and I'm afraid of
making a decision ……………………. I might regret. So, what do you think? …………………….. I quit my job?

doing - should – are offered – however – was - doing – used to – have had – from - enough time – fitter – were –
which – started – because of – healthily – doing – that

TENSES
Activity 4: Complete the sentences from the box. SIMPLE PRESENT PRACTICE
A)
1. My friend …………….a pet dog.
2. These flowers ……………nice!
3. I don’t speak much Spanish but I ……………..it when I hear it.
4. This tea …………..too sweet. How much sugar did you add?
5. Strawberry ice-cream is okay but I ……………chocolate ice-cream.
6. My son still ………….in Santa Claus. He’s only 4 years old.
7. I borrowed money from my brother. Now, I ……………….him ten dollars.
8. Do you ………….your home or do you pay rent every month?
9. My classmate is very smart. He ……………many things.
10. What does this word ……………….? Do you have a dictionary?
11. I ……………. Only 70 kilograms but I still want to lose a little weight.
12. I like summer but I ……………..winter. it’s too cold and dark.
13. James ……………the password. That’s good because I forget it!
14. Sally ……………a new bicycle for her birthday this year.
15. I …………….a strange sound coming from that box! Let’s open it!
16. Steward doesn’t hate winter. He ……………it

A. I usually get up … 1. … for at least ten minutes.

B. Then I take a shower … 2. … I leave and walk to the bus stop.
C. At about a quarter to eight … 3. … and I go home straight away.
D. I usually have to wait … 4. … at seven and make my own breakfast.
E. I get to work …
5. … or sometimes I have a bath.
F. And occasionally I arrive late …
6. … but usually I stay at home.
G. I usually finish work at five …
H. I sometimes go out in the evening … 7. … by half past eight if I’m lucky.
8. … but it doesn’t happen often

C)
I 1………………(work) in a factory which 2……………… (make) plastic pipes. I 3 ………………..(not like) the job very
much because I 4 ……………..(do) the same things every day. I 5 ………………….(want) to find a new job but my friend
Terry 6 ………………………(tell) me that I should stay. He 7 ……………….(look) for a job but he can’t find one, which is
strange because they 8 ……………………………(build) a lot of new factories in our town. Of course, Terry 9
………………(not dress) very well and he 10 ……………………(usually arrive) late everywhere. He 11
21
…………………(train) to be an accountant and he 12 …………………….(go) to college every day, but his parents
13………………(not send) him any money. That’s why he usually 14 ………………….(come) round to my house to eat.
But luckily, he is a good cook so at the moment while I 15 ………………………(write) this, he 16
………………………(cook) the dinner.
Activity 5: PUT THE VERBS IN BRACKETS IN THE CORRECT FORM. (Present Simple vs. Present Continuous)
1. A: What…………………..(your father/do)?
B: He's a teacher, but he……………………… (not/work) at the moment.
2. I …………..(think) we are going through a very dangerous financial situation.
3. I ………………..(promise) I will never forget what you have told me.
4. I ………………….(wish) I had the opportunity to get that promotion.
5. I am angry with her. She ……………………(always lie) to me.
6. I am travelling to Brazil to meet the new Managing director but the big problem is that I ………….(not
understand) Portuguese
7. I don't understand the word 'aint'. What ……………………… (it/mean)?
8. I…………………(realize) she is being honest with us.
9. My friends and I …………………….(think) of travelling to Brazil next summer as the money exchange is more
convenient there.
10. My parents ………………………..(live) in Bristol. They were born there and have never lived anywhere else.
Where……………….. (your/parents/live)?
11. Ron is in London at the moment. He…………………… (stay) at the Hilton Hotel. He usually
……………….(stay) at the Hilton Hotel when he's in London.
12. She …………………..(stay) with her sister at the moment, until she finds somewhere to live.
13. She is travelling to attend an important meeting in New York. Her plane ……………(take off) at 8 tomorrow
14. She…………………….(meet) Peter tomorrow afternoon.
15. There is a big sale at my company so we………………….(get) any day off this month
16. What time………………………. (the banks/close) in Britain?
17. I…………………..(disagree) with you. I think raising the topic at the meeting will not be convenient
18. The diet………………….. (consist) of eating fruit and vegetables mainly
19. He ……………….(not mind) losing his job. He is fed up with it.
20. I …………………..(see) the accountant tomorrow to talk about my figures.

22
Activity 5: Classify the following verbs into the correct category.

STATIVE VERBS DYNAMIC VERBS

WORK HAVE EAT OWN LIVE POSSESS WRITE SMELL SLEEP SOUND SWIM
TASTE LOVE LIKE PAINT HATE ENJOY DRIVE WANT GET UP KNOW GET DRESSED
UNDERSTAND BELIEVE PHONE THINK TEXT WISH REMEMBER FORGET GO
AGREE COST

Activity 6: Read the following passage and correct the 10 mistakes.

1. ……………………….. 6. ………………………
2. ……………………….. 7. ……………………..
3. ………………………. 8. ……………………..
4. ………………………. 9. …………………….
5. ……………………… 10. ………………………

23
Activity 7: VERB PATTERNS. Read the sentences and correct the mistakes.
1. I enjoy to play tennis. 7. I don’t mind to drive if you are tired.
2. I love to live near the sea. 8. Nigel has given up to smoke again.
3. What would you like doing tonight? 9. I intended telling you but I forgot.
4. David agreed leaving the next day. 10. She denied to take the money.
5. Tracy began to ask me a lot of questions. 11. Would you mind to help me?
6. The vet failed saving the injured animal. 12. I don’t want seeing you ever again.

Activity 8: Put in the correct form of the verb in brackets in these sentences.
1. I’ve decided ……………………….………(start) seeing David again.
2. Are you sure you want ………………….…………….(see) him after all this time, Amanda?
3. I can’t avoid ………………….……………..(talk) to him forever.
4. I can’t pretend ………………………………………(be) happy about this.
5. He admitted ………………………………………(make) mistakes in the past.
6. He should promise ………………………………….(marry) you.
7. I’m not sure I want ……………………………….(marry) him.
8. Would you mind ……………………….…………(tell) me what you want?
9. If we can manage …………………..…………(be) friends, that would be nice.
10. Ok, but if you decide …………………………(travel) abroad I will support you.
Activity 9: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.
1. My dad finally gave up SMOKING / TO SMOKE at the age of 48.
2. I really enjoy LISTENING / TO LISTEN to music on You Tube Premium
3. Can you afford BUYING / TO BUY so many presents?
4. You should practice JUGGLING / TO JUGGLE every day or you will never learn.
5. How did you learn SPEAKING / TO SPEAK Japanese so well?
6. I thought we discussed GOING / TO GO to India and now you want to go to China!
7. We finally managed FINDING / TO FIND my passport and then left for the airport.
8. I look forward to SEEING / SEE you when I come next week.
9. It was very kind of Jack to offer TO BABY-SIT / BABY-SITTING this weekend.
10. No! I refuse WAITING / TO WAIT a moment longer!
Activity 10: Read the sentences. Are they RIGHT or WRONG?
1. I hope to start DRIVING as soon as I’m 17. 6. Do you like watching TV or do you prefer PLAY
2. Spot pretending BEING asleep. I saw you open computer games?
your eyes! 7. The weather seems BEING better. What about
3. My mum suggested TO GO bowling, but I didn’t a picnic this weekend?
think that was a good idea. 8. I expect TO BE home at nine o’clock, so have
4. Quentin will do anything to avoid TO WALK to dinner without me.
school. He’s so lazy. 9. Our head teacher makes us all TO WEAR
5. I’d really like VISITING New York one day. jackets, even in summer!
10. Don’t let the dog SITTING on the sofa.

Activity 11: Read the paragraph and choose the correct option.

KEY WORD TRANSFORMATION

24
Activity 12:
1. They finally succeeded in escaping from the room.
They finally managed ………………………………….from the room.
2. I bought a new notebook on the way to school.
On the way to school, I stopped ………………………………a new notebook.
3. We’re staying in Milan for a night before flying home.
We are planning …………………………….in Milan for a night before flying home.
4. I don’t want to cook tonight, let’s have a takeaway.
I don’t feel …………………………. tonight, let’s have a takeaway.
5. I’m going to get annoyed if you don’t stop making that noise!
If you continue ……………………………………that noise, I’m going to get annoyed.
6. Could you ask Francis to come into my office, please? MIND
Do you mind …………………………Francis to come into my office, please?

VOCABULARY
Activity 13: TYPES OF HAIR. Match with the correct letter.

Type of hair Letter

CURLY HAIR

PLAIT

PONY TAIL

A BOB

DREADLOCKS

DYED HAIR

SPIKY HAIR

WAVY

A BUN

STRAIGHT HAIR

SHAVED HEAD

CROPPED HAIR

25
Activity 14: Look at the pictures and make sentences

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12
1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
11. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Oral Part
PART A: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. What do you do on Mondays? 14. What clothes do you prefer wearing during
2. What do you like doing on Fridays? winter/summer?
3. Do you eat vegetables three times a week? 15. How often do you change your hairstyle?
4. What do you hate doing the most at the 16. What do you prefer wearing plaits or ponytail?
weekends? 17. Would you shave your head/ dye your hair?
5. What do you like doing in winter? 18. Are you studying another language apart from
6. Are you watching any interesting series on English?
Netflix? 19. Do you prefer reading to watching TV?
7. What do you generally have for breakfast? 20. Do you regret doing anything?
8. How do you go to school/ university / work? 21. Are you planning to go on holiday next winter?
9. When do you do the homework? 22. How often do you cook?
10. Are you doing anything special next weekend? 23. Do you suggest watching movies in English?
11. How often do you go to the cinema? 24. Do you avoid doing homework at the weekend?
12. Do you like buying stylish clothes? 25. Do you practise any sport?
13. What influences the way you dress? 26. Why is it important to stay healthy?

26
PART B: COMPARE AND CONTRAST
SET 1: Which are the benefits of these two ways of studying?

SET 2: Which transport do you think is better for people and the environment?

SET 3: What are they doing? / Why are they doing exercise in different places?

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM SHOWS…
AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD….
AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY MIGHT/MAY/
COULD……………
IT MUST BE…………..
AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..
REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..
FROM MY POINT OF VIEW I PREFER……….. BECAUSE ……

PART C: DISCUSSION
What are the advantages of these different hairstyles? How do you think people look like when they’re…?
• A bob • Lazy
• Shaved head • Sensitive
• Spiky hair • Arrogant
• A plait • Modest
What do you know about these fashion styles? What are the best ways of making friends?
• At school
• Mod • In the park
• Hippie • On the internet
• Punk • Doing sport
• Goth
27
Junky Styling

28
29
 MAXIMISER
Highlands 1ST YEAR
TRAVELLER’S TALE
UNIT 2
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 1
Activity 1: Personal Questions
1. Do you like going on holiday? Why? Why not? 9. Do you prefer going abroad or staying in your
2. Do you prefer summer holidays or winter holidays? 10. country?
Why? 11. What places can you recommend visiting from your
3. What are your favourite holiday activities? country?
4. What’s your favourite means of transport when you 12. How many suitcases do you take when you go on
travel? holiday?
5. Do you prefer to spend time alone or with friends 13. Do you like taking photos?
and family? 14. Do you like sightseeing?
6. Do you prefer hot or cold countries to visit in 15. Do you try local food?
holiday? 16. Do you buy souvenirs for family or friends when you
7. Where did you spend your last holidays? travel?
8. Where would you like to go during your next
holidays?

Activity 2: First, put a cross next to the activities you usually used to do. Then, stand up and ask your partners
about their childhood. The objective of the activity is to find your childhood match. When you do it, shout:
twins!

1- Watch many cartoons 6- Drink milk

2- Go to bed late 7- Dress yourself
3- Make your bed 8- Get pocket money
4- Listen to fairy tales 9- Play computer games
5- Have a bath everyday

VOCABULARY SECTION
Activity 1: Types of Journeys.

A) Replace the words in italics for the type of journey.

♦ I’m not an explorer. I’ve never been on a long scientific journey.
♦ They go with an organized group travelling from place to place.
♦ I went on a journey in a ship.
♦ A journey by air to Thailand would produce a lot of CO2s.
♦ Last summer, I went on a difficult walk, lasting several days or weeks.
B) Complete the collocations with verbs.
 We prefer to ................... off the beaten track.
 We....................... time out from school.
 I love to go ............... up the sun on the beach
 I try to.............. to know the local people.
 We explore the area and ...................... the sights.
 I like to.................... the crowds and go somewhere peaceful.

31
Activity 2: LISTENING COMPREHENSION. Listen to the song and complete with the words from the box.

“We Are The Grand - Used To Be” Those days are_________ and gone
When I thought of _________ I don't care anymore
All my _____________ seemed to turn into blue
But now I feel like new I know that you're _________ and I do know that you're
I don't care what you say or what you ______ smart
That is such a pity 'cause I know your heart is
Sad days I went through ________
Since the moment I lost you Yeah you used to be my __________, you did
And now I don't need you Yeah you used to be my life, now you're dead
I'd rather be ___________ Yeah you used to be my life, you did
Yeah you used to be my life, now you're dead
Yeah, you _________ be my life, you did
Yeah, you used to be my life You're out of my life
You're out of my _________
I used to dream about you You faded way
And about the things we used to do

DEAD – PRETTY – USED TO – YOU – HEAD – HAPPINESS – ALONE – LIFE - BLIND

Activity 3: Choose the correct option.

1. When you go on holiday and you get a job during your vacations you are on a ………………
a) package holiday b) city break c) working holiday
2. When you exchange your house with someone else’s house it’s called a …………………
a) house swap b) coach tour c) honeymoon
3. Last summer I went on a ………………………………….. because I had to cook all my meals.
a) adventure holiday b) self-catering holiday c) backpacking holiday
4. There are plenty of …………………………………. in Thailand. It has the most stunning beaches of all.
a) beach resort b) tour guide c) tourist trap
5. Frank and Tina got married last weekend. Now they are enjoying their ………………….
a) travel destination b) honeymoon c) coach tour
6. I made up my mind. Next year I’m going on a …………………………. just with my things on my back.
a) adventure holiday b) backpacking holiday c) beach resort
7. When we went to London, we paid for a ………………………... visiting the most famous sights.
a) self-catering b) public transport c) city break
8. Every time I travel to the Caribbean, I avoid visiting some stores. They’re always a ……………….
a) tourist trap b) house swap c) working holiday
9. Next time I go on holidays I will buy an excursion with a ……... I want to know the history of the places.
a) coach tour b) tour guide c) package holiday
10. Disney is one of the most ………………………. chosen by kids and adults as well.
a) national park b) adventure holiday c) travel destination

32
Activity 4: Complete the text with the words below
take part in – soak up the sun – escape the crowds – get off the beaten track – get to know–
take time out – see the sights
I will never forget my trip to Rome two years ago. I was planning this for years and I really needed to
……………………………. of work. You would say that I went to ……………….………….. in Italy’s capital but I didn’t! I
mean, on the first day I was in Rome but the city was so crowed! And I hate that. So, I decided to
…………………………… and the noise of the big cities and ………………………………….
So I took one unknown route that no one take and went directly to one small village outside the big city. Once I got there
I couldn’t believe my eyes. The village was stunning! A beautiful lake surrounding by little huts. The first thing I did was
lying by the lake and ……………………………. because the weather was amazing. Finally, and what I liked the most
was ……………………….….. the local people and learn a lot of their culture.
Next time I travel to Rome I will ……………………………… a guided tour and visit the historic places.

GRAMMAR SECTION
Activity 1: Students get in groups of 3 or 4 and match as many sentences as they can, using both past simple
and past continuous by means of W H I L E and W H E N.
e.g : I dropped my wallet while I was walking home.

1. Drop my wallet a. Sing a song

2. Meet John b. Do my homework
3. Walk in the park c. Hear someone cry
4. Watch a movie d. See the accident
5. See a ghost e. Get to school
6. Hear a noise f. Open the door
7. Walk the dog g. Buy a new phone
8. Write a letter h. Park the car
9. Talk on the phone i. Hear the dog bark
10. Find a silver coin j. Fix my bike

Activity 2:

A) When or while?
1.Carol was phoning the post office………………………the parcel arrived.
2.………………..Don arrived, we were having coffee.
3.………………..she was walking, she met John.
4.The students were playing a game……………….. the professor arrived.
5.…………………. I was cooking my sister was studying math.
B) Recognize which is the short and which is the long action. Underline them using two different
colours. (Long: red – Short: blue)
1. I was playing the guitar when my mother entered the room.
2. She knocked at the door and left the message.
3. While she was doing gym, her husband was eating burgers and chips.
4. I was walking along Washington Street when I saw my ex-boyfriend and his new girlfriend.
5. I was repairing the PC when the power cut off.
C) Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs.
1. My brother ………………………..…. a tree when he …………….…………. and broke his leg. (climb / fall)
2. When my parents …………………..……… home, we ……………………..…………….. a DVD. (come / watch)
3. Jordan ……………………….…… while my sister ………………………………. Some homework. (phone / do)
4. While I ………………..………… tennis, a ball ……………………………….. me in the eye. (play / hit)
5. Kimberley ………………………… the web when she …………….…………….. a great new site. (surf / find)
6. While we …………………………..…. on the beach, it …………………..……….. to rain. (walk / start)

33
 TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT…
There are some other words that we often use with past simple or past continuous:

• AS (= While)
As the train was moving, I jumped off.
• AS SOON AS (=WHEN) (= at exactly the same moment)
As soon as I got home, he arrived.
• THEN (=the next moment)
Then I prepared some coffee for him.
While / as + past continuous longer action
When / as soon as + past simple shorter action

A) Connect the sentences to make a story, using the word in brackets. Change the order of the
sentence halves if necessary.
Example: I left the cinema. I started walking home. (then)
I left the cinema, then I started walking home.

1. I was walking. I heard a strange noise. (while)

___________________________________________________________________________________
2. I looked up. Something hit me on the head. (as)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. The thing hit me. Everything went black. (as soon as)
____________________________________________________________________________________
4. I was lying in a hospital bed. I woke up. (when)
____________________________________________________________________________________
5. I rang the bell. A nurse came to talk to me. (as soon as)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6. The nurse was talking to me. I fell in love with her. (while)
_____________________________________________________________________________________

B) Complete the dialogue with the correct form of the verbs.

Lee: Hey Tom. I hear you played your first concert last night. How was it?
Tom: It was OK. The audience ……………………… (like) it, I think. But we …………………… (have) some
problems!
Lee: Really? What ………………… (happen)?
Tom: Well, as I …………………… (sing) the fourth song, all the lights suddenly…………………… (go) out!
Lee: Oh no! What ……………………….. (you do)?
Tom: The audience sat in the dark and I carried on singing!
Lee: Wow! Well done – that was pretty cool of you.
Tom: Oh, that was nothing. As soon as the lights …………………….. (come) back on, I realized my microphone
……………………. (not work)! So while the guys ……………………. (fix) the microphone, the band played on, and
when it was fixed I ……………………. (start) singing again. No problem!
Lee: No problem? Well, I hope all your concerts aren’t like that.
Tom: Yeah, me too!

34
Activity 3: Correct the mistakes and rewrite the sentences.

1. Philip was washing the car while the fire started.

2. Neil was studying when his sister was listening to music.

3. Harriet was opening the door and walked into the room.

4. Brian drank tea at five o’clock yesterday afternoon.

5. Dad was repairing the TV while mum cooked dinner.

6. I was going to the cinema last Saturday.

Activity 4: Choose the correct answer.

1. The earth ………..round the sun.

a. moved b. moves c. is moving
2. Sarah …………….. a new car last week.
a. is buying b. buy c. bought
3. I …………….. when suddenly the dog began to bark.
a. study b. studied c. was studying
4. They ……………….. hard at the moment.
a. are working b. were working c. worked
5. I …………….. home from work when it began to snow.
a. am walking b. walk c. was walking
6. Ted …………….. his father in the garden every Sunday.
a. was helping b. helps c. is helping
Activity 5: Complete the passage with the verbs in the correct form.

When I was in Boston I (meet) a man called Kurt who (invite) me

to visit him at his parents’ home in Anchorage, Alaska. I (never be) so far north
before so I accepted his invitation.
Alaska is such an amazing place. It’s hard to believe that only a few years ago, Anchorage was so wild and primitive
that there (not be) even any electricity or running water. Today, of course,
it’s a very modern city.
Kurt (take) me to a really incredible place. It’s called Denali National
Park. At the park, Kurt and I decided to get off the bus and walk for a short time. We (walk) through a field when
suddenly we_______ (hear) a strange noise. We looked around and, to our surprise,
there was a family of grizzly bears several yards from us. At first we
(think) they (fight) but then we realized they
(play). Anyway, it was such an amazing sight that I took a whole roll of film.

Activity 6: Choose the correct option

1. We were cleaning / cleaned the windows when it started / was starting to rain.
2. While he was driving / drove to work, he was remembering / remembered that his briefcase was still at
home.
3. Melanie cooked / was cooking dinner when her husband came / was coming home.
35
 4. I heard / was hearing a loud crash while I sat / was sitting in the garden.
5. She typed / was typing a letter when her boss was arriving / arrived.
6. While the dog was digging / dug in the garden, it was finding / found a bone.
7. Mary rode / was riding her bicycle when she noticed / was noticing the tiny kitten.
8. While I did / was doing my homework, the phone rang / was ringing.

Activity 7: Choose the correct form of the verbs

1. Mary met her husband while she worked/was working/ used to work in the states.
2. Why does Warren keep shouting at people? He wasn’t / wasn’t being / didn’t use to be so bad-tempered.

3. How long is it since you had / were having / used to have a holiday?
4. The government provided / were providing /used to provide much more help for disabled people than they do
now.
5. It’s all very well complaining you haven’t any money, but while you were travelling around the world, I studied /
was studying /used to study sixteen hours a day for my exams.
6. The only time I ever rode / was riding /used to ride a horse, I fell / was falling / used to fall off in the first five
minutes.

Activity 8: Put the verbs in the correct tense:

1. She’s out of practice now, but Jane (speak) French well.
2. When my parents (move) to this country, they (not have) much
money.
3. When we (be) young, our grandparents (come) to visit very often.
4. The old woman (step off) the curb when she (fall).
5. you (recognize) the man who (sit) at that table?
6. You must be kidding! I (not believe) what you (tell) me!
7. We (not see) many movies before, but now we go once a week.
8. it (rain) when the accident (happen)?

Activity 9: A) Paraphrasing
a. During dinner, the phone rang.
While the phone rang.
b. When you phoned me, it was my lunch time.
When you phoned me lunch.
c. I was in the bathroom having a shower, then the phone rang.
While rang.
d. While I was waiting for the bus, it started to rain.
When the bus.
e. When I finished reading the book, she was working.
While the book.

B) Complete the sentences with an appropriate past tense form of the verb in brackets.
1. It …………………….. (rain) when Paul and John ……………………. (meet) for the first time.
2. John Lennon …………………….. (not live) with his parents when he started his band.
3. Paul ……………………… (join) a group when he was fifteen.
4. I ………………………… (watch) television when I ……………………… (hear) the news of John Lennon’s
death.
5. Emma ……………………… (work) as an actress when she ……………………… (see) the advert to join a
girl group.
6. Emma ……………………… (go) to a famous theatre school when she was a teenager.
7. Emma ……………………… (start) to dance when she was three.
8. The Spice Girls ……………………… (write) Mama (I love you).
36
 9. Geri ……………………………. (leave) the Spice Girls in 1988.

C) Past Simple and Past Continuous: Complete the passage with an appropriate past tense form of the
verb in brackets
A man ………………………… (leave) his house when he ………………………. (see) some workmen who
………………………….. (put) rubbish in the road outside his front door. He ……………………. (tell) them to
stop but they ………………………. (refuse) and ……………………… (show) him a piece of paper explaining
that his street ………………………… (be) now a rubbish dump. The m a n …………………………. (go) red
with anger and ……………………… (run) to speak to a policeman who…………………………. (walk) up the street.
The policeman ………………………….. (do) nothing to stop the workmen, and the man ……………….. (be) 22
about to cry when he …………………….. (realize) that the policeman was actually a television presenter, and they
………………………. (film) him for a television programme where the presenter plays jokes on people.

D) Fill in the Simple Past or Past Continuous form as needed.

1. When Bill (get off) the plane, his wife (wait) for him.
2. When the Gordons (be) in Boston, they (see) some old friends.
3. John (meet) his wife while he (attend) medical school.
4. In the early 1939s, people (travel) by train; they rarely (fly)
5. I’m sorry I (not hear) you. I (think) about something else.
6. it (rain) when you (leave) the house today?

PAST PERFECT

HAD + PAST PARTICIPLE

We use the Past Perfect to talk about actions that happened before a point in the past. WE USE THE PAST PERFECT
WHEN WE WANT TO TALK ABOUT AN ACTION THAT HAPPENED IN THE PAST BEFORE ANOTHER ACTION IN
THE PAST.
A) What’s the difference between both sentences? What tenses do we use in each of them?
1. When John arrived home last night, he found his mom cooking. .
2. When John arrived home last night, his mom had already cooked dinner. .

• CAN YOU THINK OF OTHER EXAMPLES OF PAST PERFECT SIMPLE?

B) Complete the rule.
RULE:
• We use the _______________ to talk about an event that took place at a
particular time in the past.
• We use the when we need to
make it clear that an event took place before another past event.
Activity 1: READ THE PASSAGE AND PUT THE VERB IN THE CORRECT TENSE:
Last summer my brother and I spent a few day’s holiday with an uncle who (just-
return)………………………………..from Europe. He (rent) …………………..a cottage in the country. It was old but
very comfortable.
On our first evening while we (sit) …………………..round the fire after the dinner, we
(listen)………………………..to the stories of his adventures in distant countries. Although I
(feel)…………………….. very tired, I (want)……………………to hear all the exciting stories. After describing a
particular dangerous experience he had once had when he was in his boat in the middle of a storm, there was a
loud noise from the bedroom upstairs. We (think) …………………… there was a ghost in the house, but it was
only a cat which (enter)………………………through an open window.

Activity 2: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs.

1. When Mike …………………………… at the station, the train …………………………… (arrive / leave)
37
 2. The programme ……………………… when Tessa ………………………… on the TV. (finish / turn)
3. When they …………………… home, the dog ……………………. their dinner. (get / eat)
4. Everybody ………………………. Home when they …………………… to the party. (go / get)

Activity 3: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs.

Brazil and Real Madrid star Ronaldo is one of the world’s greatest footballers. But his career almost ………………..
(end) at the age of 23, when he was playing in Italy. In November 2001, Ronaldo............................ (run) onto the pitch
to play for Inter Milan against Leece. The fans.............................. (cheer); he ................................. (not play) for almost
two years, since he ................................ (damage) his knee – also against Leece -. But the crowd went silent after 17
minutes of the match when their hero.............................. (fall down) and .............................. (not get up).
He.............................. (injure) his knee again. Even the players on the other team.............................. (be) unhappy when
Ronaldo .......................... (leave) the field.

Activity 4: A) COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH THE CORRECT FORM OF THE VERBS (past perfect or simple
past)
1- When Mike ………………….. at the station, the train …………………. (arrive / leave)
2- The programme ……………………….. when Tessa …………………….. on the T.V. (finish / turn)
3- When they ……………………… home, the dog …………………… their dinner. (get / eat)
4- Everybody ……………………. home when they …………………. To the party. (got / get)
5- I ……………………………………. by the time he ……………………………….. (go / arrive)
6- He ……………………………. there when……………………………………… (not be / look)
7- We ……………………………. our dinner when Karla ……………………… with a bottle of wine. (finish / arrive)
8- I ………………………………. my homework when I ……………………………. Out. (do / go)

B) JOIN THE SENTENCES USING THE PAST PERFECT AND WHEN.

1. She went to the supermarket. Before that, she found a parking space.
__________________________________________________________________
2. I opened all my Christmas present. Then my parents came downstairs.
___________________________________________________________________

3. Our team scored five goals. Then the referee blew the half-time whistle.
___________________________________________________________________

4. He put the children to bed. Then he sat down and turned on the TV.
____________________________________________________________________

5. I went to bed. Then the telephone rang.

____________________________________________________________________

C) CHOOSE THE CORRECT FORM.

1- He ran / had run out of the room as soon as we walked in.
2- I had gone to sleep / went to sleep by the time they arrived.
3- He left because he had finished / finished.
4- He left / had left school by the age of sixteen.
5- I was sure that I saw / had seen her somewhere before.
6- The house has been / had been empty for several months when I bought it.
7- He couldn’t play because he had injured / injured his leg.
38
Activity 5: A) Read about the first women to walk to the North Pole – Complete the paragraph with the correct
form of simple past or past perfect.
On March 1st 2002, Ann Daniels, Caroline Hamilton and
Pom Oliver 1- …flew…... (fly) from England to Canada to
walk to the North Pole. They 2- ………………… (be)
all experienced explorers and they 3- …………………
(already walk) to the South Pole two years earlier. By
the time they 4-………………… (leave) the UK they 5-
…………………(train) for months with the British army
and they 6- ………………… (put on) 16 kilos in weight.
However, as soon as they 7- ………………… (set off) they
8- ………………… (start) having problems because of bad weather and temperatures of -50ºC. Pom soon 9-
………………… (get) frostbite and by day 47 her feet 10- ………………… (become) so painful that she
couldn’t continue. By the time Ann and Caroline 11- ………………… (arrive) at the North Pole they 12-
………………... (walk) 750 miles in 81 days. When they arrived back in England, they 14-
………………… (receive) a hero’s welcome. No other women 15- ………………… (ever walk) to both Poles
before.

B) Read the first part of Charlie’s story and choose the correct words

By the time I was 18, I 1- stopped / had stopped going on holiday with my parents. The first year I 2- stayed /
had stayed at home, my parents asked me to pick them up at the airport. The night before they 3- got back /
had got back, I realized the house was a mess. I 4- didn’t tidy up / hadn’t tidied up for two weeks.
I finally went to bed about 3 a.m. and a few minutes later I 5- was / had been asleep. I woke up suddenly at 7
a.m. I 6- arranged / had arranged to meet them at the airport at 6.30 a.m. and I 7- didn’t set / hadn’t set
the alarm! I quickly set off for Heathrow airport, but there are four terminals at Heathrow airport and it’s
one of the biggest airports in the world! I had no idea which terminal they 8- arrived / had arrived at! And this 9-
was / had been before the days of the mobile phones…

USED TO
 We use USED TO to talk about………………………… in the past.
 We use USED TO for things that were ……………………… in the past, but are not……………………..
now.

STRUCTURE: INTERROGATIVE AUXILIARY……..…. + PERSONAL PRONOUN………….. + …………… +

…….
NEGATIVE PERSONAL PRONOUN ……….. + NEG. AUXILIARY …………+ ……….. + …………..
Activity 1: A) PARAPHRASING. Write a sentence for each of the following using used to or didn’t use to
Example: I had a lot of money but I lost it all when my business failed.
I used to have a lot of money
1. I quite like classical music now, although I wasn’t keen on it when I was younger.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I seem to have lost interest in my work.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
3. My sister can’t borrow my jeans anymore; she’s put on so much weight.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. I don’t mind air travel now that I can afford First Class.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. My brother had his hair cut short when he left college.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. I gave up smoking five years ago.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. My parents lived in the USA when I was a child.
39
 …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. When he was younger, my uncle was a national swimming champion.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Since we moved to the countryside, we’ve been much happier.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
B) DIFFERENT LIFESTYLES. Complete the chart comparing life nowadays and life a hundred years ago.

LIFESTYLES

NOWADAYS IN THE PAST

- People spend a lot of time watching TV. in the evening

- Women and men often share the housework and women

have important jobs.
- Machines do many jobs, both in the home and at work.

- People travel widely in a very short time.

WOULD
 We can use would to talk about repeated past actions that don't happen anymore.

Every Saturday I would go on a long bike ride.

My dad would read me amazing stories every night at bedtime.
Would for past habits is slightly more formal than used to. It is often used in stories. We don't normally use the negative
or question form of would for past habits. Note that we can't usually use would to talk about past states.
Activity 1: Choose the correct option for each sentence.
1. When I was a child I ____ like peanuts.

didn't use to wouldn't both are correct

2. In the morning he _______ sit on the front porch and read.

used to would both are possible

3. Which sentence is NOT correct?

I would go shopping with her every Friday. I would have very blond hair.
She would call me after class to chat.
4. I _______ wear glasses when I was at university.

didn't use to wouldn't both are correct

5. When the weather was bad, I _______ stay home and read comic books.

used to would both are possible

6. How many friends _______ have?

did you use to would you both are possible

7. Which sentence is NOT correct?

I didn't use to like cheese when I was younger. I didn't use to walk home after school.
As a child, I would hate having to get up early.

40
 8. When I was a child, we _______ live in the countryside.

used to would both are possible

9. On Sundays, my mum _______ wake us up and cook pancakes.

used to would both are possible

10.My brother and I _______ fight all the time.

used to would both are possible

USED TO & WOULD

Activity 2: Choose the correct answer.

1. I didn’t use to / used to live in this city.
2. We wouldn’t / didn’t use to often go on holiday.
3. When I was a child, we used to / would have a dog.
4. She used to work / worked as a teacher for many years.
5. As a student, he never used to / would have any money.
6. Did you use to / used to like playing football at school?
7. There never used to be / use to be a coffee shop here.
8. My dad would / use to always read to me before bed.

LISTENING SECTION
 Put the sentences in the correct group

The woman gives directions. The woman says thank you for the card. The woman describes the house.

The woman talks about a swimming pool. The woman talks about a bus.

The message was at a quarter to four.

MESSAGE 1 MESSAGE 2

41
  Listen to some phone messages with directions, then choose the best option

An invitation to a party | LearnEnglish (britishcouncil.org)

1. She is having a party for ...
a) her family.
b) her very good friends.
c) everybody at work.

2. The party is at ...

a) the swimming pool at her house.
b) her cousin's house.
c) work.

3. To get to the party, drive ...

a) straight on Forest Road.
b) right on Forest Road.
c) left on Forest Road.

4. The motorway exit you need is ...

a) 3A.
b) 13A.
c) 30A.

5. The house is the first big house ...

a) on the right.
b) on the left.
c) down at the end of the road.

6. If you go by public transport, take ...

a) bus 18 to Brownsville.
b) bus 80 to Forest Road.
c) bus 80 to Brownsville.

7. The woman received the birthday card ...

a) this morning.
b) last night.
c) yesterday morning.

8. If you take a bus, ...

a) you can walk from the town to the house.
b) somebody will drive you from the town to the
house.
c) there is a bus stop outside the house.

42
 READING SECTION
 Read the text and complete the sentences

Best Body Fitness

About us
You don't want just a gym membership. You want a membership that means something. And that means you need
support, expert help and a community.
Best Body Fitness isn't just a gym: it's a full-service fitness membership made for you.
Here's how it works:
STEP ONE: Your assessment
We begin with an assessment session. This is a chance for you to see what we do at Best Body. Our assessment
plans are no-cost and no-risk. We'll also make a training plan specifically for you.
STEP TWO: Your training
When you decide to become a Best Body member, we show you what to do, how to do it and why you are doing it.
After a few sessions with an expert private trainer you will feel comfortable working out on your own. But don't worry,
we'll always be nearby if you have questions.
STEP THREE: Your membership
Membership works on a month-to-month basis. There are no sign-up fees and no cancellation fees. Start and stop
whenever you want. And the best part? Our fees are the most competitive in the whole downtown area.

STEP FOUR: Your community

At Best Body Fitness, we see everyone as part of a big team. And when you work with a team, you can do great
things. Join any of our specialised classes, led by expert instructors. Come to our nutrition classes. Participate in our
regular social events. Everything is included in your fee.
Finally, we wanted to share with you some reasons why our members say that they have chosen us over any other
fitness centre in the city.
It's so EASY

• Easy to start, stop, cancel or refund a membership

• Easy to access – we're open 24/7, we never close
• Easy to do exercise – we have lots of equipment, no long wait
• Easy results – our trainers and equipment give you success, fast
• Easy to find – in the centre of town, near public transport and with parking

It's WONDERFUL

• Wonderful members
• Wonderful trainers and staff
30
43
 • Wonderful equipment
• Wonderful energy
• Wonderful location

Come and visit us for a personal tour!

own – nearby – whenever – specifically – over – membership – led – time

1. The gym offers a full-service fitness ……………….……………...

2. We'll make a training plan …………………..…………... for you.
3. You can now work out on your ……………………..……………
4. We'll always be ……………………….………... to help.
5. Start and stop …………………..…………… you want.
6. Join any of our classes, ………………………..by expert instructors.
7. This is why our members have chosen us ……………………………….any other gym.
8. Stop, start or refund your membership any ……………………………
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
COMPARE AND CONTRAST
SET 1: What type of holiday do the photos show?

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

SET 2: What type of traveller are these people? WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY MIGHT/ MAY/

COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..
SET 3: How are these two pictures connected? FROM MY POINT OF VIEW I PREFER……….. BECAUSE ……

WRITING SECTION
1. Read the exam task. Which is the best way to continue the story (1, 2 or 3)? Why?

• Your English teacher has asked you to write a story.

• Your story must begin with this sentence:
I opened the letter from my cousins in Brazil.

1 I have three cousins who live in Brazil, and I get on very well with them. They are all very keen on football.
44
31
2 They said they were coming to visit me, and they were arriving on the 15th – today!
3 I think Brazil is a really interesting country, and I would love to go there one day. There are lots of amazing wild
animals there.
MODEL ANSWER
I opened the letter from my cousins in Brazil. They said they were coming to visit me, and they were arriving on the 1 15th – today!
I was really excited. First, I cleaned everything in the flat 2. Then I went to the supermarket to buy food. After that 3, I made a cake to
make them feel welcome. By evening, I was completely exhausted 4. I picked up the letter again to check the time of their flight, and
that’s when I noticed the date. They were arriving on July 15th, but today was June 15th!
We had a wonderful time together in July, and all laughed about the mistake I had made! 5

1 The first paragraph gives background to the story.

2 The second paragraph gives the main events of the story.
3 Time expressions make the order of events clear.
4 Adjectives and adverbs make the story more interesting.
5 The last paragraph ends the story.

KEY LANGUAGE AND IDEAS FOR STORIES

Use past simple verbs for the main events:
I went to a restaurant. I found a letter.
Use past continuous verbs for longer actions in the past:
I was waiting for the bus. The sun was shining.
Use past perfect verbs for background events:
Unfortunately, I had forgotten my purse.
Time expressions:
First then later the next day finally …
Adjectives to describe people:
friendly kind tall
Adjectives to describe places:
busy quiet modern
Adjectives to describe feelings:
excited angry … delighted
Adverbs to describe how someone does something:
quickly slowly carefully
Adverbs to comment on what happened:
luckily fortunately unfortunately

2. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Use the past simple, past
continuous or past perfect.
1 I packed my bags and then ………………… (call) a taxi to take me to the airport.
2 Sara ………………… (wait) for me when I got to the restaurant.
3 I could finally relax because I ………………… (pass) all my exams!
4 I found an old key while I ………………… (walk) along the beach.
5 James was late because he ………………… (forget) to set his alarm.
6 I opened the door and then quickly ………………… (close) it again.

3. Choose the correct time expressions in italics.

I was really scared when my car broke down near the forest. 1 Then / First, I tried starting the car, but that didn’t
work. 2 Finally / Then, I tried to call a friend, but I had no signal on my phone. 3 Next / After, I decided to wait for
another
4. car so I could
Complete theask for help. with adjectives from the box.
sentences
4 An hour later / Before an hour, I was still sitting there! Suddenly, I heard the sound of another car.
curly
5 Finally disappointed
/ After, someone cameentertaining
to help me and I got home safely.
messy smart spicy
45
32
1 The room was …………………. and not very clean.
2 She was wearing a very nice, …………………. jacket and skirt.
3 He cooked some delicious, …………………. food for us.
4 The show was fun and very …………………. .
5 She introduced me to a tall young man with …………………. hair.
6 I was very …………………. when she didn’t call me.

5. Read the exam task. Before you write your story, complete the table with ideas.

• Your English teacher has asked you to write a story.

• Your story must begin with this sentence:
Last week, I went to the zoo.

Paragraph 1 (the background to the story)

Paragraph 2 (the main events)

Paragraph 3 (the ending)

Useful phrases I can use

6. Write your story, using your notes from Exercise 5. Write about 100 words.

_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________

33
46
 SPEAKING SECTION
PART 3
DISCUSSION
Where would you go during…? Which option do you think is better for travelling?
• Winter • A package holidays
• Spring • Public transport
• Summer • Flight
• Autumn • Voyage
Why is it important to do these things when you travel If you win a fully paid holiday, who would you go with?
abroad? • Family
• Taking pictures • Friends
• Buying souvenirs • Alone
• Trying our typical dishes • A strange
• Going sightseeing

REVISION UNIT 2
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION

47
34
Activity 1: Read the online guide and choose the correct answers.
1) What do we learn about Gaudi?
a. he didn’t enjoy designing buildings.
b. he collected unusual animals.
c. he probably didn’t well at school.
d. he didn’t like noisy places.
2) What do Dali, Picasso and Miro have in
common?
a. they were all born in Barcelona.
b. they all produced paintings.
c. all their museums are in the centre of
Barcelona.
d. they all liked using bright colours.
3) What can you do at the Nou Camp?
a. win a prize
b. meet famous football players
c. visit the world’s biggest football stadium
d. take photos of 100.000 people

USE OF ENGLISH
Activity 2: Read the text and choose the best word (A, B, C or D) for each space

35
48
OPEN CLOZE
Read the passage below and fill in the blanks with the appropriate words

A Day at the Beach

Last summer, my family and I decided to spend a day at the beach. We woke up early in the morning and packed our
(1) ________________ with sandwiches, fruit, and drinks. The drive to the beach was long, but the scenery was (2)
__________________.When we arrived, we couldn't believe how (3) _________________ the water was. The kids
were excited to build sandcastles and play (4) ____________________ the waves. My wife and I relaxed on our beach
towels, enjoying the warmth of the sun. For lunch, we (5) ___________________ our sandwiches and shared some
laughter. After eating, we decided to take a stroll along the shore. The (6) __________________ was refreshing, and
seagulls flew overhead. In the afternoon, the kids were (7) __________________ out, so we decided to pack up and
head home. The day at the beach was (8) ________________, and we all agreed that we should make it a yearly
tradition.
breathtaking – breeze – memorable – unwrapped – basket – with – worn - clear

TENSES
PRESENT SIMPLE AND PRESENT CONTINUOUS
 Underline the present simple/continuous verb errors in the text. Write a correction at theend
of the line where necessary.

49
36
PAST TENSES: SIMPLE PAST, PAST CONTINUOUS AND PAST PERFECT
Activity 1: Choose the correct answer.

1) I heard a knock at the front door so I WENT / WAS GOING to answer it.
2) At this time yesterday, I WROTE / WAS WRITING an essay.
3) The football season BEGAN / WAS BEGINNING a month ago.
4) She HAD GRADUATED / GRADUATED from school in 2001.
5) We entered the house quietly because everyone WAS SLEEPING / HAD SLEPT.
6) By the time we GOT / HAD GOT to the cinema, the film had already started.
7) The children WERE PLAYING / PLAYED in the garden while their parents were watchingthem.
8) They HAD LEFT / LEFT many hours before we arrived.

Activity 2: Complete the passage with the correct form of the verbs in brackets using Simple
Past, Past Continuous and Past Perfect tense.
Until a few years ago, no one 1. ............................................................................... (hear) of Harry Potter, the young

wizard and hero of the children’s book Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone. The writer, J K Rowling, 2.

............................................................................ (already / write) several stories and books, but this was the

first book that was published. She 3. ................... (get) the idea for the story of a wizard at magic school while

she 4. ................................................................... (travel) on a train to London. By the time the train 5.

.................................... (reach) King’s Cross station, she 6. (invent) most of the characters. When the

book was published in 1997, no one 7. .................................... (imagine) it would be such a tremendous

success, but it quickly 8. .................................... (become) a bestseller. While millions of young readers in many

countries 9. .................................... (enjoy) her first Harry Potter book, J K Rowling 10. (think) of ideas for the

next book in this incredibly popular series.

Activity 3: Past Simple and Past Continuous: Complete the passage with an appropriate past tense form of the
verb in brackets

A man ………………………… (leave) his house when he ………………………. (see) some workmen who
………………………….. (put) rubbish in the road outside his front door. He ……………………. (tell) them to
stop but they ………………………. (refuse) and ……………………… (show) him a piece of paper
e x p l a i n i n g t h a t his street ………………………… (be) n o w a r u b b i s h d u m p . The
m a n …………………………. (go) red with anger and ……………………… (run) to speak to a policeman
who…………………………. (walk) up the street. The policeman ………………………….. (do) nothing to stop the
workmen, and the man ……………………….. (be) about to cry when he …………………….. (realize) that the
policeman was actually a television presenter, and they ………………………. (film) him for a television program
where the presenter plays jokes on people.

37
50
Activity 4: Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense. SIMPLE PAST OR PAST CONTINUOUS

1. Jane ………………………… (wait) for me when I …………………………… (arrive).

2. “What ……………………………. (you / do) this time yesterday?” “I was asleep.”
3. “…………………………………….. (you / go) out last night?” “No, I was too tired.”
4. “Was Carol at the party last night?” “Yes, she …………………………… (wear) a really nice dress.”
5. How fast …………………………. (you / drive) when the accident …………………………….. (happen)?
6. John ……………………………. (take) a photograph of me while I ………………….. (not / look).
7. We were in a very difficult position. We ……………………….. (not / know) what to do.
8. I haven’t seen Alan for ages. When I last ………………………. (see) him, he ………………………. (try) to find a
job in London.
9. I …………………………….. (walk) along the street when suddenly I …………………………. (hear) footsteps
behind me. Somebody ………………………… (follow) me. I was frightened and I …………………………. (start)
to run.
10. When I was young, I ……………………….. (want) to be a bus driver.

Activity 5: Read the paragraph and complete with PAST TENSES. (SIMPLE PAST AND PAST CONTINUOUS)

He stopped just before putting his key in the front door. He knew that something …………...(happen) in the back
garden. Quietly, he crept around the side of the house and …………. (look) through the gate. Two men……….……….
(stand) at the back of the house, holding a ladder. A third man was at the top of the ladder and a fourth inside the
house. He……………(pass) the furniture through the window to his partner, who……………(give) it to his friends below.
All four ………………. (work) quietly and efficiently and the pile of furniture in the garden ……………. (get) bigger by the
minute. Derek ……………(can’t) believe his eyes. The team of thieves ……………...(empty) his entire flat and they were
behaving as if this was the most normal thing in the world. So, he ……………. (cough) loudly and…………...(say)
“Excuse me” Derek ……………...(enter) the house and……………. (lock) the door. The thieves…………...(be) shocked
by Derek’s reaction. They decided not to steal
anything and they…………………(run) away.

Past Simple / Past Perfect

WHEN + SIMPLE PAST + SIMPLE PAST
We use the Past Perfect to talk about actions that happened
WHEN + SIMPLE PAST + PAST PERFECT
before a point in the past. WE USE THE PAST PERFECT WHEN + PAST PERFECT + SIMPLE PAST
BEFORE + SIMPLE PAST + PAST PERFECT
WHEN WE WANT TO TALK ABOUT AN ACTION THAT
AFTER + PAST PERFECT + SIMPLE PAST
HAPPENED IN THE PAST BEFORE ANOTHER ACTION IN
AS SOON AS + SIMPLE PAST + SIMPLE PAST
THE PAST. HAD + PAST PARTICIPLE BY THE TIME + SIMPLE PAST + PAST PERFECT
PAST PERFECT + BEFORE.
Activity 6:
A) COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH THE CORRECT FORM OF THE VERBS (past perfect or simple past)
1- When Mike …………………... at the station, the train …………………. (arrive / leave)
2- The programme ………………………... when Tessa ……………………... on the T.V. (finish / turn)
3- When they ……………………… home, the dog …………………… their dinner. (get / eat)
4- Everybody ……………………. home when they …………………. To the party. (got / get)
5- I ……………………………………. by the time he ………………………………... (go / arrive)
6- He ……………………………. there when……………………………………… (not be / look)
7- We ……………………………. our dinner when Karla ……………………… with a bottle of wine. (finish / arrive)
8- I ………………………………. my homework when I ……………………………. out. (do / go)

51
38
 B) Choose the correct option

a. “Are you going shopping tonight?” “No, I ….. yesterday.”

a) went b) had gone c) was going
b. “Did you see Nathan?” “No, he ….. by the time I arrived at his house.”
a) was leaving b) left c) had left
c. “Where is Scott?” “He ….. on the phone when I saw him.”
a) was talking b) talked c) had talked
d. “Did you go out for dinner last night?” “No, I ….. a lot at lunch, so I wasn’t hungry.”
a) ate b) had eaten c) was eating
f. “Did you enjoy your holiday?” “Yes, we ….. in a fabulous hotel.”
a) were staying b) had stayed c) stayed

KEY WORD TRANSFORMATION

Activity 7: Rewrite the following sentences using the Past Perfect

1. Fred spent his holidays in Italy. When he returned he wanted to learn Italian
After Fred _______________________________________________________
2. Susan washed the dishes and then she turned the radio on.
Susan turned the radio no after she ___________________________________
3. Paul fed the cat when he arrived home.
After Paul ________________________________________________________
4. I studied too much so I was very tired.
Because I ________________________________________________________
5. She put the children to bed and then she watched a film.
As soon as she ____________________________________________________
6. Eric made breakfast and then phoned his friend Mark.
After Eric __________________________________________________________

VOCABULARY
Activity 8: Types of Journeys. Replace the words in italics for the type of journey.
A)
♦ I’m not an explorer. I’ve never been on a long scientific journey.
♦ They go with an organized group travelling from place to place.
♦ I went on a journey in a ship.
♦ A journey by air to Thailand would produce a lot of CO2s.
♦ Last summer, I went on a difficult walk, lasting several days or weeks.

B) Complete the collocations with verbs.

 We prefer to ................... off the beaten track.
 We....................... time out from school.
 I love to go ............... up the sun on the beach
 I try to.............. to know the local people.
 We explore the area and ...................... the sights.
 I like to.................... the crowds and go somewhere peaceful.

52
39
 REVISION UNIT 1 TO 2
Activity 1: For each sentence A to H choose the most suitable endings 1-8.

A. I usually get up … 1. … for at least ten minutes.

B. Then I take a shower … 2. … I leave and walk to the bus stop.
C. At about a quarter to eight … 3. … and I go home straight away.
D. I usually have to wait … 4. … at seven and make my own breakfast.
E. I get to work … 5. … or sometimes I have a bath.
F. And occasionally I arrive late … 6. … but usually I stay at home.
G. I usually finish work at five … 7. … by half past eight if I’m lucky.
H. I sometimes go out in the evening … 8. … but it doesn’t happen often.

Activity 2: Put each verb in brackets into either the SIMPLE PRESENT or the PRESENT CONTINUOUS.

I 1………………(work) in a factory which 2……………… (make) plastic pipes. I 3 ………………..(not like) the job very
much because I 4 ……………..(do) the same things every day. I 5 ………………….(want) to find a new job but my friend
Terry 6 ………………………(tell) me that I should stay. He 7 ……………….(look) for a job but he can’t find one, which is
strange because they 8 ……………………………(build) a lot of new factories in our town. Of course, Terry 9
………………(not dress) very well and he 10 ……………………(usually arrive) late everywhere. He 11
…………………(train) to be an accountant and he 12 …………………….(go) to college every day, but his parents 13
………………(not send) him any money. That’s why he usually 14 ………………….(come) round to my house to eat. But
luckily, he is a good cook so at the moment while I 15 ………………………(write) this, he 16 ………………………(cook)
the dinner.

Activity 3: PUT THE VERBS IN BRACKETS IN THE CORRECT FORM.(Present Simple vs. Present Continuous)
1. A: What…………………..(your father/do)?
B: He's a teacher, but he……………………… (not/work) at the moment.
2. I …………..(think) we are going through a very dangerous financial situation.
3. I ………………..(promise) I will never forget what you have told me.
4. I ………………….(wish) I had the opportunity to get that promotion.
5. I am angry with her. She ……………………(always lie) to me.
6. I am travelling to Brazil to meet the new Managing director but the big problem is that I ………….(not
understand) Portuguese
7. I don't understand the word 'aint'. What ……………………… (it/mean)?
8. I…………………(realize) she is being honest with us.
9. My friends and I …………………….(think) of travelling to Brazil next summer as the money exchange is more
convenient there.
10. My parents ………………………..(live) in Bristol. They were born there and have never lived anywhere else.
Where……………….. (your/parents/live)?
11. Ron is in London at the moment. He…………………… (stay) at the Hilton Hotel. He usually
……………….(stay) at the Hilton Hotel when he's in London.
12. She …………………..(stay) with her sister at the moment, until she finds somewhere to live.
13. She is travelling to attend an important meeting in New York. Her plane ……………(take off) at 8 tomorrow
14. She…………………….(meet) Peter tomorrow afternoon.
15. There is a big sale at my company so we………………….(get) any day off this month
16. What time………………………. (the banks/close) in Britain?
40
53
 17. I…………………..(disagree) with you. I think raising the topic at the meeting will not be convenient
18. The diet………………….. (consist) of eating fruit and vegetables mainly
19. He ……………….(not mind) losing his job. He is fed up with it.
20. I …………………..(see) the accountant tomorrow to talk about my figures.

Activity 4: VERB PATTERS. Read the sentences and correct the mistakes.

1. I enjoy to play tennis. 7. I don’t mind to drive if you are tired.

2. I love to live near the sea. 8. Nigel has given up to smoke again.
3. What would you like doing tonight? 9. I intended telling you but I forgot.
4. David agreed leaving the next day. 10. She denied to take the money.
5. Tracy began to ask me a lot of questions. 11. Would you mind to help me?
6. The vet failed saving the injured animal. 12. I don’t want seeing you ever again.

Activity 5: Put in the correct form of the verb in brackets in these sentences.
1. I’ve decided …………………(start) seeing
David again.
2. Are you sure you want ……………….(see) him
after all this time, Amanda?
3. I can’t avoid ………………..(talk) to him forever.
4. I can’t pretend …………(be) happy about this.
5. He admitted ………………(make) mistakes in
the past.
6. He should promise ……………….(marry) you.
7. I’m not sure I want ……….(marry) him.
8. Would you mind ………………(tell) me what
you want?
9. If we can manage ……………(be) friends, that
would be nice.
10. Ok, but if you decide ……………(travel) abroad
I will support you

ACTIVITY 6- SIMPLE PAST&PAST CONTINUOUS

I…………………………..1 (watch) TV that night when I suddenly …………………….2 (hear) a strange noise
downstairs. So, I …………..3(take) my cell‐phone, my lantern and I……………..4(go) downstairs. To my surprise,
I………………….5 (find) a man who ……………………6 (put) my belonging into a big bag. He…………………….7
(not notice) I was standing there. He……………………8 (stealing) from me while I…………………9 (watch) at him!.
I………………..10(go) upstairs and I …………………11 (phone) the police. When the police ………………. 12
(arrive), the thief ………………….13 (be) in the kitchen. When the policemen…………………….14 (enter) the room the
thief…………………..15 (eat) a piece of pork and he…………………….16(drink) a glass of coke. They
…………….17(be) so surprised by the thief attitude that they ……………………18 (begin) to laugh.
While the policemen……………………19(laugh) the thief …………………20 (break) the window of my kitchen and he
managed to run away with my belongings.

ACTIVITY 7: SIMPLE PAST VS PAST CONTINUOUS

I …………………1 (watch) TV at home when my cell phone ……………2 (ring).It………….3 (be) my wife,
Clara. She ……………….4 (eat) at a restaurant with friends while I………………….5 (rest) at home. She said that her
car………………6(not work) so I ………………..7 (dress up) and …………….. 8(go) to help her. When I……………9
(arrive) my wife………………….10(cry). Her car didn`t work because she had crashed the car into a tree!!!!

54
41
 It…………..11(be) a strong crash. She…………..12(be) lucky not to be injured. I………..13(hug) my wife
and she…………..14(get) calm. We …………………15(wait) for the crane when the police…………….. 16(arrive).
They…………….17(ask) if we were all right. They told us to go home. They waited for the crane.
My wife ………………..18(enter) my car. While I………………19(drive) back home, she……………….20
(fall) asleep. She was really scared and shocked by the car accident.

ACTIVITY 8: SIMPLE PAST&PAST CONTINUOUS

I………………………..1 (play) tennis at the club last weekend when there was a big explosion next to the
club. Everybody …………………..2 (scream) when the ambulance and firemen………………3 (arrive).
Nobody could understand what……………………..4(happen). We ………………..5 (go) to the place and
we…………..6 (see) there was a small plane burning on the floor. The pilot…………………..7 (fly) the plane when the
engine………………8 (get) fired. The plane fell to the ground and ……………………..9 (explode) the pilot and the two
passengers …………….10(not die) in the accident. They……………..11 (be) injured but alive.

Activity 9: Complete each sentence a to h with a suitable ending from 1 to 8.

a_ When Jan came home from jogging, …

b_ Her flatmate Sue was not at home…
a_ When Jan came home from jogging, …
b_ Her flatmate Sue was not at home…
c_While Jan was getting the ladder from the garden, …
d_ When Jan started climbing the ladder,…
e_ Mrs. Li found that Jan was a burglar…
f_ When Jan reached the top of the ladder, …
g_ While Sue was having a shower…
h_ When Jan heard the scream…
1_…she tried to open the window .
2_ … she was frightened and fell off the ladder.
3_ … so she called the police.
4_ … she realized that she didn’t have her keys.
5_ … she saw Jan’s face at the window and screamed.
6_ … Mrs. Li, who lived opposite, saw her.
7_ … so Jan decided to climb in through the bathroom
window.
8_ … Sue came home unexpectedly

Activity 10: Using the Past Perfect and the Simple Past

1. First, we ate at the cafeteria. Then, we went to class.

After we at the cafeteria, we to class.

2. First, Juan made himself a sandwich. Then, he poured some tea.

After Juan himself a sandwich, he some tea.

3. First, Peter plugged in the headphones. Then, he watched a video on YouTube. .

Before he a video on YouTube, Peter in the headphones.

4. First, Sonia fed the cat. Then, she called her mother.

Sonia her mother after she the cat.

55
42
5. First, Marie did her homework. Then, she watched TV.

Marie her homework before she TV.

Activity 11: Write the sentences putting one verb in each sentence into the Past Simple, and the other verb into
the Past Perfect.
1- When the police .................. (arrive), the car ................... (go).

2- When I ..................... (get) to the shop, it ...................... (close).

3- They ...................... (eat) everything by the time I ..................... (arrive) at the party.

4- When we ...................... (leave) the beach, the rain ......................(already start).

5- I ..................... (try) telephoning her several times but she ........................... (leave) the country.

6- When I ................... (find) my purse, someone .................... (take) the money out of it.

7- The car ..................... (go) when I .................... (look) into the street.

8- The patient ......................... (already die) by the time I ....................... (see) her.

9- All the garages ...................... (close) by the time we ..................... (cross) the border.

10- ..................... ( you already leave) when the trouble .................. (start) ?

Activity 12: Complete the sentences so that they mean the same as the first one (Simple Past vs. Past Perfect)
1-This morning I had a shower and walked the dog before breakfast.

By the time I had ...................................................................................................

2- Tony learnt to talk before he learnt to walk.

When Tony started walking ..................................................................................

3- Last night I watched my favourite programme and then I did my homework.

I did my homework .................................................................................................

4- Denise read “Dracula”. Much later she saw the film.

By the time Denise saw ...........................................................................................

5- We arrived at the cinema at 6.15 but the film started at 6.00

When we .................................................................................................................

6- I didn’t see my sister last night. She went bed before I got home.

I arrived after .........................................................................................................

56
43
Activity 13: VOCABULARY. COMPOUND NOUNS: TRAVEL

RESORT DESTINATION PARK CITY TRAP PACKAGE TRANSPORT GUIDE

1. If you want to soak up the sun look for a beach ………….rather than a city destination.
2. In the winter thousands of birds from northern Europe fly to The Doñada National ………… in southern Spain.
3. Bristol has the worst traffic congestion in the UK because its public …………..is so bad.
4. The city square was extremely overcrowded because it had become a tourist ………….
5. The tour …………….led us through the Catacombs of Rome.
6. Riga is becoming a popular travel ………………because of the cheap accommodation.
7. I hate …………………..holidays – they treat the tourists like sheep!
8. Lisbon is a great place to visit for a ……………..break if you love street art.

Activity 14: VOCABULARY- TRAVEL. Complete the sentences with the correct verb from the box.
1. David decided to ………………from the crowds of Istanbul and explore Anatolia.
2. Kasia has just started a new job. She will never …………….time out to travel
3. The backpackers wanted to …………….off the beaten track and head for the National Park.
4. They booked a tour to ………….the sights of the ruined city.
5. It’s easier to ……..to know the people if you speak the language.
6. Take care if you are going to ………………up the sun, always wear sun cream.
7. It was safer to …………part in guided tours than to explore on their own.
8. The museum was the best place to ………..to know about history.

A. ESCAPE
B. GET
C. GET
D. GET
E. SEE
F. SOAK
G. TAKE
H. TAKE

Activity 15: VOCABULARY. TYPES OF HOLIDAY. Read the sentences and complete with the correct word.
1. The …………..is a growing trend in the UK as more British people choose to spend less money on holidays.
2. My sister is going on an outdoor …………….holiday this summer.
3. The couple left to go on their ……………..after the wedding.
4. I will never go on another ………..tour. it was so hot and we couldn’t stop to buy water.
5. It’s cheaper to book a …………………….apartment than to pay for meals in the hotel very day.
6. Students often go ………………….around Europe on their gap year before university.
7. We are going to do a ………………and stay in their house next to the lake.
8. Michel is too busy to organize the holiday this year so they will go on a …………….holiday.

A. ADVENTURE E. HOUSE SWAP

B. BACKPACKING F. PACKAGE
C. COACH G. SELF-CATERING
D. HONEYMOON H. STAYCATION

57
44
Chicago to LA

5845
59
46
 MAXIMISER
Highlands 1ST YEAR

FEELING GOOD
UNIT 3
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 1
Activity 1:
 Have you ever practised bungee –  When did you meet him/ her?
jumping?  Have you ever fallen out with him/her? How did
 Have you ever been to a foreign
you make up?
 Have you got any “enemy”?
country?  Why are friends so important?
 Have you ever got lost?  Have you got online friends who you have
 Have you ever climbed a mountain? never met? If so, why do you consider them
 Have you ever driven a car? your friends and not strangers?
 Have you ever got a fair-weather friend?
 Have you ever spoken to a native
 Have you ever lied to your friends? Why?
English speaker?  What is the craziest thing you have done for a
 Have you ever dared to do something friend?
your friends have not?  Have you ever felt left out in a meeting with
 Have you ever spoken to a girl/ boy you your friends?
 Has a friend ever let you down? What did
liked in front of people?
he/she do? How did you react?
 Where have you met your best friend?
 Why do you think you get on so well with your
 How long have you been friends?
friends?
Activity 2: Look at the drawings and ask your partner questions about his/her experience.

……………………………….………………………………………?

….………………………………….…………………………………?

…………………………………………………………………………?

…………………………………………………………………………?

……….…………………………………………………………………?

VOCABULARY SECTION
Activity 1: Happiness and Sadness. Put the idioms where it corresponds

on cloud nine – feel blue – down in the dumps – on top of the world – over the moon –

down in the mouth

A – Hi there! Have you heard about Tommy and Lisa?

B - No, I haven’t. What is it?
A - Well, they’ve just broken up
B - Really? What happened? I remember talking with Lisa last week and she was ……………………………………….
because she graduated from university. She seemed so happy.
60
A - Well, that was last week as you said. Now I ‘m sure she must be ……………………………… and crying all day.
B - Oh my god, what a pity! They’ve been dating for six years and they were about to get married. When he proposed
her Lisa was …………………………….
A - Not just Lisa! Both of them were ………………………………... with a house of their own and good jobs and all that.
Tommy is feeling ……………………. as well. He doesn’t feel like working or hanging out with friends.
B - Yes, I figure. Obviously, he’s feeling …………………………………. too.
A – That’s right. I feel sorry for them.
Activity 2: Word formation – nouns with –ily / -ness
• -ily – the state, property, quality of the original adjective (elasticity – the quality of being elastic)
• -ness – the state of the original adjective (hungriness – the state of being hungry)

Write the noun of the following adjectives in the right column:

Available – complex – crazy – dark – flexible – forgetful – generous - good - happy – hilarious – humid –
possible – probable – ready – responsible – sad – sick – tidy – visible - weak

Nouns ending in –ily Nouns ending in –ness

Activity 3: Complete the gaps with the noun form of the words in the word pool and the suffixes – NESS and -
ITY.

61
Activity 4: VALUES. Read and complete with the words from the box.

GRAMMAR SECTION
PART 1
SIMPLE PAST VS. PRESENT PERFECT

EXPERIENCE: when you want to tell others about life experiences, the period of time is not
finished until you die. The action took place sometime in the past but you may repeat it again.
“I am not afraid of traveling by plane. In fact, I have travelled by plane many
times” (I may travel again in the future)

Activity 1: Complete the sentences with FOR or SINCE

62
 Activity 2: HOW LONG HAVE YOU...? Put the words in order to ask questions.

each other / how long / have / known / you? How long have you known each other?
you / played / how long / have / Fortnite? ____________________________________________________
supported / have / how long / you / River Plate? ______________________________________________
Activity 3: Circle the correct answer.

1. We ……… haven’t been to Scotland. a.just b. still c. yet

a. already b. still c. yet 5. I haven’t had a really good ice cream
2. I’ve ………. Come back from Stratford. a. yet b. just c. already
a. still b. yet c. just 6. Have you ……….. not been on the London
3. But you’ve ………... seen this film five times! Eye?
a. yet b. still c. already a. already b. yet c. still
4. Have you ………… got there?

SIMPLE PAST PRESENT PERFECT

1) DEFINITE PAST: we always say WHEN (Adverb 1) INDEFINITE PAST: we don’t need to say WHEN it
of Time) happened.
“I went to Italy in 1990.” “I have been to Italy”
“She came to Argentina 10 years ago.”

2) FINISHED ACTION AND PERIOD: 2) THE RESULTATIVE PAST:

- - Actions that started and finished in the past and show no
connection with the present time.
- Actions that started in the……………………and
finishes in the……………………… but have A
RESULT OR CONSEQUENCE IN
THE…………………………..TIME
Ex: “I’ve just cleaned the house. It looks right.”
- Actions that started in the ………………… and
continue in the ……………………

Activity 4: Complete the following sentences using the correct tense.

1-....................you ever................. (be) to France?

2-I haven’t been to Germany yet, but I....................... (visit) England twice.
3- ..................... you ....................to England? (be)
4- I................... (go) to England two years ago, in 1999 and I...................(like) it a lot.
5- I.................... never ...................(go) to a concert before. This will be the first time.
6- I.................... (meet) my girlfriend at a disco last year.
7- I..................... never....................... (meet) a famous person.
8-When..................you...................... (join) the rock band?

63
Activity 5: Complete the questions

Activity 4: Simple Past vs. Present perfect simple. Complete the dialogues. Use the simple past or the present
perfect simple form of the verbs.

64
Activity 5: LOOK AT THE PICTURES. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS USING THE PRESENT PERFECT.
1- Where have you taken all that money from?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2- What’s wrong with your finger?
……………….……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3- Why are you so tired?
………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………….
4- Why are you so angry?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5- Why are you so happy?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Activity 6:

Write what you think each person say in each situation. Use the verbs given.
1- Jack is running towards the bus stop but he is too late to catch the bus. (miss)
Jack: “Oh, no! I have …………………………………………………………….”

2- Sheila is in the railway station looking worried. We can see her bag inside the train. The train is moving. (leave)

Sheila: “………………….………………………………………………………………………………………………………….”
3- The ticket inspector is talking to Paul. Paul is searching in his pocket and looking embarrassed. (lose)
Paul:
“……………………………………………...………………………………………………………………………….…”
4- Sue and Mark are meeting a friend at the station, but so far there is no sign of the train. (arrive) Sue & Mark:
“…………………………...……………………………………………………………………………….…….....”
5- Bill is at the airport in passport control. He is looking very worried and explaining something to the
officer. (forget)
Bill: “……………………………………………...…………………………………………………………………………….”
6- Sue is at the airport to meet friends. The light on the landed sign is now on. (land)
Sue: “……………………………………………………………………………………………….”
7- The driving instructor is shaking hands with George and smiling. (pass)
Driving Instructor: “……………………………………………………………………………………………………”

MORE THEORY: TIME EXPRESSIONS

Activity 7: A) Take a look at these sentences and complete the rest of the rules.
1. I haven’t finished my homework YET 5. I am not hungry because I’ve had lunch
2. I STILL haven’t finished my homework. ALREADY.
3. I have JUST finished an English course. 6. I have worked in Highlands SINCE 2006.
4. I am not hungry because I’ve ALREADY had 7. I have played hockey FOR 5 years.
lunch.

WE USE YET AT THE ……………………. OF NEGATIVE SENTENCES AND QUESTIONS.

WE USE STILL …………………….. THE AUXILIARY VERB IN NEGATIVE SENTENCES.
WE USE JUST...................................... THE AUXILIARY IN POSITIVE SENTENCES.
WE USE ALREADY IN ………………………………. AND ALSO AT THE END.
WE USE SINCE FOR ………………………… POINTS IN TIME.
WE USE FOR FOR A …………………………. OF TIME.

65
 B) BUT WHAT DO THEY MEAN? MATCH THE TIME EXPRESSIONS WITH THEIR MEANING.

A YET / STILL IT SHOWS THAT THE SPEAKER IS EXPECTING SOMETHING TO HAPPEN.

B ALREADY IT SHOWS THAT SOMETHING HAPPENED A SHORT TIME AGO.
C JUST IT SHOWS THAT SOMETHING HAPPENED SOONER THAN EXPECTED.

Activity 8: A) COMPLETE THESE SENTENCES WITH: ever, never, for, since, yet, still, already, before, just,
ago.

1. He has worked there ……………... many years….......................... 1983, I believe.

2. I have …………………. loved anyone as much as I love you.
3. Have you ………………. visited France? We went there two years ………………….
4. I haven’t seen the film …………………. Is it worth watching?
5. He ……………. hasn’t returned your book.
6. Is Lucy here? No, I’m sorry but she has …………………… gone home.
7. We have been friends ……………………. we started school but I have …………………. been to his
house.
8. Can I speak to Tom please? I am afraid it will be impossible. He has ………………. left. Maybe if you hurry
you can find him at the parking area.
9. Sorry, I haven’t finished the assignment …………….
10. I am a bit excited about camping next Saturday. I have never been camping…………………….

B) REWRITE THE SENTENCES USING THE WORD GIVEN.

1- It’s 3 o’clock, and I haven’t eaten since 12 o’clock. (FOR)

I haven’t ………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2- I saw this film last week. (ALREADY)
I …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3- It’s June and Tom hasn’t called his mother for two months. (SINCE)
Tom hasn’t called ………………………………………………………………………………………
4- We haven’t been on holiday since 2001. It’s 2004 now. (FOR)
We haven’t been on holiday …………………………………………………………………….
5- I saw Kelly only a moment ago. (JUST)
I’ve ……………………………………………………………………………………….................

C) CHOOSE THE CORRECT OPTION:

1- I’ve ……………………… made a terrible mistake.

a- yet b. ever c. just
2- She …………………………. seen her boyfriend all week.
a. never b. didn’t c. hasn’t
3- I ………………………….. run to college in the mornings – it’s only two kilometres.
a. haven’t b. usually c. didn’t
4- Wait! I haven’t had breakfast ……………………..
a. ago b. yet c. for
5- How long …………………………… you wait for me last night?
a. did b. have c. do
6- My birthday was three days ……………………………..
a. ago b. just c. last

66
 D) COMPLETE THE SENTENCES USING JUST, ALREADY OR YET.
1- I’m not hungry because I’ve ………………….. had lunch.
2- I wrote to her last week. She hasn’t replied …………………
3- A: Don’t forget to do your homework.
B: I’ve …………………. done it.
4- Mum hasn’t prepared dinner ……………………
5- I have ……………….. met Linda round the corner. She was walking the dog.

Activity 9: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets (Past Simple or Present
Perfect Simple).
1. It ___________________ (not rain) in weeks.
2. When Jim and Janet __________________ (be) in Paris, they_______________ (not have) time to visit the
museum of Louvre.
3. Mary _____________________ (meet) a lot of nice people through her work over the years.
4. ______________ you ____________________(speak) to Jane yesterday?
5. I ________________________ (not be able) to talk to Peter since he’s on holiday in the Caribbean.
6. _______________She __________________ (already/ tell) you about her new job at the museum?
7. So far, I ______________________ (buy) 5 of the 8 textbooks I need for school.
8. She _______________________ (fall) off the ladder when she was trying to reach the suitcase from the top of
the wardrobe.

GRAMMAR SECTION
PART 2
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

What action has already been completed?

1. A lot of my friends have decided to study medicine at university.
2. I’ve been thinking about working in banking.
3. I’ve been visiting a primary school for the last few weeks.

 We use the_________________________ to show that an action is now completed. The focus is on the result
that it has in the present time. We also use it to say how often something happened.
 We use the ________________________________to talk about an action that started in the past and that may
or may not be completed. The focus is on the action and the duration.

STRUCTURES:
PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

SUBJECT + ____________ / ______________ + SUBJECT + _____________ / ___________ +

_______________ _________________

Activity 1: A) COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH THE VERBS IN THE BOX.

written been playing read been reading played been writing

1- I’m not surprised the players are tired – they’ve ____________________ four matches this week.
2- My sister’s _______________________ five letters since breakfast, I wonder who they are to.
3- My fingers hurt! I’ve ______________________ emails on my computer all morning.
67
 4- I’ve _________________________ this page three times already, but I still don’t understand it.
5- Can we stop now? We’ve ___________________this game for more than an hour, and I’m bored!
6- I’ve____________________ this book for hours, and I’m still only on page 5.

B) MATCH THE QUESTIONS 1-7 WITH REPLIES A-G. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH THE CORRECT FORM
OF THE VERB.

1 Do you want a chocolate? A- Not very well, I still ……………….……………………… (not finish)
2- Why’s your sister so angry? B- No thanks, I ………………................……... (eat) four today already!
3- Do you want to watch Titanic? C- Wait a minute. …………….……………………… (clean) your room?
-4 Why is your father so tired? D- Only a little. She ….……………….……… (not learn) for very long
5- Is it alright if I go out now, mum? long.long.
E- She …………………………..…… (argue) with her boyfriend all day.
-6 Does your sister speak French? F- I don’t know …………………….…………… (work) in the garden?
-7 How’s the homework going? G- OK. Can you believe I ……………….…………… (not see) it before!
-
Activity 2: Write complete sentences using the present perfect continuous

1. We / learn / English / two years.………………………………………………………………………………………

2. My parents / live / here / six months.……………………………………………………………………………….
3. What / you / do / in History / this week? …………………………………………………………………………..
4. I / not eat / healthy / recently.…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. How long / you / play football? …………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Why / you sleep / so much? ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

Activity 3: Present Perfect simple or continuous: Circle the correct words.

1. Oh no! Someone has stolen/ has been stealing my car.

2. I’ve w ritten/ I’ve been w riting emails all morning.
3. How long have you know n/ have you been know ing Sally?
4. W e’ve driven/ w e’ve been driving 300 kilometers today.
5. What have you done/ have you been doing? You look awful!
6. I’ve spent / I’ve been spending all my pocket money – and it’s only Tuesday!

Activity 4: Present Perfect simple: Complete the sentences with just, yet, already, for or since.
1. We’ve lived here …………………. 1994.
2. Don’t touch the windows! I’ve …………………….. cleaned them!
3. John and Sally have known each other ……………… five years.
4. I haven’t done my homework …………………
5. Have you …………………….. seen the new Robert Pattinson film?
6. Mark has loved his wife ………………… the first time he saw her.

Activity 5: Past Simple or Present Perfect: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb.
1.Michael ……………………. (live) in Tokyo for 5 years.
2.Somebody…………………. (steal) my bicycle! Now I´ll have to walk home.
3.The Titanic …………………. (sink) in 1912.
4.Gerry ……………………….. (fall) off his bike three times this month.
5.I ……………………….. (see) the movie Forrest Gump four times. I´m going to see it again tonight.
6.Eloise ……………………… (graduate) from university last July.
68
7.She ………………………. (walk) to work every day for the last six weeks!
8.When Claire was a child, she ……………………. (live) in London with her parents.
9.Ouch! I …………………….. (cut) my finger!
10.I can’t believe it! I ……………………… (lose) my keys again!

Activity 6: PRES. PERFECT SIMPLE OR PRES. PERFECT CONTINUOUS?

1. I _____________________ (practise) the piano for 30 minutes.
2. Bob _______________________ (run) 10 km. this morning.
3. The children _______________________ (play) the whole morning.
4. We _________________________ (be) on holiday for the last two weeks.
5. The dog _______________________ (bark) since midnight.
6. We _____________________________ (miss) the bus twice this week.

Activity 7: TENSES. Complete the paragraph with Past Perfect or Past Perfect Continuous.
I'm sorry I left without you last night, but I told you to meet me early because the show started at 8:00. I (try)
……………………………………. to get tickets for that play for months, and I didn't want to miss it. By the time I finally left
the coffee shop where we were supposed to meet, I (have)………………………………. five cups of coffee and I (wait)
……………………………………….. over an hour. I had to leave because I (arrange)………………………………………..
to meet Kathy in front of the theatre.
When I arrived at the theatre, Kathy (pick, already) ………………………………………… up the tickets and she was
waiting for us near the entrance. She was really angry because she (wait) ……………………………………… for more
than half an hour. She said she (give, almost) ………………………………… up and (go)
……………………………………… into the theatre without us. Kathy told me you (be) ………………………………….late
several times in the past and that she would not make plans with you again in the future. She mentioned that she
(miss) ………………………………………. several movies because of your late arrivals. I think you owe her an
apology. And in the future, I suggest you should be on time.

LISTENING SECTION
Activity 1: Listen to the song and complete with the words from the box.

HIDING - SHOW - SOMEONE - NIGHT - BEEN – PLEASE – SEARCHING – LOVE – NEVER – CROWD

Where Have You Been - Rihanna

I've been everywhere, man Someone who can __________ me
Looking for _____________ Love me all night long
Someone who can please me I've been everywhere, man
Love me all __________ long Looking for you babe
I've been everywhere, man Looking for you babe
Looking for you babe ______________ for you babe
Looking for you babe Where have you been?
Searching for you babe 'Cause I never see you out
Where have you__________? Are you ____________ from me, yeah?
'Cause I ___________ see you out Somewhere in the crowd
Are you hiding from me, yeah? Where have you been?
Somewhere in the __________ All my life, all my life
Where have you been? Where have you been, all my life?
All my life, all my life Where have you been, all my life?
Where have you been, all my life? Where have you been, all my life?
Where have you been, all my life? Where have you been, all my life?
Where have you been, all my life? Where have you been, all my life?
Where have you been, all my life? You can have me all you want
I've been everywhere, man Any way, any day
Looking for someone To __________ me where you are tonight
69
I've been everywhere, man I've been everywhere, man
Looking for someone Looking for you babe
Someone who can please me Looking for you babe
____________ me all night long Searching for you babe

Activity 2: For each question, choose the correct answer. (Practice PET (B1) Listening Test 06 with Answers and
Audioscripts - English Practice Test)

1 How is the girl going to help her dad?

2 Which place would the boy most like to visit?

3 What’s the girl learning to do?

70
4 What did the boy forget to buy?

5 Where did the girl leave her glasses?

6 Why was the boy late for school?

7 What does Lisa’s dad want her to do?

71
Activity 3: For each question, choose the correct answer.
00:00
1 You will hear two friends talking about working with 4 You will hear two friends talking about a poem
other students in class. they’ve read.
The girl thinks that working with other students in They think the poem would be better if
class A it was shorter.
A is more useful for the lesson. B it had a clearer meaning.
B takes longer than working alone. C the sections were in a different order.
C makes classes more fun. 5 You will hear a boy asking a girl about an essay he
2 You will hear two friends talking about a school trip has written.
to a museum. The girl thinks the boy should
The friends agree that A add more detail.
A the exhibitions were all interesting. B change the subject.
B there were nice things in the shop. C improve the style.
C it was too large to see in one visit. 6 You will hear two friends talking about a video game.
3 You will hear two friends talking about a football Why is the boy talking to the girl about the video
match. game?
The boy is feeling happy because A to apologise
A his team won. B to make a request
B he scored a goal. C to thank her
C his parents came to watch.

READING SECTION
 For each question, choose the correct answer
Rebecca Miles – wildlife presenter
Rebecca Miles has always loved animals. When she was a child, she liked watching documentaries, TV programmes
about real people and events. She also enjoyed going to the local zoo with her grandparents. Her father was an
environmentalist, someone who works to protect the natural world, and she and her mother often went on trips with him,
travelling to Africa and other parts of the world.
Rebecca studied zoology at university and began her career at a wildlife centre in Zambia. She worked with
chimpanzees and studied how they live. She was also interested in learning more about big cats like mountain lions.
She made her first TV programme when she was 27. It was a documentary about tigers.
While she was in Asia, filming the documentary, she met her future husband, Ray. He was one of the cameramen on
the programme. They quickly realized that they shared the same interests and cared about animals in danger. Now
Rebecca and Ray work together on many different projects.
Apart from Zambia, Rebecca has travelled and worked all over Africa and Asia, and she and Ray are now planning to
take their very first trip to South America to study mountain lions in the Andes. They would like to show where the
mountain lions live and what they eat. They’re interested in giving people information about the mountain lions and how
to protect them.
Rebecca would like to write a book about her work and her life one day. She wants to make people think about the
world they live in and all the amazing animals that are in danger. She’d like to show us that we can help even if we
never travel to the places where those animals live.

1 As a child, Rebecca went to Africa B have been to Africa and Asia together.
A with her grandparents. C have worked in Zambia.
B with her parents. 4 In the Andes, Rebecca wants to teach people
C only with her mother. A how to give food to the mountain lions.
2 Rebecca met Ray B how to live next to the mountain lions.
A when she was working in Africa. C that the mountain lions need our help.
B when they were working in Asia. 5 One of Rebecca’s aims is
C when he was presenting a documentary. A to think about dangerous animals.
3 Rebecca and Ray B to become an author.
A have not been to South America. C to make people travel more.
72
 SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
COMPARE AND CONTRAST

SET 1: What can you say about these ladies’ health? SET 3: Why aren’t they all doing the same?

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

SET 2: Where do you prefer to spend your weekend? Why?
WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY MIGHT/ MAY/

COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF VIEW I PREFER……….. BECAUSE ……

WRITING SECTION
 Write a personal letter to a friend or relative telling them about your news (140-180 words)

_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
73
 SPEAKING SECTION
PART3
DISCUSSION
When would you use these idioms? What are the best ways of getting healthy?
• ‘Over the moon’ • Go jogging
• ‘Feel on the top of the world’ • Eat vegetables and fruit
• ‘Feel down in the mouth’ • Drink water
• ‘Feeling blue’ • Sleep 8 hours
Which of these things can help you to study better? Have you ever done one of the following sports?
• Singing • Basketball
• Chatting to friends • Cycling
• Listening to music • Yoga
• Exercising before class • Footbal

REVISION UNIT 3
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION
Activity 1: Read the article and comments and choose the correct answers.

1) Teenagers own more much things now 4) Luisa believes that…

because… a. teenagers don’t see their parents for as long
a. they don’t buy as many new things now
b. couples don’t have as many children b. people continuing living until they are older
2) Technology… now
a. is very important to teenagers nowadays 5) Tom’s parents think that teenage life now is…
b. was very expensive for people to buy in the a. harder than it was
past b. easier than it was
3) Teenagers need to… 6) Katarina feels that the situation for women now
a. do more sports is…
b. be more polite to adults a. better
b. worse

USE OF ENGLISH
Activity 2: Read the text and choose the best word (A, B, C or D) for each space
OPEN CLOZE
Activity 3: Complete the text. Write one word from the box for each space. There are three words that you do
not need
Marvel
Marvel Comics, or ___________ correctly Marvel Worldwide. Inc., has a long and industrious history. It _________
founded in 1939 by Stanley Matin Lieber, known as Stan Lee. Over _________ years the company has changed its
name various times. Marvel reached fame and fortune in 1968 when the company increased __________ number of
script writers and illustrators. Soon afterwards, Hollywood started buying up the rights to create motion pictures featuring
stars _________ as Spiderman, The X-men and Ironman; among others. Now it seems that all of the most prestigious
movie stars want to appear __________ Marvel movies as they are almost always a box office hit.

its – the - with – was – more - for– such – in - of

TENSES
Activity 4: Present Perfect Simple.
A) Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of the verbs in brackets.
1 Andres …………………always………………… (want) to be a professional footballer.
2 You …………………….. (not stop) talking since you got here!
3 ……………… you ………………….. (see) my new laptop? It’s really cool!
4 Cristiano Ronaldo ……………………… (score) eighteen goals so far this season.
5 My dad …………… just ……… (buy) a new car.
6 What ………….you …………… (do) to your hair? It’s pink!
7 My mum and dad ………………… (teach) me the most in life.
8 Where ……………..you …………….. (be) all morning?
9 I ……………. (not pass) all my exams this year so I’m disappointed.
10 My brother ……………… (fall) in love with a girl from France.

B) Choose the correct options.

1 I’ve been here for / since 3 o’clock.
2 They’ve known each other for / since many years.
3 Nobody has heard from Carla for / since Saturday.
4 My mum has been in her new job for / since three
weeks.
5 She hasn’t called me for / since the party.
6 He has played for Arsenal for / since2006.
7 My grandparents have been married for / since forty
years.
8 It hasn’t rained for / since about three weeks.
9 Nothing has happened for / since yesterday morning.
10 Jorge hasn’t played tennis for / since his injury.

C) Choose the correct options.

1 Have you ever / already seen an opera? 6 I’ve yet / already called him three times today.
2 I’ve already / just seen Pam. What’s she doing here? 7 Do you ever / never go the gym?
3 They haven’t called me yet / already. 8 I’m sorry, I haven’t made a reservation already / yet
4 Carol has already / yet scored twenty points in this
match.
5 We’ve ever / never eaten Spanish ham before.
 Activity 5: Put the verbs into the correct tense (Simple Past or Present Perfect Simple).

1. A: (you / play / already) …………………………….. the new computer game?

2. B: No, not yet. I only (buy) …………………………. it yesterday and I (have / not) …………………. the time yet.
3. A: (you / go) …………………….. to the cinema last night?
4. B: Yes. I (be) ………………… there with Sue and Louis. (you / be) ……………….. to the cinema recently?
5. A: I (go) ……………………….. to the cinema two weeks ago.
6. B: So you (see / not) ………………………….. the new action film yet.
7. A: No, unfortunately not. (you / enjoy) …………………………. it?
8. B: Oh, I really (love) …………………….. it. But Sue (like / not) ……………………. it - too much action!
9. A: But why (you / take) ……………………… her with you? She (tell) ……………………………. me last week that
she (hate) ……………………………. action films.
10.B: I think she has an eye on Louis. She (try) …………………………. to flirt with him all the time. So he (can /
concentrate / not) ……………………………. on the film.
B)
1. I (just / finish) ……………………… my homework.
2. Mary (already / write) …………………………. five letters.
3. Tom (move) ………………….. to this town in 1994.
4. My friend (be) ……………………… in Canada two years ago.
5. I (not / be) ……………………. to Canada so far.
6. But I (already / travel) ………………………….. to London a couple of times.
7. Last week, Mary and Paul (go) …………………………….. to the cinema.
8. I can't take any pictures because I (not / buy) ………………………… a new film yet.
9. (they / spend) ……………………….. their holiday in New Zealand last summer?
10. (you / ever / see) …………………………………. a whale?
C)
MARK MUST DO SOME HOUSEWORK BEFORE HIS MOTHER ARRIVES. WHEN HIS MOTHER IS HOME SHE
ASKS:
MOTHER: Mark, ..................you ...................your room? (tidy)
MARK: yes, mum. I.....................already.....................my room (tidy).
MO: .....................you ..................the supermarket? (go)
MA: No, not today. Mum I...........................to the supermarket YESTERDAY. (go) Do you
remember?
MO: Yes! And you ..........................the dog to the vet yesterday too. (take)
......................you...................your grandmother? (phone)
MA: no, I.....................................her yet. But I will phone her right now. (phone)
MO: ...................you ...................all your homework yet? (do)
MA: No, I.......................................yet. (do) I.......................some yesterday evening (do) and
I.............................some today. (do) I will finish it tonight.

77
 Activity 6: Present Perfect Continuous. Put the verbs into the correct form

1. He (work) ………………………………… in this company since 1985.

2. I (wait) …………………………….. for you since two o'clock.
3. Mary (live) ……………………………… in Germany since 1992.
4. Why is he so tired? He (play) ………………………………. tennis for five hours.
5. How long (learn / you) ………………………………… English?
6. We (look for) …………………………….. the motorway for more than an hour.
7. I (live) ……………………………… without electricity for two weeks.
8. The film (run / not) ……………………………… for ten minutes yet, but there's a commercial break already.
9. How long (work / she) …………………………………… in the garden?
10. She (not / be) …………………………………….. in the garden for more than an hour.
11. I'm bored. It …………………………. (rain) for hours so I can't go out.
12. ……………………………………… (you / use) my computer again?
13. My neighbour's children ……………………………….. (argue) all morning.
14. You ………………………….. (not study) for the math’s exam.
15. Mel looks really tired. ……………………………. (she / work) all night?
16. The kitchen's a mess because we ……………………………… (make) a birthday cake for Dad.'
17. I ……………………………………….. (read) an interesting book about the history of computers.
18. Jim …………………………………………... (not do) his homework. He's been texting his friends.
B) Present Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous. Choose the best option.
 I think the waiter _____ us. We __________ here for 30 minutes!
A. Has forgotten ... have been waiting
B. Has been forgetting ... have been waiting
C. Has forgotten ... have waited
D. Has been forgetting ... have waited

 I ____ the same car for ages. I'm thinking about getting a new one.
A. Have had
B. Had
C. Have been having
D. Have

 Lately, I _______ about moving to Cilaos because I _____ unhappy with the hot weather!

A. Have been thinking ... have become

B. Have been thinking ... have been becoming
C. Have thought ... have become
D. Have thought ... have been becoming
C)Choose the correct option, Present Perfect Simple or Present Perfect Continuous, to complete the dialogue.

A: ………………… (take) the dog for a walk yet?

B: No, I haven’t. I ……………………… (work) all day. I ………………………. (just come) home from work and I
……………….. (not have) the time to walk the dog yet.

78
A: So how long ………… the dog …………… (be)home alone?
B: For about 6 hours. You ……………………….. (walk) the dog zero times since last weekend. Why don’t you take him
for a walk?
A: Well, I …………………….. (do) things all day too, you know. I have a very important meeting tomorrow and I
……………………. (finish) my presentation yet.
B: Okay, I will go then ………… you ……………. the collar and the leash?
A: They are in the kitchen. By the way ………….. you ……………. (eat) anything yet? If not, could you get us something
from the supermarket?

KEY WORD TRANSFORATION

Activity 7: Rewrite these sentences in Present Perfect keeping the same meaning
1. He became a dogwalker five years ago.
He _______________________________ ten years.
2. They visited their uncle two months ago.
They ______________________________ two months ago.
3. She has been a vet for eight years.
She _______________________________ ago.
4. Alex hasn’t scored a goal for three weeks.
The last time ________________________ three weeks ago.
5. We have never been to Athens before.
It’s the _____________________________ Athens.
6. I have never watched such an exciting match.
It’s ________________________________ aver watched.
7. Roberto Carlos has never worked with such a friendly coach.
He’s _______________________________ ever worked.
8. She’s never eaten such a delicious cake.
___________________________________ ever eaten.
9. I’ve never driven such a fast car.
___________________________________ ever driven.
10. I’ve never seen such a lazy student.
__________________________________ ever seen.

Oral Part
GENERAL QUESTIONS
1. Have you ever met a famous person? 12. How long have you studied English?
2. Have you been to San Francisco? 13. Have you sung in public before?
3. Has it ever snowed in your hometown? 14. Have you broken a bone in your body?
4. Have you eaten today? 15. Have you learned to play a musical instrument?
5. Have you ever ridden a horse? 16. Have you or a friend done something
6. Has anyone you know been a soldier? embarrassing?
7. Have you tried computer programming? 17. Have you ever been on a blind date?
8. What is the best movie you have ever seen? 18. What is the strangest food you have eaten?
9. Which countries have been in the news this 19. What have you done today?
week? 20. Where have you been this week?
10. Which spicy foods have you tried? 21. Where have you been on holiday during your
11. Which questions have been difficult to answer? life?

79
Live well, play well

80
81
 MAXIMISER
Highlands 1ST YEAR
UNIT 4 A RIGHT TO FLIGHT
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 1
Activity 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. Have you ever wasted a lot of money on
something useless?
2. Have you ever eaten a really disgusting food?
3. Have you ever been to another country?
4. Has anyone you know been a soldier?
5. Have you tried computer programming?
6. Have you helped a friend move house?
7. What have you done today?
8. Where have you been this week?
9. Where are you going to go next weekend?
10. Are you going to study next week?
11. What will you do in ten years’ time?
12. Will you live in another country when you were
old?
13. Where will you live in the future?
14. Are you going to study tonight?
15. Will you have fun this Friday night?
16. Are you going to meet friends today?
17. Will you talk to your parents soon?
18. Will it rain today?
19. Is it going to be sunny tomorrow?
20. Will this year be a good year?
21. Will you wear the same clothes tomorrow?

Activity 2: Future Plans Oral Presentation

Students will think about and plan a future event or activity they would like to share with the class.
Examples: a weekend trip, a career goal, a personal project, etc.
Students will be divided into pairs. Each learner shares their future plan with their partner, practicing the
language and discussing details.
After the pair discussions, each student prepares a short oral presentation (3-4 minutes) about their chosen
future plan. They should include details like when, where, why, and how they plan to accomplish it.
Each student presents their future plan to the class using a mix of future tenses and expressions learned
during the course. This presentation can be done individually or in pairs, depending on the class size.

VOCABULARY SECTION
Activity 1:
https://quizizz.com/admin/quiz/5c9b91e445c2fc001aa6ac11/unit-4-insight-
upper?section=library&searchLocale=&fromSearch=true

https://quizizz.com/admin/quiz/5cab1cb79ba38d001ba4d0e7/insight-intermediate-unit-4-part-
2?section=library&searchLocale&fromSearch=true

Activity 2: Match the verbs (1–6) to the phrases (A–F).

1 spread A a way of life that is dying out
2 contaminate B people from one village to another village
3 relocate C a disease among a community
4 preserve D houses during a terrible flood
5 wash away E on rice and water during a famine
6 survive F the drinking water with pollution
82
Activity 3: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs below.

contaminate – devastate – die out – evacuate – spread – relocate – address

– aid – donate – raise –take part – transform - volunteer

1) Hurricane Katrina ........................................................................New Orleans in 2005.

2) Oil water, making it dangerous for animals.
3) Dinosaurs millions of years ago.
4) After the 2011 tsunami, Japanese authorities ......................................................................... local people to places of safety.
5) Infected insects can ...................................................................... dangerous diseases.
6) In 1956, the US government paid Native Americans to ............................................................................... from the country to the city.
7) Please for just an hour a week to help elderly people.
8) Live Aid tried to ................................................................. awareness of Africa’s problems.
9) We need to the problem of global warming.
10) Education can............................................................... people’s lives for the better.
11) Over 30.000 people......................................................... In Tokyo marathon every year.
12) I know I should ................................................................... more money to charities.

Activity 4: Join the prefixes with the correct noun and the complete the sentences with the words.
under- permanent
inter- crowded
co- cooked
over- act
semi- operate
dis- appeared

1. Buying ____________ fish or meat in the street is dangerous. Not cooked properly, it may cause food poisoning.

2. The Indian city of Howrah became ____________ in the twentieth century when the population started to grow
rapidly.

3. Islanders have to ____________ with people from the nearby villages. If they work together, they’ll be able to
evacuate everybody from the flooded area.

4. If you want to be a volunteer, learn the local language to form relationships and ____________ with the islanders.

5. Some people ____________ during the earthquake. We don’t know what happened to them.

6. The new houses built here are ____________. You’ll have to leave them in a couple of months.

Activity 5: Circle the correct words to complete the sentences.

1. We are RAISING / AIDING / TRANSFORMING money to support good causes.
2. Jim WENT / TOOK / GOT part in a marathon at the weekend.
3. It’s urgent that we VOLUNTEER / DONATE / ADDRESS these problems immediately.
83
 4. Working in Africa is going to ADDRESS / RAISE / TRANSFORM my life. It won’t be the same after that
experience.
5. I’d like to RAISE / VOLUNTEER / ADDRESS my help. I don’t want to be paid. I just want to do all I can to make
things better.
6. I’m going to DONATE / ADDRESS / SUPPORT all the money I earn this weekend to charity.
7. Amy is going to VOLUNTEER / TAKE PART IN / DONATE a huge charity event this weekend. She’s looking
forward to being there.
8. Our school is SUPPORTING / VOLUNTEERING / DONATING a campaign to help poor villagers by collecting
second-hand clothes.
9. Poverty in this region needs to be addressed. We hope to RAISE / TRANSFORM / VOLUNTEER this difficult
situation by investing in jobs.
10. This campaign will DONATE / VOLUNTEER / RAISE awareness of how rapidly the rainforest is disappearing.
11. We’ve DONATED / ADDRESSED / RAISED our old clothes to charity. We didn’t need them so we have given
them away.

GRAMMAR SECTION
PART 1
Activity 1: First read the sentence. Then, recognize the tense and after that identify the use.

SENTENCE TENSE USE

1. Women will rule the world

2. Oh, on second thoughts. I will

not hire her. She is a
Barbie girl
3. Shall I sack her for you?
She is as stupid as possible.
4. I will invite her out tonight

5. I will never shout at her again, she

does what she can.

6. If she doesn’t stop saying

nonsense, I will have to put her
to sleep
7. She is going to fail. She is not
training. I never see her at the
club
8. She is going to take up that
career. She has already made up
her mind
9. She is seeing him tomorrow. He
has invited her to a fancy
restaurant

84
 10.The plane takes off tomorrow.
She has packed 7 suitcases!!!

11.At this time tomorrow, she will be

reading on the beach.

Activity 2: Look at martin’s diary and write sentences about his plans for next week.

Activity 3: Read the sentences. Mark A if it is an arrangement, P if it is a prediction or I if it is an intention.

Activity 4: Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense (WILL, PRESENT CONTINUOUS, GOING TO, PRESENT
SIMPLE)
1. ……………………….. (you do) anything of Friday? We could go to the cinema.
2. Could you check my diary and tell me who I …………...........……….. (meet) on Monday?
3. Don’t touch that again or I ……....................………… (hit) you in the stomach.

4. Here are your tickets. The show ………...........……….. (start) at 7:30

85
 5. Hurry up! The train ………….................…… (leave) in five minutes.

6. I don’t know what to buy my sister for Christmas. What ……………. you …….........……. (give) her?

7. I promise I ………............………. (not do) it again, Dad.

8. Look at that plane flying so low! I think it ……………...........……… (crash).

9. That’s the phone. I ……………… (answer) it.

10. Thursday is a holiday, so I ………................……….. (sleep) all morning.

11. What a goal! I think that Manchester City …………….....…… (win) this game.

Activity 5: Put the verbs in brackets into the future simple, the present simple or the present continuous.

1 A: I …….................………… (see) Roger at seven o’clock tonight.

B: Really? I thought he was out of town.
2 A: ………………..………… (you /do) anything on Friday morning?
B: No, I’m free.
3 A: I ……….….................…….. (go) to the cinema. There’s a new film on. Do you want to come with me?
B: What time ….................……………….. (the film / start?
4 A: Helen …………................………… (have) a party the day after tomorrow. ….........………………… (you / go) ?
B: As a matter of fact, I haven’t been invited.
rd
5 A: The new exhibition ……..……..........……….. (open) on April 3 and ………..............…….. (finish) on May 31st.
B: I know. I ……….............……….. (go) on the first day.
6 A: Aunt Maggie ……….…..........…………. (come) to visit us tomorrow.
B: I know. What time ………….….........……… (she / arrive)
7 A: Excuse me what time ………...........….………. (she / arrive) ?
B: At half past three, madam.
8 A: Michael Jackson …………….....................……… (give) a concert at the Olympic Stadium next week.
B: I know. I ……………….…. (want) to get a ticket.
9 A: I’m really thirsty.
B: I …………………. (get) you a glass of water.
10 A: Are you looking forward to your party?
B: Yes, I hope everyone ………….…….. (enjoy) it.

Activity 6: A) Circle the correct form of the verbs

1- I’m having / ’ll have lunch at a brand new restaurant. Do you want to come?
2- Let’s hope it isn’t being / won’t be too crowded.
3- You look awful. Are you going to be / w ill you be sick?
4- Karen is w inning / w ill w in his race easily, I think.
5- We’re getting / ‘ll get married next week.
6- Don’t do that! You are going to / will injure yourself.
7- I’ve decided I’m not going to apply / ‘m not applying for that job.
8- Denise is resigning / w ill resign at the end of the year, isn’t she?
9- If Simon works hard, he is going to get / w ill get promoted.

B) Write the sentences with the words given.

1- I have arranged to meet her at noon. (MEETING)
I…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2- I intend to buy some bread this afternoon. (GOING)
86
I…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3- I think it is unlikely that you will win the lottery. (WON’T)
You probably …………………………………………………………………………………………
4- I’ve made an appointment with the manager for tomorrow at 4 o’clock. (MEETING)
I……………………………………………………………………………………………

Activity 7: Complete these sentences with the future uses of the tenses:

1-(you/do) ......................……………............. anything next Thursday? I’d like to invite you to a party.
2-Thursday is a holiday so I (sleep)..............………….................. all morning.
3-Here are your tickets. The show (start).......……………..........................at 9.
4-Hurry up! The train (leave) .......................……………........... in five minutes.
5 - “Can you come to my house on Friday?”-I’m sorry, I .............................…………...... (go) to the theatre with my
mother.
6 - “......................... I ..................……………………. (help) you? - No, thank you.
7 -“My TV set doesn’t work.” - Don’t worry. I .....................…………........... (have) a look at it.
8 -Next Friday it is my birthday and I ....……...................... (hold) a party.
9 -I think there.................................. (not be) more petrol in a few years’ time so cars ................................(use) solar
energy.
10 - I don’t think we.......................... (need) cash to pay.-We ...................... (use) credit cards.
11-He............................... (have) dinner with Anne tomorrow night.
12-My English class..................................... (finish) at 9 tomorrow.
13-“I don’t know where to go this evening. Where can I go?”- ........................... we........................ (go) dancing?

Activity 8: COMPLETE THE SENTENCES USING WILL, SHALL, GOING TO, PRESENT CONTINUOUS OR
PRESENT SIMPLE FOR FUTURE.

1- It’s raining, so we (have to) take an umbrella.

2- I (let) you know when Mary (phone).
3- I (wait) at the airport when your plane______________ (land).
4- “__________you (see) Brian at the meeting?”
“No; he be on holiday next week”.
5- We_____________________ (go) when Jane _________________ (get) here.
6- The next bus to London (depart) late tomorrow evening.
7- Next Saturday it’s my birthday. I (give) a party at 9. Would you like to come?
8- “Oh! I must get the dinner ready.”
“No, it’s OK. I (go) to a fast-food restaurant to buy something to eat.”
9- That man can’t see where he is going. There’s a hole in front of him. He (fall) into it.
10- Tom has resigned from his job. He’s got another plan. He (apply) for a job in the new
English company.
11- I don’t know where to go this evening. Where we (go)? we (go) dancing?
12- “Are you playing tennis today?”
“I don’t know, I’m not feeling quite well. I think I (stay) at home if you don’t mind.”
87
 13- The Art Exhibition__________________ (open) on 3rd September and ________________ (finish) on
15th October.
14- He _______________________ (have) dinner with Anne next Friday.

Activity 9: Complete the sentences with the correct future form. Use the word at the end to help you.

88
Activity 10: CIRCLE THE CORRECT FORM OF THE VERBS (Future tenses)

1- Did you phone Ruth?

Oh no, I forgot. I will phone / am phoning her tomorrow.

2- I can’t meet you tomorrow afternoon. I am playing / will play tennis with some friends at the club.

3- Where shall we meet?

I am going to meet you / will meet you in half an hour at the hotel.

4- I need some money.

Okay, I am lending / will lend you money. How much do you need?

5- Remember to bring the newspaper!

I don’t forget / will not forget
6- What time does the train leave / will the train leave?

7- I asked Sue about it but she doesn’t tell / will not tell anybody.

8- Are you doing / will you do anything tonight?

Activity 11: Use the words in brackets to write sentences using will and the Present Simple or Present
Perfect (Future tenses)
Example: (Tom / help / us / when / he / come / home)
Tom will help us when he comes home.

1. (We / play football / as soon as / it / stop raining)

2. (She / dance / once / the music / start)

3. (The teacher / not play music / until / she / finish / correct the exams)

4. (Bobby / go home / when / he / finish / work)

5. (My parents / congratulate me / as soon as / they / know / I / pass the exam)

___________________________________________________________________________________

Activity 12: FUTURE TENSES.

A) What do these people say? Pay special attention to the underlined words.

1. Andrew intends to get up early tomorrow.

Andrew: ‘I early tomorrow.
2. Vicky’s timetable says ‘Arrival 10.30’.
Vicky: ‘The train at 10.30.’
3. Daniel has made an appointment to see his bank manager tomorrow.
Daniel: ‘I my bank manager tomorrow.’
4. The teacher promises to give his students some more examples next week.
Teacher: ‘I you some more examples next week.’
5. There is a crowd of football supporters with lots of beer gathering in the station square. Reporter Kitty Beamish
expects trouble.
89
 Kitty: ‘There_________________________.’
6. Jake promises to invite Claire to have dinner and to go to the cinema.
Jake: ‘I .’
1. Giuliana intends to celebrate her birthday at the club next week.
Giuliana: ‘I next week.’
7. Peter has made an appointment to visit his best friend next Friday.
Peter: ‘I next Friday.’
8. The timetable at the airport says ‘Departure 18.30.’
Tom: Our plane at 18.30
9. Jim received a call from his aunt last week. He expects her to pay him a visit tomorrow.
Jim: My aunt tomorrow.
10. The older child threatened to break all my little sister’s toys if she didn’t share with him her candies.
The older child: I if you don’t give me any of your
candies.
11. My neighbour offered to drive me to school because it was raining.
My neighbour: ‘ to school?
12. My teacher intends to take us on a school trip next month.
My teacher: ‘I trip next month.’
13. My mother made an appointment with the headmaster to talk about my marks.
My mother: ‘On Friday we the headmaster.
14. They have given us our timetables at school and I start English at 9 am. Me:
‘English

B) Complete the sentences with the correct form of future of the verbs in brackets.
1. A: ‘What (do) when you leave university?’
B: ‘I (go) back to London.’
2. If the plane gets in late I (miss) my train connection.
3. It’s half past eight and it takes twenty minutes to get to the station. My train (leave)
in fifteen minutes. I (be late).
4. I've had twenty replies to the invitations I sent out, so I know twenty people
(definitely come)
5. I'm sure you______________ (feel) a lot better after a good night's sleep.
6. A: “Oh no! I’ve spilt my wine.”
B: “Don’t worry. __________________ (get) a cloth to wipe it up.

C) Complete the sentences with the correct future form. Use the word at the end to help you.
1. I’ve got a date with Phil tonight – I (meet) him at 8 o’clock. (arrangement)
2. I’ve missed my bus, so I (walk) home. (sudden decision)
3. In 2099, it (be) impossible to tell the difference between people and robots.
(prediction)
4. I think Ellen MacArthur (break) more sailing records in the next few years.
(prediction with evidence)
5. My parents (visit) my uncle and aunt next weekend. (arrangement)
6. My friend Megan (study) languages at university when she leaves school.
(intention)

D) Right or wrong? Correct the wrong sentences.

1. I think you’ll really to enjoy this book. ___________________________________________________________
2. I’m going London next week. ____________________________________________________________________
3. Laura will have an operation on her feet tomorrow. ____________________________________________________
4. What time do you meet Tina? ____________________________________________________________________
5. Will I help you with your homework? ____________________________________________________________
90
 6. They won’t starting to eat before we arrive. _________________________________________________________
7. As soon as they will arrive, we will order the pizza. ___________________________________________________
8. He is going to have dinner with his girlfriend tonight. __________________________________________________
9. Our plane will touch down in Miami at 6 a.m. ________________________________________________________
10. I am buying some sugar on my way home. ________________________________________________________

GRAMMAR SECTION
PART 2

Activity 1: Make the future continuous in the affirmative

1) At three o'clock tomorrow, I _______________________ (work) in my office.
2) At three o'clock tomorrow, you ___________________ (lie) on the beach.
3) At three o'clock tomorrow, he ______________________ (wait) for the train.
4) At three o'clock tomorrow, she _______________________ (shop) in New York.
5) At three o'clock tomorrow, it __________________________ (rain).
6) At three o'clock tomorrow, we _________________________ (get) ready to go out.
7) At three o'clock tomorrow, they ________________________ (meet) their parents.
8) At three o'clock tomorrow, he __________________________ (study) in the library.
9) At three o'clock tomorrow, she _________________________ (exercise) at the gym.
10) At three o'clock tomorrow, I ____________________________ (sleep).

91
Activity 2: Make the future continuous in the negative
1) When she arrives, I ____________________________ (not/read).
2) When she arrives, you ___________________________ (not/sleep) will you
3) When she arrives, we ____________________________ (not/work).
4) When she arrives, Julie ____________________________ (not/watch) a film.
5) When she arrives, it ________________________________ (not/snow).
6) When she arrives, Ann and Tom _______________________________ (not/cook).
7) When she arrives, he _____________________________ (not/play) computer games.
8) When she arrives, I ______________________________ (not/study).
9) When she arrives, you _____________________________ (not/cry).
10) When she arrives, David __________________________ (not/use) the internet.

Activity 3: Make the future continuous in the interrogative

1) When the boss comes, _________________________ (I/sit) here?
2) When the boss comes, _____________________________ (John/use) the computer?
3) When the boss comes, ____________________________________ (Jane and Luke/discuss) the new project?
4) When the boss comes, ____________________________________ (we/work) hard?
5) When the boss comes, _________________________________ (you/talk) on the telephone?
6) When the boss comes, __________________________________ (she/send) an email?
7) When the boss comes, __________________________________ (they/have) a meeting?
8) When the boss comes, ______________________________ (he/eat) lunch?
9) When the boss comes, _____________________________ (you/type)?
10) When the boss comes, ______________________________ (he/make) coffee?
11) At 8pm, where _______________________________ (I/wait)?
12) At 8pm, what __________________________________ (you/do)?
13) At 8pm, why _________________________________ (he/study)?
14) At 8pm, how ___________________________________ (she/travel)?
15) At 8pm, who ___________________________________ (they/meet)?

Activity 4: Fill in the blanks with the appropriate form of the future continuous tense. Choose the correct
form of the verb in parentheses.

1. This time next week, she _______________________________________ (travel) to Paris for her vacation.
2. By the end of the month, they _____________________________ (build) a new house in the countryside.
3. At 9 PM tonight, I ____________________________________________ (watch) a movie with my friends.
4. By the time you arrive, we _________________________________________ (prepare) dinner.
5. Next year, they _________________________________ (study) at the university.
92
6. This time tomorrow, he ___________________________________ (work) on a project for his job.
7. In the evening, the students ______________________________ (attend) a special lecture.
8. By the time the guests arrive, the chef ____________________________ (cook) a delicious meal.
9. At midnight, we _________________________________ (celebrate) the New Year with fireworks.
10. In a few hours, she ________________________________ (complete) her assignment.

Activity 1: Put the verbs in brackets in the Future Perfect form

1. I _____________________ (do) my homework.
2. You ____________________ (sleep) for two hours.
3. He _____________________ (swim) in the sea.
4. She ____________________ (run) a marathon.
5. It _____________________ (rain) a lot.
6. We ____________________ (have) lunch.
7. You ____________________ (give) a party.
8. They ____________________ (study) Spanish.
9. The match __________________ (start).
10. The birds ____________________ (sing).

93
Activity 2: Fill in the verbs in brackets to make negative sentences
1. I ______________________________ the exercise before you return. (not / to do)
2. By this time tomorrow, she ______________________________ her exam. (not / to take)
3. The teacher ___________________________ our dictations by the next lesson. (not / to correct)
4. We _____________________________ the story by the time you come back. (not / to read)
5. You _______________________________ me by then. (not / to forget)
6. He _____________________________ his car by the next week. (not / to fix)
7. They __________________________________ the house by the end of summer. (not / to build)
8. When I come home tomorrow, my family ________________________________ at home. (not / to be)
9. You _____________________________ the parcel by 4 o'clock. (not / to send)
10. I _____________________________ the city when you return. (not / to leave)

Activity 3: Fill in the verbs in brackets to make Yes/No questions.

1. _________ you ____________________ it by tomorrow? (do)
2. _________ she ________________________ dinner before I return? (cook)
3. __________ he ______________________ her by that time? (forget)
4. _________ they _______________________ the report by the end of the day? (type)
5. __________ we ____________________________ our order by tomorrow? (receive)
6. __________you __________________________ from your trip by Tuesday? (return)
7. __________they _________________________ the movies when I come? (watch)
8. _________Rachel _________________________ this work by next Friday? (do)
9. __________we ________________________ New York by 11 am? (reach)
10. __________ I ____________________________ him by the end of the day? (talk to)

Activity 4: Fill in the verbs in brackets to make WH-questions. Use the Future Perfect.
1. How many posts ________ you ___________________ by 5 o'clock? (write)
2. What ___________ he _______________________ by tomorrow? (finish)
3. Where ____________ they ________________________ by Monday? (be)
4. How many cups of tea ____________ she _________________________ by the end of the day? (drink)
5. What ____________ you __________________________ when I come home? (cook)
6. How many books ____________ they __________________________ by the end of the year? (read)
7. How ____________ she _________________________ to pack all her stuff by 2 o'clock? (manage)
8. What __________ the children _______________________ by the evening? (eat)
9. Who _________ I __________________ by midday? (meet)
10. How many mushrooms ____________ we _________________________ before it gets dark? (gather)

FUTURE CONTINUOUS VS. FUTURE PERFECT

 Choose the correct option for each sentence:
1. By the time you arrive, we __________________________ dinner for an hour.
a) will be cooking b) will have cooked
2. This time next month, they ________________________ on the beach in Hawaii.
a) will be relaxing b) will have relaxed
3. At 6 PM tomorrow, she ____________________________ in the marathon for two hours.
a) will be running b) will have run
94
4. By the end of the day, I __________________________ my novel for five hours.
a) will be writing b) will have written
5. Next year, he ___________________________ at the same company for ten years.
a) will be working b) will have worked
6. By midnight, we ____________ the movie for three hours.
a) will be watching b) will have watched
7. This time next week, they ____________ on their way to the airport.
a) will be driving b) will have driven
8. At 8 AM tomorrow, I ____________ on the project for four hours.
a) will be working b) will have worked
9. By the end of the month, she ____________ at the new job for a month.
a) will be working b) will have been working
10. At this time next year, they ____________ their new house for six months.
a) will be renovating b) will have renovated

LISTENING SECTION
Activity 1: For each question, choose the correct answer. (Practice English Listening Test for B1 with answer and
audioscript - Test #01 - English Practice Test)

1 Which dish did Mark cook in the competition?

2 Where is the girl’s book now?

95
3 Who lives with Josh in his house?

4 What will the girl take with her on holiday?

5 What time will the train to Manchester leave?

6 Where will the friends meet?

96
7 Which sport will the boy do soon at the centre?

Activity 2: You will hear an interview with a singer called Nick Parker who plays in a band called Krispy with his
sister Mel.
For each question, choose the correct answer.
00:00
8 When Nick and Mel were younger,
A they studied music at school.
B their father took them to live concerts.
C their mother encouraged them to play music.
9 When Nick and Mel started writing music together,
they
A disagreed about the style they should have.
B didn’t want to be the same as other bands.
C were influenced by different kinds of music.
10 The band Krispy was started after
A Nick began studying at music school.
B two other musicians heard Nick and Mel
playing.
C Nick and Mel advertised for the band
members.
11 In the band’s find year together,
A concert audience liked their music.
B they signed a recording contract.
C their national tour was very successful.
12 What does Nick say about life in the band today?
A The other members look after him and Mel.
B He’s pleased to have the chance to travel.
C There’s no opportunity for them to relax
together.
13 What disappointment has the band had?
A They haven’t yet had a number one single.
B Their first album sold under a million copies.
C A health problem delayed their album
recording.

Activity 3: You will hear a man called Ben, from a young people’s organisation, telling a youth group about a
course they can do on Saturdays.
For each question, fill in the missing information in the numbered space.

Saturday course
Name of Ben’s organisation: (14) ……………………

Aim of course: Discovering (15) ……………………

Closest course location for this group: (16) ……………………

Length of course: (17) …………………… weeks

Examples of activities we will do:

● Learn how to climb

● Cut up wood

● Make a (18) ……………………

● Design a (19) …………………… to take home 97

Activity 4: You will hear a boy called Thomas and a girl called Ruby talking about a poster for their school
sports day. Decide if each sentence is correct or incorrect.
If it is correct, choose the letter A for YES. If it is not correct, choose the letter B for NO.

A B
YES NO
20 Ruby realises that the first design of the poster may need improving. A B
21 Thomas thinks the poster should be bigger than last years. A B
22 Ruby and Thomas agree that the poster should be in colour. A B
23 Ruby thinks the photograph should be in the middle of the poster. A B
24 Thomas suggests they use the same photograph as last year. A B
25 Ruby thinks every word on the poster should be the same size. A B

READING SECTION
 Five sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question, choose the correct answer.
There are three extra sentences which you do not need to use.
A Helping Hand

Lee Newton was sitting on a station platform under an old blanket when he saw a young couple talking. (1)………… It

was a freezing night in January, and the couple were clearly cold. Lee called to them and asked them if they wanted to

share his blanket. The three of them started chatting, and Lee learned that their names were Karen and Mark.

(2)………… Lee told them that he’d lost his job and then his flat when he could no longer pay the rent. He had no family

to help him, and nowhere to go. (3)………… Karen and Mark felt terrible. They couldn’t imagine sleeping on the icy
platform for even one night. As they spent their night in the station chatting to Lee, they realized that anyone could end

up in his situation. (4)…………. When morning came, Karen and Mark bought an extra train ticket and invited Lee to
come home with them. Lee accepted, and gratefully moved into Karen and Mark’s spare bedroom. Once he had an

address, Lee was able to apply for jobs. (5)………… He saved up to buy a small motorbike, then got an evening job

delivering pizzas. After a few months, Lee had saved up enough money to rent a small flat of his own.

‘When times get tough, you need friends and family,’ Lee says. ‘Karen and Mark became that for me.’ An act of

kindness was all Lee needed to help him get his life back.

A He offered to drive them home. E He soon found work in a local factory.

B He’d been sleeping in the train station for three F They felt very lucky to have jobs and a home.
months. G It wasn’t a big problem because he bought a flat.
C They’d missed the last train, and they seemed H Karen explained that they lived two hours away and
upset. they couldn’t afford a taxi home.
D They enjoyed living together, so Lee decided to
stay.
98
 SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
 COMPARE AND CONTRAST

SET 1: What do you think happened there?

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM SHOWS…

SET 2: What are the differences between these both places? AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/ MAY/
COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY MIGHT/

MAY/ COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF VIEW I PREFER……….. BECAUSE ……

SET 3: What do you think they’re supporting and sharing with us?

WRITING SECTION
 Write an opinion essay (180-200 words). Use the paragraph plan to help you.

Every generation of people is different in important ways.

How is your generation different from your parents' generation?

Paragraph plan
Paragraph 1: Write an introduction and give a clear statement of your opinion
Paragraph 2-3: Give at least three reasons for your opinion. Write each reason in a separate paragraph.
Add support and specific examples.
Paragraph 4: Write a conclusion to the essay. Restate your opinion and summarize the reasons for it.

99
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________

SPEAKING SECTION
PART 3
 DISCUSSION
o Why are these ways of selling beneficial? o How do you think life is on islands?
Facebook posts Food
Garage sale Electricity
In a street market Climate
Sending WhatsApp messages Study
o How would you organize a campaign to support
o What are the advantages and disadvantages of the following causes?
these ways of learning? Recycling
Private lessons Helping the elderly
In an outing Mental health
In a classroom Longer holidays
Online

100
 REVISION UNIT 4
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION
Activity 1: Read the article and choose the correct answer
1) What is the purpose of this article?
a. to persuade people to go shopping less
b. to encourage people to get help if they have a
problem
c. to inform people about a problem
d. to warn people about the dangers of shopping
2) What kinds of things Alison buy?
a. clothes and shoes
b. only jewellery
c. clothes, jewellery and other personal things
3) What do experts say about shopaholics?
a. they feel miserable when they are shopping
b. they soon feel unhappy after they have bought
something
c. they feel more excited than other people when they
shop
d. shopping is the only way they can feel happy
4) What is Alison’s attitude to shopping now?
a. she doesn’t often want to buy things now
b. she doesn’t enjoy shopping now
c. she still buys things she doesn’t need
d. she is in control of her shopping now
5) What might Alison say now?
a. I’m glad I got help
b. I need to get help
c. my problem wasn’t too bad
d. I need to change my life
101
USE OF ENGLISH
Activity 2: Read the text and choose the correct word for each space

OPEN CLOZE
Activity 3: Fill in the gaps with one word
Rafael Nadal Spanish tennis player Rafael Nadal ____________ known as being the nice guy of tennis. He was born in
1986 _______________ the Balearic Island of Mallorca. From _____________ early age he showed extreme sporting
promise in various sports, but especially in tennis. His uncle, a former professional footballer, introduced him
_____________tennis from the age of three and it wasn’t long before the titles started rolling in. All of his talent could

102
have _______________ wasted because of a decision aged 14 as he refused to relocate from his island home. This
meant limited funding, but as he was coached by another uncle of his, he managed to get by ____________ the
beginning of Nadal’s industrious career, he has gone on to win 19 Grand Slam titles, experiencing immense success at
the French open in particular.

just - been – is- are – to – for – since – on – an

TENSES
Activity 4: Read the uses and complete the sentences with the correct tense

SIMPLE FUTURE BE GOING TO PRESENT CONTINUOUS SIMPLE PRESENT

(WILL)

PREDICTION PREDICTION WITH SOCIAL PLAN TIMETABLES

EVIDENCE
DISTANT FUTURE FIX ARRANGEMENT
NEAR FUTURE
SUDDEN
PERSONAL PLANS
DECISION
PERSONAL INTENTIONS
OFFERS

SUGGESTION

INVITATIONS

PROMISES

THREATS

……………………………………….. (you/work) late tonight?

After work, I …………………….. (help) you with your English homework.

Tom and Peter …………….………. (travel) to Miami for their graduation trip. They have planned this trip for a long time.

Do you want to go to the park this afternoon? I am sorry but I………………… (visit) some friends this afternoon.

Give me my book back or I……………….(tell) the teacher.

‐Have you thought about the present for your mother? ‐Yes, I…………………..(give) her a box of chocolates and a
dress. I have just decided that she will love it.

My brother………………………..……(be) a doctor when he finishes secondary school.

‐How can I help you? ‐I would like to buy a t‐shirt‐We have many designs.

‐Idon’t know…Okay I………………….(buy)the black and white one.

I…………………………..(travel) to Italy next month. I have been planning this trip for a long time.
103
I am saving money because I……………..…………(buy) a car. I am very happy.

I promise I……………never…………….(arrive) late again!!

I think the film …………………….. (be) a big success. I love that actor!

I ………………………………….(see)my friends next Saturday afternoon.

In 10 years ‘time I ……………………… (move) to a big house near the river.

Look! There’s a hole and that man hasn’t seen it. He ……………………………. (fall) into it

My friends…………………….(travel)to Bariloche for winter holidays.

Next term, my classes ……………………………..(start) early in the morning.

Next week I ……………………………… (visit) my parents. I haven’t seen them for a long time.

Oh My God!!! The next door house is on fire!!! I…………..………..(phone) the fire brigade.

Put the money in your pocket or you………….…….(lose) it.

She…………………….(get) married in two months. She is so excited.

They……………………………(borrow) some money from the bank to buy a new house.

‐This box is very heavy! ‐Don’t worry I…………………..…….(carry) it for you.

We live in the city Aires now but next month we…………………….(move)to the countryside.

We ………………………….. (have) a party on Friday night.

What can I buy for my boyfriend? Tomorrow is our anniversary. I think I …………………(buy) him a perfume.

When I finish my course of studies next month I ……………………………… (spend) all my life travelling.

‐Why don’t you buy her that pair of pants she wants?

‐Yes, that’s great! I ……………………………... (buy) the pants.

You…………………... (have) 3 children when you get married ‐ said the fortune teller.

Activity 5: Put the verbs into the Simple Future (WIIL) or GOING TO

1. - I can’t lift this box!

- OK. I ……………………...……. help you
2. I don’t think that she ………………………………. recognize me.
3. Careful! You ………………………………. fall.
4. She …………………………... graduate next year.
5. The flight ………………………... (depart) at 9 pm.
6. I ………………………………. meet your dad tomorrow afternoon
7. He is very hard-working. I think he ……………………………… be very successful
8.. ……………………………….. marry me?
104
9. Who do you think ………………………………? win the championship?
10. I ………………………………………... (fly) to America next month.

Activity 6: Complete the sentences with WILL, GOING TO or PRESENT CONTINUOUS

Fred: Hi Lincoln. I’m afraid I’ve got some bad news. I ………………………. (not come) to Paris tomorrow

Lincoln: But we ………………………….. (meet) Anna on Thursday to discuss the sales figures!

Fred: I know. I’m sorry but we’ve got problems with the launch of the G32. I’ve decided I ………………………… (stay) at
head office to put things right.

Lincoln: ……………………………………. (you come) next week instead?

Fred. I don’t know yet. I ………………………………. (phone) you on Monday. We ………………………… (talk)
about it then.

Lincoln: OK. But you know Anna ……………………………. (travel) to Madrid the week after, so she
……………………………… (not be) free to meet whit us then.

Activity 7: Choose the correct forms of the FUTURE CONTINUOUS and FUTURE PERFECT for the sentences
below

1) When we arrive in Los Angeles we'll need to rest, because we _______ about 800 miles.

a. will be driving b. will have driven c. will drive

2) By the time you arrive I _______ something spectacular and dinner will be on the table waiting for you.

a. will cook b. will have cooked c. will be cooking

3) When you get off the train, we _______ for you on the platform.

a.'ll wait b.'ll be waiting c.'ll have waited

4) We _______ on the first train next Monday.

a.'ll be leaving b.'ll have left c.'ll leave

5) When I travel to England next year I ________ English for over four years, so I think I'll be ready.

a. will study b. will be studying c. will have studied

VOCABULARY
Activity 8: Choose the correct option
1) The government needs to act rapidly / extremely to prevent an economic crisis

2) Surprisingly / Quickly, most of the students have passed the exam even though none of them had studied.

3) Worryingly / Incredibly, more than 30% of teens are overweight in the USA.

4) I want to become a vegetarian but I realized that healthy food is really / extremely expensive

105
5) Making pizza is easily and comfortably / cheaply

6) I was at the platform waiting for the train and when it came it was over / inter crowded

7) After the flooding people had to be washed away / relocated in other areas.

8) Students must co / semi operate together if they want to succeed.

9) After 20 years I over- / re- united with my former classmates.

10) Apparently, a new disease has contaminated / spread all over the country.

11) The last dodo died out / survived in 1761.

12) Due to an earthquake, the city has been preserved / devastated.

13) I believe in / on freedom of speech

14) Lots of people are protesting for / against the new government.

15) Fred belongs up / to a very strange religion.

16) You know you’re my best friend and always can rely on / about me.

17) He’s so selfish. He never cares in / about anyone except himself.

18) After thinking a lot I’ve decided to set up / on a new store.

19) I’m almost an adult but my parents always insist to / on picking me up after school.

20) If we want to organize a graduate trip, we’ll need to raise money / a campaign.

REVISION UNITS 1 TO 4
Activity 1: Read these paragraphs and put the verbs in brackets in the Present Simple or the Present Continuous

1- The ready meal I (cook) right now is chicken and vegetables. I (eat)
a lot of ready meals because I (prefer) to do other things in the evening. I
(learn) Italian at the moment, so I often (watch) Italian films in the evenings. I
(think) my Italian (get) quite good.

2- I (not understand) her. She says that she (put on) weight – well, that’s
because she (never eat) properly. Also she (not know) how to cook, so
why she (study) Italian instead of going to cookery classes?

Activity 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

Dear Tony,
How (be) _are_ you? We’re having a great time. London (be) a very interesting city!. We
have visited lots of museums and we have been to many markets too. Last week we spent three days sightseeing

106
 in the centre of the city.
It (be) a good idea because it rained all the time.
The next day was fine, so we went on a boat trip on the River Thames. You know Ana and I love (sail)
, so we asked the hotel porter for advice and he suggested this trip. First we took a boat to
Greenwich and we spent two hours in the “Cutty Sark”. It was a ship that (carry) tea from China and India. In the
afternoon we (see) the Naval College, and the National
Maritime Museum.
The next day we went to Hampton Court: a palace on the banks of the Thames: While we (visit)
the maze, it started to rain and it took us ten minutes to find the way out! At the moment, we (relax)
in the hotel and reading some information about Sir Christopher Wren. We (visit)
St Paul’s Cathedral tomorrow, so we want to know more about the man who designed it.
I would like (tell) you more about London, but I don’t want to sound boring. Love to
everyone,
Julia
Activity 3: Read the sentences. Are they RIGHT or WRONG?

1. I hope to start DRIVING as soon as I’m 17.

2. Stop pretending BEING asleep. I saw you open your eyes!
3. My mum suggested TO GO bowling, but I didn’t think that was a good idea.
4. Quentin will do anything to avoid TO WALK to school. He’s so lazy.
5. I’d really like VISITING New York one day.
6. Do you like watching TV or do you prefer PLAY computer games?
7. The weather seems BEING better. What about a picnic this weekend?
8. I expect TO BE home at nine o’clock, so have dinner without me.
9. Our head teacher makes us all TO WEAR jackets, even in summer!
10. Don’t let the dog SITTING on the sofa.

Activity 4: Complete the sentences so that they mean the same as the first one (Simple Past vs. Past Perfect)
1-This morning I had a shower and walked the dog before breakfast.

By the time I had ...................................................................................................

2- Tony learnt to talk before he learnt to walk.

When Tony started walking ..................................................................................

3- Last night I watched my favourite programme and then I did my homework.

I did my homework .................................................................................................

4- Denise read “Dracula”. Much later she saw the film.

By the time Denise saw ...........................................................................................

107
5- We arrived at the cinema at 6.15 but the film started at 6.00

When we .................................................................................................................

6- I didn’t see my sister last night. She went bed before I got home.

I arrived after .........................................................................................................

Activity 5: Read the following sentences and complete using the PRESENT PERFECT.

1. A: ……………………………………(you ask) for more time to finish the project?

B: No, I ………………………………(not see) Mr Davis today at all.

2. A: ……………………………..(Mr Jones give) everyone a copy of the timetable?

B: He ………………………(not have) time to get them photocopied.

3. A: ……………………….(they move) the geography lesson to Friday afternoon?

B: No. they ……………………(not move) it. It’s still tomorrow at 3.30pm

4. A: …………………..(your friends decide) to meet us after school?

B: Unfortunately, they ………………….(not get) time today.

5. A: …………………………..(the class prepare) the presentation for the lesson?

B: ………………………(you speak) to your maths teacher about this?

6. A: I …………………..(not manage) to do my maths homework for today.

B: …………………………….(you speak) to your maths teacher about this?

7. A: ………………………..(Katy choose) what courses to take next term?

B: She …………………..(not stay) anything to me about it.

8. A: ………………………..(you read) the report in the school paper about the football team?
B: No, I ……………………….(not buy) a copy but I will.

Activity 6: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. The twins haven’t said sorry to the head teacher ……..

YET ALREADY JUST

2. I haven’t ………………to my teacher about the assignment yet.

SPEAK SPOKE SPOKEN

3. The football captain has …………asked me to join the team.

JUST SINCE YET

4. Has Tom ever ……………on holiday abroad?

GO BEEN WENT

5. Layla has ………..done experiments in the lab.

EVER YET NEVER

6. Vicky ……………..taken part in any sports lessons this week.

DIDN’T HASN’T HAVEN’T
108
Activity 7: Read the sentences and complete with the words from the box.

already ever for just never since yet

1. Have you seen your end of term report ……..?

2. Have you …………………won a race on school sports day?
3. I’m surprised that you’ve ……………..handed in your physical project!
4. I’ve …………….had a mark as bad as this before!
5. I’ve ……………seen the principal coming out of his office.
6. I haven’t been on a school trip …………two years.
7. Have you eaten anything …………..lunch time?

Activity 8: Read the mail and complete using the PRESENT PERFECT

Activity 9: Complete the rules with Present Perfect Simple or Past Simple.

109
Activity 10: Which of these words/ phrases can we use with the Present Perfect Simple? Which do we use with
the Past Simple?

PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE SIMPLE PAST

Activity 11: PRACTICE. Read about Kara and Brian’s restaurant in Greece. Put the verbs in brackets in the
present perfect simple or the past simple.

In the nineties we ……………………..1 (come) here every year on holiday. Then in 2001 we

………………… 2 (decide) to open a restaurant. We ……………..3 (live) here since then and we

……………..….4 (just open) a guest house nearby. The main problem is holidays. We

…………….………5(go) to Spain twice, but our last holiday ………………….….6 (be) two years ago. We

…………………….….7 (not have) any time off since then. My parents are here at the moment- it’s the

third time they ……………….8 (visit) us this year! Brian’s family are arriving today too. In fact, he

………………..9 (just go) to pick them up from the airport

Activity 12: Using the words in parentheses, complete the text below with Present Perfect Simple or Present
Perfect Continuous
Robin: I think the waiter (forget) ……………….us. We (wait) ……………..here for over half an hour and nobody
(take) ………………………our order yet.
Michele: I think you're right. He (walk) ………………..by us at least twenty times. He probably thinks we (order,
already) …………………..
Robin: Look at that couple over there, they (be, only) ………………….here for five or ten minutes and they already have
their food.
Michele: He must realize we (order, not) ………………..yet! We (sit) ……………….here for over half an hour staring at
him.
Robin: I don't know if he (notice, even) ……………..us. He (run) …………………from table to table taking orders and
serving food.
Michele: That's true, and he (look, not) ……………….in our direction once.

110
Activity 13: Using the words in parentheses, complete the text below with Present Perfect Simple or Present
Perfect Continuous
1. Judy: How long (you be) …………………in Canada?
Claude: I (study) ……………here for more than three years.
2. I (have) ……………….the same car for more than ten years. I'm thinking about buying a new one.
3. I (love) ……………..chocolate since I was a child. You might even call me a "chocoholic."
4. Matt and Sarah (have) ………………some difficulties in their relationship lately, so they (go) ……………..to a
marriage counselor. I hope they work everything out.
5. John (work) ……………..for the government since he graduated from Harvard University. Until recently, he
(enjoy) ……………………his work, but now he is talking about retiring.
6. Lately, I (think) …………………about changing my career because I (become) ……………..dissatisfied with the
conditions at my company.
7. I (see) …………………….Judy for more than five years and during that time I have seen many changes in her
personality.

Activity 14: USED TO or WOULD. Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

USED TO + STATIVE VERBS WOULD + DYNAMIC VERBS

1. My sister USED TO / WOULD go backpacking when she was in Primary School.
2. My father USED TO / WOULD be a tour guide when he was in his twenties.
3. My brother USED TO / WOULD eat more healthily last summer.
4. Liz USED TO / WOULD have a second-had leather jacket when she was a student.
5. My grandmother USED TO ALWAYS / WOULD ALWAYS give us a biscuit when we were younger.
6. DID YOU USE TO / WOULD YOU walk home from school when you were in 9th grade?
7. DID YOU USE TO / DID YOU USED TO be with your grandparents at weekends?
8. We DIDN’T USE TO / WOULDN’T go to the cinema when I was six years old.
9. When I was younger, I USED TO / WOULD eat pizza almost every day!
10. There USED TO / WOULD be a supermarket on the corner.
11. Bradley is a math teacher, but he USED TO / WOULD like sports much more.
12. My grandmother USED TO / WOULD cook cabbage and I hated it.
13. Rick USED TO / WOULD have blond hair when he was a little boy.
14. I know Lily USED TO / WOULD exercise a lot before she delivered her baby.

Activity 15: Read the sentences and complete with USED TO or WOULD both affirmative or negative forms.
1. We ……………………….. house swap every year before we had a baby.
2. The family ……………….go trekking in the autumn.
3. Tourists ………………..go to Guludu before the beach was developed.
4. In the past, package holidays ………………..be more popular.
5. It ………………..always rain when we went camping for the whole holiday.
6. ………………………explore the mountains when you went travelling?
7. Every year climbers ……………..leave rubbish on the mountain.
8. I got travel sick so I ……………..join my husband on long voyages.

111
Activity 16: VOCABULARY ADVERBS. Read the sentences and choose the correct option
1. LUCKILY / WORRYINGLY more and more teenagers are spending more than 2 hours a day on their mobile
phones.
2. Baseball is popular in the USA. SIMILARLY / WORRYINGLY, football is loved in England.
3. The tea, had no problem winning – they beat their opponents COMFORTABLY / UNCOMFORTABLY.
4. She was EXTREMELY / SIMILARLY upset by the bullying.
5. WORRINGLY / SUPRISINGLY chocolate can protect against some illnesses.
6. He practiced in the streets before he became an INCREDIBLY / UNCOMFORTABLY successful player.
7. You can eat SURPRISINGLY / CHEAPLY and healthy if you avoid the tourist traps.
8. The number of people with diabetes is rising SLOWLY / RAPIDLY with an increase of nearly 50% in the last
decade.
9. CLEARLY / INCREDIBLY people who eat well and exercise and less at risk of developing

112
Future time clauses- Activity 17: Choose the correct answer.
1) After Jane leaves home, she……………………her friends. (meet)
2) Before dad arrives home, I…………………………this essay. (send)
3) He will have to behave better when he…………………to school (go)
4) He will wash up before he ……………………….(go) to bed
5) I will pay you when I…………………..(cash) my cheque.
6) I'll do my homework before I………………………………….. (watch)TV.
7) I'll have a shower when I………………………………………..breakfast. (Have)
8) She will go on until he…………………(tell) her to stop
9) She…………………(stay) in bed till the clock strikes 7
10) She……………………..(give) the children their dinner before he comes home
11) The lift …………………(not start) until you press that button
12) We'll go to the cinema as soon as we………………………………work. (finish)
13) When he ……………………(return), I will give him the key
14) When the Queen ………………(arrive), the audience will stand up
15) While Richard is watching the game this afternoon, he……………………..his phone. (turn off)

Activity 18: FUTURE CLAUSES- Write the correct tense

1. I'll be ready as soon as you ………………………….(be).
2. We'll stay here till she………………………(return).
3. Please, call us when you …………………………..(arrive).
4. I'm going to tell her before she………………………………. (leave).
5. I don't know when the party……………………….. (start).
6. He'll drive you there whenever you ………………………….. (need) it .
7. The moment summer here, the garden …………………………(be) so beautiful!
8. I am going to take the exam after I……………(study) all these books.
9. He will wait for you until you…………………………………… (be back)

10. She will be very happy if you …………..her to the theatre. (take)
11. We'll go swimming as soon as school ………..over. (be)
12. She will be a good actress if she …………..hard. (work)
13. I will open the door when father …………. (ring)
14. I won't see him again if he …………..today. (not come)
15. We will begin as soon as Tom ………….ready. (be)
16. I will stay here until it ……………warmer. (get)
17. Mother will bring us cakes when she ………..out. (go)
18. If he …………….time he will come with us. (have)
19. Don't leave until I ……………..you a message. (send)

113
 20. I will notify you as soon as I …………..from her. (hear)

ACTIVITY 19- TIME CLAUSES -complete these sentences with the appropriate adverb of time.
1. He has cleaned his teeth……….. he went to bed.
2. The ambulance arrived at the scene five minutes ……………….the accident had happened.
3. ……………… I am older, I want to start my own business.
4. I went straight to the hospital ………………… I heard about your accident.
5. They watched the programme……………… the end even though it was not very interesting.
6. They took short breaks every half an hour…………..they were playing tennis.
7. Rebecca went to bed…………….. she got home because she was so tired.
8. People should be very careful…………… they cross busy roads.
9. We cannot light the barbecue ……………the rain stops.
10. Paul found somebody’s wallet on the ground………….. he was walking to the bus stop.

WRITING CORNER- OPINION ESSAY

a) STRUCTURE AND EXPRESSIONS

Opinion essays are writings in which you discuss advantages and disadvantages of a specific topic

INTRODUCTION: You present the topic making a general remark without giving your opinion
For example: It is said that technology provides better living conditions/ People say/believe that…../ Did you
know that The Rolling Stones are considered the best rock band ever?
MAIN BODY:A paragraph introducing advantages with their proper explanation or justification
The main/most important advantage of…is that…./ An additional advantage of ….is that…../ Many people
believe that……./ Many people are in favour of …because….
A Paragraph introducing disadvantages with their proper explanation or justification
The main/most important disadvantage of…is that…./ An additional disadvantage of…is that…/Many people
are against of…..because
CONCLUSION: which includes your opinion or a balance to summarize the topic

OPINION ESSAY
PARAGRAPH 1: INTRODUCTION (RHETORICAL QUESTION)
PARAGRAPH 2: ADVANTAGES
PARAGRAPH 3: DISADVANTAGES
PARAGRAPH 4: CONCLUSION (OPINION)
In my view, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages
NUMBER OF WORDS 120 TO 150 WORDS

114
USEFUL EXPRESSIONS TO USE

GIVING YOUR GIVING EXPRESSING ADDING IDEAS EXPRESSING CONCLUDING

OPINION REASONS FACTS CONTRAST
In conclusion The main reason It is a well-known What is more,… Although To sum up,…
is…./ fact that …
I think … Another reason… Firstly,… Despite ... To conclude...
Research has In spite of ...
I believe …. One reason for… shown that… In conclusion...
First of all,…
is …. Whereas ...
I believe It is a fact that… Finally,
Many people say/ Secondly,.. In contrast...
In my opinion believe It is clear/ true /but...
that…Because… All in all,
that… Thirdly,…
From my point On the one All things
of view, Lastly,… hand... /on the considered …
other hand...
In my view, Finally,…
However,
It is clear (to
me) that

As far I am
concerned, ...
I am sure/
convinced that

Time to write a sample together.

LIVING IN THE COUNTRYSIDE IS BENEFICIAL FOR MENTAL HEALTH

MANY PEOPLE HAVE DECIDED TO MOVE TO THE COUNTRYSIDE SINCE LIFE IS CONSIDERED TO BE MUCH
CALMER. DO YOU AGREE WITH ME?

THE MAIN IMPORTANT ADVANTAGE OF LIVING IN THE COUNTRYSIDE IS THAT LIFE THERE IS MUCH
CHEAPER THAN LIVING IN THE CITY. ANOTHER ADVANTAGE IS THAT YOU CAN BE MORE IN CONTACT
WITH NATURE. From my point of view, BREATHING FRESH AIR IS HEALTHY.

THE MAIN DISADVANTAGE OF LIVING IN THE COUNTRYSIDE IS THAT ALL THE NECESSARY SERVICES THAT
A PERSON NEEDS LIKE MEDICAL SERVICE, SHOPS, SCHOOLS AND PLACES IN GENERAL ARE FAR AWAY.
What is more,
ANOTHER DISADVANTAGE IS THAT SOCIAL LIFE CAN BE COMPLICATED. It is true that… IF YOU HAVE
CHILDREN YOU NEED TO TRAVEL LONG DISTANCES TO TAKEN THEM FROM ONE PLACE TO ANOTHER.

All things considered , THE ADVANTAGES OUTWEIGH THE DISADVANTAGES. Although living in the countryside
might be more expensive, life is much calmer.

ALTHOUGH + IDEA 1 + IDEA 2

IDEA 1 + HOWEVER + IDEA 2

115
Protest

116
117
118
 Highlands MAXIMISER
1ST YEAR
UNIT 5 RIGHTS AND WRONGS
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 1
Activity 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. What will you do if it rains tomorrow? 10. What would you do if you could fly?
2. What will you do if you learn perfect English? 11. If could go on holiday anywhere in the world,
3. What will you do if a colleague is rude to you? where would you go?
4. What will you do when you retire? 12. If somebody hit you in the face, what would you
5. What will happen when we continue polluting do?
the Earth? 13. If you survived a plane crash in the jungle, how
6. What will happen if stop using plastic bags? long would you survive?
7. What would you do if an alien from outer space 14. If you could eat only one thing for the rest of
landed their spaceship in your garden? your life, what would that be?
8. If there suddenly was no internet, how would 15. If it was possible, would you like to have your
the world change? own clone?
9. How would you spend $100 000 in 12 hours?

Activity 2: COMPARE AND CONTRAST

SET 1: Do you have more fun with your classmates or with your friends?

SET 2: What do you think about adult people playing children games?

118
SET 3: How do you usually spend time with your family?

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY MIGHT/ MAY/

COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF VIEW I PREFER……….. BECAUSE ……

VOCABULARY SECTION

119
 GRAMMAR SECTION
PART 1
CONDITIONALS
TYPE 0 GENERAL TRUTH
FORM: IF + S. PRESENT + S. PRESENT
USE:
To talk about things that always happen.
If you press this key, the lights turn on.
To talk about a general truth.
If you don’t water the plant, it dies.
To talk about scientific truth.
If you heat water at 100°, it boils
TYPE 1 PROBABILITY

FORM: IF + S. PRESENT + WILL

USE:
To talk about something we think will probably happen.
If you study, you will pass the exam.
120
 TYPE 2 HYPOTHESIS
FORM: IF + S. PAST + WOULD
USE:
Hypothetical situations in the present:
If I won the championship, I would be very happy.
To give advice:
If I were you, I would study harder.
Activity 1:
A) PROBABILITY What will happen if you (don’t) do the following?

 If your boyfriend/girlfriend catches you cheating on him/her, he __________________________________

 If you don’t study for a test, your teacher _______________________________________________________
 If my teacher gives me too much homework, ____________________________________________________
 If you break up with you boy/girlfriend, __________________________________________________________
 If you give a cake to your teacher, _____________________________________________________________
Which type of conditional are we using and why?
Conditional type
Structure: IF + +
USE:
B) HYPOTHESIS Tell the rest of the class what you would be if you were…
an animal a colour an object
 If I were an animal I ________________________________________
 If I were a colour I _________________________________________
 If I were an object I ________________________________________
Which type of conditional are we using and why?
Conditional type
Structure: IF + +
USES: a- and b-
Activity 2: Correct the mistakes
1. If I would study, I would be an excellent student.
2. If he studies, he will get an excellent mark.
3. If you will help me, I will help you.
4. If you break the window, you would pay.
5. If they played well, they will win.
6. If we would study, we would pass the test.
7. We will have more time if we worked fewer hours. But we haven’t got them.
8. What will you do if you would be rich?
9. If I will speak Japanese, I would go to Japan.

Activity 3: Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form to complete the CONDITIONAL 0, 1 & 2 sentences.
1. Cathy will be able to go on holiday if she (save) enough money.
2. He (open) the door if he had the key.
3. If cameras (not / cost) so much, we would buy one.
4. If he (arrive) on time, we’ll have dinner before we go out.
5. If I (be) rich, I (never / work) again.
6. If I (be) you, I (study) for the exams.
7. If Peter (do) a lot of exercise, he’ll be fit and healthy.
8. If we (have) a car, we would go for a drive in the country.
9. If you (work) hard you will be promoted.
121
 10. If you (have) toothache, go to the dentist.
11. If you don’t do your homework, I (not / let) you watch TV.
12. Please, call me if you (need) any help.

Activity 4: Match the conditionals in 1-4 with their meanings in a-d

1. If I were American, I’d live in New York. CONDITIONAL TYPE
2. If she continues to study hard, she’ll pass her exams. CONDITIONAL TYPE
3. If you heat water to 100°, it boils. CONDITIONAL TYPE

 Which sentence describes:

a) a probable future situation
b) a general truth
c) a hypothetical situation

Activity 5: Complete the sentences with the gerund or infinitive form of the verbs.

Activity 6: OTHER WORDS THAN IF

 We can use UNLESS in a conditional sentence. It means “IF ……. NOT”.
You don’t get any points if you don’t tell the truth.
You don’t get any points UNLESS you tell the truth.

A) Choose the correct word in these sentences.

1- You’ll be late …………………. you leave now.

a) unless b) if c) w hen

2- You won’t get cold ………………… you wear warm clothes.

a) unless b) if c) as soon as
3- I won’t talk to her …………………… you ask me to.
122
 a) unless b) if c) w hen

4- ………………… you finish the homework, I’ll let you go out.

a) unless b) if c) so

5- We will enjoy our holidays ……………… the weather is not good.

a) unless b) if c) so

6- …………………… you tell me what’s wrong, I can’t help you.

a) unless b) if c) w hen

7- Mina will die ……………… we kill Dracula first.

a) unless b) if c) w hen

8- I can’t print the page …………… you lend me your computer.

a) unless b) if c) so

9- I will be tired …………... I don’t sleep enough hours.

a) unless b) if c) w hen

10- My parents won’t let me go to the party ………… I finish my homework first.
a) unless b) if c) w hen

11- …………. you want to be punished, you shouldn’t lie.

a) unless b) if c) w hen

12- Diane will get lost ………… she doesn’t take a map with her.
a) unless b) if c) w hen

MODALS: POSSIBILITY AND CERTAINTY

SURE NOT SURE

AFFIRMATIVE MUST COULD – MAY –MIGHT

NEGATIVE CAN’T COULD – MAY –MIGHT + NOT

 TO TALK ABOUT THE PRESENT: MODAL + VERB (INFINITIVE)

 TO TALK ABOUT SOMETHING HAPPENING NOW: MODAL + BE +VERB (ING)
 TO TALK ABOUT THE PAST: MODAL + HAVE + VERB (3RD COLUMN)
ACTIVITY 1:
A) Complete the sentences with MUST BE, CAN’T BE or MIGHT BE.

1. You’ve been walking all day long. You tired.

2. You think Math is interesting! You serious.
3. Be careful with that dog. I think it dangerous.
4. It be that difficult. Even my little brother knows how to do it.

123
 5. You really want to go bungee jumping? You mad.
6. A: Do you know where July is?
B: She in her room. I’m not sure.
7. You hungry already, you’ve just had lunch.
8. That Claire. She told me she would visit us this afternoon.
9. This true! I can’t believe he told me such a lie.
10. A: Do you know when Tom’s birthday party is?
B: I’m not sure but I think it this weekend.

B) Complete the dialogue with MUST BE, MIGHT BE or CAN’T BE.

Tina: Where’s Melanie? If she doesn’t arrive soon, we late for the film.
Sara: I don´t know. She stuck in traffic.
Tina: No, she stuck in traffic. There is hardly any traffic at this time in the
afternoon.
Sara: Perhaps she has forgotten about us. Why don´t you phone her? She still at
home.
Tina: The line is busy. She at home!
Sara: Not necessarily. That her cousin,
Mark. He´s staying with her at the moment.
Tina: Oh, well. I suppose she at her
office. I´ll try to phone her there.
Sara: No, she at her office.
Tina: Why not?
Sara: Because here she comes now!

MODAL VERBS OF OBLIGATION

• We use MUST to talk about what is right or necessary. There is no choice.
- A good spy must be an excellent driver.
Must does not have a past nor future, we use had to or will have to instead.
• HAVE TO means the same as MUST. As it is not full modal verb, it can be used in all tenses.
- A pigeon had to wear a camera around its neck.

Have to is often used to indicate that the obligation is external, while must is used to show it comes
from the speaker.
NO OBLIGATION:
We use DON´T HAVE TO or DON´T NEED TO to mean “it isn’t necessary”.
- He doesn’t have to be glamorous.
- Human divers don’t need to do this. (present)
- You didn’t need to help me doing yesterday’s homework. (past)

MODAL VERBS OF PERMISSION

We use CAN/ COULD to ask for and give permission.
- Can/Could I ask you a question?
- You can stay out late tonight. / I couldn’t stay out late when I was younger.

MODAL VERBS OF PROHIBITION

We use MUSTN´T, CAN´T and COULDN´T to say that something is not permitted.
- You mustn’t smoke at school.

124
ACTIVITY 2:

A) Which answers are possible in each sentence? How does the meaning change?
1. I do that now. I´ll do it tomorrow.
a. don’t need to b. can’t c. should
2. You borrow my car because you don´t have a license.
a. can´t b. don´t have to c. mustn’t
3. He speak English until we came to London.
a. didn´t need to b. couldn´t c. mustn´t
4. You arrive on time next Monday or you´ll get the sack.
a. must b. w ill have to c. can´t d. need to
5. There be life on other planets.
a. can b. must c. could d. should not
6. If we finish work early tonight, we go for a meal.
a. could b. can´t c. might d. can

B) Rewrite the sentences so that they mean the same, using the words in capital letters.
1. It isn’t necessary to keep this secret from everybody. HAVE
__________________________________________________________________________
2. It is forbidden to smoke in here. MUST
_________________________________________________________________________
3. It is allowed to eat at the cinemas but it is forbidden to use cameras. CAN/ MUST
_________________________________________________________________________
4. When I was younger, I used to run so fast. COULD
_________________________________________________________________________
5. Winters are often bitterly cold here. CAN
__________________________________________________________________________
6. Yes, you are forbidden to talk to journalists about your work. MUSTN´T
_________________________________________________________________________
7. I’m afraid you will be forced to come to grandpa’s house tomorrow. HAVE
__________________________________________________________________________
C) Complete the sentences with a modal verb from the box.

MUST – HAVE TO – MUSTN’T – HAVE TO – CAN – CAN’T

1. Sorry, sir you switch your mobile phone off on the plane.
2. Your computer’s broken? Don’t worry. You use mine.
3. It’s Anna’s birthday on Friday. I remember to buy a present for her.
4. It´s only 8 o’clock, and school doesn’t start until 9. You hurry!
5. Sorry, Alex. This is an exam, so you use your dictionary.

ACTIVITY 3: Recycling All Modals

A) Complete the sentences using the modal verbs given. You can use them more than once.

can - could - have to - must - can’t - couldn’t - don’t have to - mustn’t - needn’t

1. Ted's flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He ___________________ be exhausted after such a
long flight.

125
 2. Hiking the trail to the peak ____________be dangerous if you are not well prepared for dramatic weather
changes. You_______________________ research the route a little more before you attempt the ascent.
3. When you have a small child in the house, you _________________ leave small objects lying around. Such
objects ___________________ be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.
4. Dave: you hold your breath for more than a minute?
Nathan: No, I can't
5. Jenny's engagement ring is enormous! It ________________ have cost a fortune
6. Please make sure to water my plants while I am gone. If they don't get enough water, they ______________
die.
7. I ______________ speak Arabic fluently when I was a child and we lived in Egypt. But after we moved back to
Canada, I had very little exposure to the language and forgot almost everything I knew as a child. Now, I
____________ just say a few things in the language.
8. The book is optional. My professor said we _______________ read it if we needed extra credit.
9. But we __________________ read it if we don't want to.
10. Leo: Where is the spatula? I _______________ find it.
Nancy: I just did a load of dishes last night and they're still in the dish washer. It ______________ be in there.
That's the only other place it ________________be

B) MULTIPLE CHOICE:
1. A: I can't find the cat. Have you seen it?
B: It be somewhere in the garden. It spends most time there.
a. can b. must c. has to
2. It's OK Peter, you come if you don’t want to. I can go alone.
a. have to b. needn’t c. can’t
3. Claire borrow my car because she didn’t have her driving license with her.
a. don’t have to b. doesn’t have to c. couldn’t
4. When I was younger I speak French much better than now.
a. needed to b. could c. can
5. You __________________ study much harder if you intend to pass the course.
a. must b. can c. could
6. She have forgotten about my birthday party! I told her about it a thousand times!
b. mustn’t b. can’t c. can

C) Rewrite these sentences using the verbs in brackets.

a- Perhaps it was a ghost. (might) .........................................................................................
b- Perhaps it is a spaceship. (may) .........................................................................................
c- Perhaps they’re going tomorrow. (might) .........................................................................................
d- Perhaps she didn’t see them. (may) ........................................................................................
e- I’m sure he was worried. (must) .......................................................................................
f- She certainly didn’t hear the news. (can) ......................................................................................
g- I’m sure we’ve left the camera at home. (must) .....................................................................................
h- Perhaps she lost the address. (might) .....................................................................................
C) I wonder if her car broke down. (may) .....................................................................................

126
j- Maybe she had an accident. (could) ……………………………………………………………...
D) Complete the given sentences using the proper modal verb.
1. This ______________ be the right answer but we’ll have to check with your teacher to make sure.
2. He __________________ be French, judging by his accent
3. The exam _________________ easy. You never know
4. He ______________ be from the USA. He doesn’t speak English
5. Dave reckons she’s from The States but I think she ______________ be from Scandinavia
6. You ______________ be right but I’m going to check anyway
7. With luck, tomorrow ________________ be a sunny day
8. She’s been revising 10 hours a day for 3 weeks. She _____________ be exhausted
9. Nobody’s answering. They ______________ be out steal things from shops. She’s rich and famous
10. I really think Real Madrid ________________ lose the final of the King’s Cup. They still be out!

Rewrite the sentences with can, may, must or have to.

Example: Is that all right if I borrow your pen?

May/Can I borrow your pen?

1. Don't park your car on bends. It is illegal.
You .......................................... your car on bends. It is illegal.
2. Perhaps she will agree with it. Who knows?
She ................................................ with it. Who knows?
3. Our teacher asked us to tidy the classroom.
We............................................ the classroom.
4. I need your help. It's too much work for me.
You .............................................. me. It's too much work for me.
5. Look at that balloon. It's over there.
................. you see that balloon? It's over there.
6. Don't worry about dinner. I'll make it.
You ................................................... about dinner. I'll make it.
7. It is not necessary to be there.
We ............................................. there.
8. Why don't you stay with us? No problem!
You .................................. with us. No problem!

LISTENING SECTION
Activity 1: For each question, choose the correct answer. (Practice English Listening Test for B1 with answer and
audioscript - Test #02 - English Practice Test)

1 What can’t the woman find?

127
2 What is the weather forecast for tomorrow?

3 What did the boy buy?

4 Which present has the girl bought her mother?

5 Which TV programme will they watch together?

128
6 What time is the swimming lesson today?

7 Which subject does the boy like best?

Activity 2: You will hear an interview with a teenager called Simon about going to an indoor climbing centre that
has a climbing wall. For each question, choose the correct answer.

8 Simon’s mum decided to take him to the 11 What did Simon think about the climbing wall?
climbing centre because A He thought it looked very high.
A she had enjoyed going there. B He was afraid he might fall.
B her friend had recommended it. C He found the foot holes helpful.
C Simon had been there with his school. 12 Why was Simon unhappy with his first climb?
9 Before he went to the centre, Simon was A He was slower than everyone else.
A worried about going climbing there. B He found it hurt his arms.
B interested in seeing the climbing wall. C He didn’t get to the top.
C disappointed to hear it was all indoors. 13 What does Simon feel he learnt from climbing
10 Simon says that at the centre there were at the centre?
A lot of people when it opened. A how to improve his fitness
B many different types of people. B to think before he does something
C no other people his age. C the best way to work with other people
Activity 3: You will hear a girl called Hannah talking about her family’s champion horse called Griffon.
For each question, fill in the missing information in the numbered space.
Griffon the Horse
The international horse show will be held in the month of (14) …………………, just after Hannah’s birthday.
The family will travel from Poland to the horse show in (15) ………………… .The person who will ride Griffon round the
ring in the international show is Hannah’s (16) ………………… .
Two weeks ago, Griffon won some (17) ………………… as a prize. Hannah’s ambition is to work as a (18)
………………… . When Griffon wins a competition, he is given some (19) ………………… by the family.
129
Activity 4: You will hear a conversation between a boy called Jamie and a girl called Miranda about sharing a
bedroom with a brother or sister.
Decide if each sentence is correct or incorrect.
If it is correct, choose the letter A for YES. If it is not correct, choose the letter B for NO.

A B
YES NO
20 Miranda accepts what her sister’s side of the room looks like. A B
21 Jamie complains that his brother refuses to share his electronic
A B
equipment.
22 Miranda is annoyed about some things that her sister tells their mother. A B
23 Miranda was surprised that she felt lonely when her sister was away. A B
24 Despite sharing a bedroom, Jamie finds he can still easily do his
A B
homework.
25 Jamie and Miranda can both share problems with their brother or sister. A B

READING SECTION
 For each question, choose the correct answer. The people below all want to find a department store to
visit in their city. There are descriptions of eight department stores. Decide which department store
would be the most suitable for the people below.

1 Jasmine would like to find a store where they can eat outside, and her dad wants somewhere known for its good-

quality suits. They also want to buy a necklace for Jasmine’s mum.

2 Peter wants to buy some special sweets for his grandma’s birthday, and his older sister, Nell, wants to see the latest

women’s fashions. They also need to buy new tennis T-shirts, without spending a lot.

3 Maria wants a store selling clothes that use materials produced without damaging the environment. Her mum would

like somewhere that has great customer service and is beautiful inside.
4 John enjoys cooking, and wants to buy some unusual ingredients. His parents like stores that have been in the same

buildings since they were young, and that have great toys for John’s young sister.

5 Samuel and Mark want to visit a store with a good selection of chess sets. They’d like to have some delicious ice

creams and buy something made in the store to eat later.

130
 Department stores
A Hallwick’s
People often visit Hallwick’s just for the displays of
lights that make it so attractive to shop here. And it was
the first to sell clothes made of pure, natural cotton,
grown in conditions that avoid creating pollution. The
assistants are polite and will help with any questions
about goods.
B Crozier’s
This store is in a beautiful new building. One floor is full
of toys and board games like chess, and downstairs
there’s a huge variety of cakes, sweets and also fresh
food that’s perfect for making a meal! The roof garden
is popular here in summer, and the friendly staff serve
delicious lunches.
C Stafford’s
This store is popular for its range of good-quality
sportswear at very reasonable prices, which is hard to
find elsewhere. And on the ground floor, you’ll find
displays of their famous handmade candies – great for
celebrations! And Stafford’s is always the first to offer
new designs in men’s and women’s clothing, too!
D Barton’s
Barton’s has been here since it opened in 1930, and
still has its huge glass door and beautiful windows. The
first floor is fantastic for children, as it’s packed with
things to play with – at reasonable prices. And
downstairs, you’ll find a huge selection of amazing fresh
food rarely found elsewhere.
E Gardener and Bell’s
This store has been here since 1950, and is the place
for cool clothes and jewellery, as it updates its items
every few weeks – and many are made from
environmentally-friendly materials. The sportswear
section has clothes and equipment for almost any sport,
although prices can be high.
F Davidson’s
This traditional-looking store opened in 1860, and still
offers high-class, fashionable goods at reasonable
prices, with many made from natural materials. The
men’s clothes are particularly recommended, and
there’s also an area selling nothing but beautiful
jewellery. And on fine days, try the rooftop restaurant –
the food is fantastic.
G Ford and Madecroft’s
The café here serves fantastic meals, but also has
amazing chocolates and frozen desserts of all kind, and
the bakers produce fantastic biscuits and cakes to take
away. Upstairs, you’ll find a display of toys and also a
huge range of board games, together with instructions
to help you play.
H Oldridge’s
The customer service here is the best anywhere in the
city, and staff will help you find what you’re looking for,
from jewellery to children’s toys. And the café here,
probably one of the most attractive you’ll ever visit,
serves the biggest ice creams anywhere, too – and the
best cakes!
131
 SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
 DISCUSSION
Why do you think teenagers join gangs? Do you agree with the following statements?
• To take money • ‘It is a sign of weakness to apologize to people’
• To feel safe • ‘A bad excuse is better than none’
• For the excitement • ‘Failing to plan is planning to fail’
• Because of peer pressure • ‘Never judge a book by its cover’
What do you think are the causes and solutions of Which of these things are you allowed/not allowed to
these problematics? do? Why?
• Pollution • Have a credit card
• Gangs • Go to school
• Vandalism • Give blood
• Deforestation • Buy a pet

WRITING SECTION
 Write an essay (150 words)
Studying English in England is more beneficial than studying in your country
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
132
 SPEAKING SECTION
PART 3
• Modal verbs: can, could, will, would, might, should.

Activity 1: - Discussion (10 minutes)

• Divide the class into pairs or small groups.
• Provide each group with a list of potential plans (written on cards).
• In their groups, students should discuss which plans they can or cannot do and why. Encourage them to use
modal verbs in their discussions.

Activity 2: Presentation (10 minutes)

• Ask each group to choose one plan and present it to the class using modal verbs.
• For example: "We can go to the movies on Saturday because it's my day off."
• Encourage other groups to ask questions and engage in the discussion.

Activity 3: Role Play (15 minutes)

• Prepare role-play scenarios involving making plans.
• Provide each student with a role (e.g., friend inviting someone to an event, someone declining an invitation,
etc.).
• Encourage the use of modal verbs in the role plays.
• After the role plays, have a brief discussion on the use of modals in different social situations.

REVISION UNIT 5
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION
Activity 1: Read the article and choose the correct option.

133
 1. Why did Beth go to the music club at her C She has always thought she doesn’t need
school? lessons.
A She was too ill to play hockey outside. 4. What do we learn about Beth’s first
B She wanted something to do one lunchtime. concert?
C Her friends were away from school on a A It was scary because many people were
sports trip. watching her.
2. What is the writer explaining in the first B It was easier playing in a band than at home
paragraph? alone.
A Why Beth chose the drums and not another C It was difficult to be in a concert and do her
instrument. schoolwork.
B Why her music teacher wanted Beth to try 5. What do we learn about Beth in the final
the drums. paragraph?
C Why Beth thought the drums were so hard to A Being a young drummer makes her feel
play. special.
3. What does Beth say about the drum B She hopes people enjoy themselves at her
lessons? concerts.
A She is sometimes sorry she didn’t take C Her life has changed a lot since she became
lessons. famous.
B She thinks lessons can be useful for some
people.

USE OF ENGLISH
Activity 2: Read the article and choose the correct option.

1 A good B well C better

2 A add B share C join

3 A trip B map C place

4 A bringing B making C getting

5 A absolutely B really C especially

6 A save B hold C keep

134
OPEN CLOZE
Activity 3: Read the mails and complete with the words from the box. There are 3 you do not need to use.

0. AM

1. ………………………………..
1. A
2. AN
2. ……………………………….. 3. ARE
4. FOR
3. ………………………………. 5. IS
6. ME
4. ………………………………
7. TO
5. ………………………………
8. WHAT
9. WHICH
6. ……………………………..

TENSES
Activity 4: Conditional TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2. Read the sentences and choose the correct answer.
A)
1. His future WILL / WOULD be very successful if he weren’t always behaving badly.
2. I will be surprised if my cousins DON’T HAVE / DIDN’T HAVE a pet soon.
3. If I DO / DID well in my final English exam, my parents will send me on an exchange programme.
4. If I FIND / FOUND a better job soon, that would solve my money problems.
5. If I saw someone pickpocketing, I WILL / WOULD tell the victim immediately.
6. If I SEE / SAW a crime, I would call the police.
7. If my sister lends me her beautiful dress again, I WILL BUY / WOULD buy her a small present.
8. If we don’t take care of the environment, some animals WILL / WOULD die soon.
9. If you don’t book the hotel in advance, you WON’T / WOULDN’T be able to get a free place.
10. If you stop behaving so rude, I WON’T / WOULDN’T be your friend any longer.
11. If you continue studying English, you WILL / WOULD have a better chance of finding a job.
135
 12. Pam will be very upset if Jason DOESN’T VISIT / DIDN’T VISIT her this evening.
13. They WON’T FEEL / WOULDN’T FEEL upset if we are a bit late this afternoon.
14. We will leave very early in the morning if the weather IS / WERE bad.
15. Will you still go to the concert if the tickets ARE / WERE 80 dollars?
B)
1. If I saw someone shoplifting, I WILL / WOULD tell the owner of the shop.
2. If we don’t take care of the environment some animals WILL / WOULD disappear.
3. If you learn English, you WILL / WOULD have a better chance of finding a job.
4. His future WILL / WOULD be very promising if he weren’t always getting into trouble.
5. If I SEE / SAW someone vandalizing something, I would call the police.
6. If the politicians don’t listen to teenagers, they WON’T / WOULDN’T get their vote.
7. I will be unemployed unless I FIND / FOUND a new job soon.
8. If I ROB / ROBBED a bank, that would solve my money problems.
9. If you don’t buy a ticket in advance, you WON’T / WOULDN’T be able to get in to the concert.
10. If you don’t stop stealing, I WON’T / WOULDN’T be your girlfriend anymore.

C) Read the sentences and correct the mistakes.

1. If we WILL GO shopping tomorrow, I will probably buy a new top.
2. If mum is tired tonight, I COOK dinner.
3. John will tell us if there WILL BE any news.
4. If I WON’T get a good mark in the geography test, I will be very annoyed.
5. You ARE tired in the morning if you don’t go to bed soon.
6. If you see Karen, DO you ask her to call me?
7. DOES Frank come with us if we go to the beach at the weekend?
8. If you need help, I WOULD definitely give you a hand.

D) Read the sentences and complete with the correct tense.

1. If I ……………………(do) well in the exam, my parents will buy me a new cell phone.
2. If my sister borrows my clothes again, I …………………………….(scream)
3. We will leave at 6 o’clock if the weather ………………..(be) bad.
4. They …………………..(not mind) if we are a bit late this afternoon.
5. Sarah will be very annoyed if Dave …………………………(not call) her this evening.
6. Will you still go to the concert if the tickets …………………..(cost) 60 euros?
7. If Sonia doesn’t come to the party, ………………………………(Greg be) upset?
8. I will be surprised if Doug and Dana ………………………(not get) a new car soon.

Activity 5: MODAL VERBS OF OBLIGATION, PERMISSION AND PROHIBITION.

1. Martin MIGHT / MUST be from England but I am not so sure.
2. He CAN’T / MUSTN’T be from Great Britain. He doesn't speak English at all.
3. I really MUST / HAVE TO start studying for my final exams soon.
4. In some countries people HAVE TO / MAY vote. It is mandatory.
5. It CAN’T / MUSTN’T be true that Alan is going to get married next week. It's impossible.
6. Nobody CAN / MUST use mobile phones in class unless they have permission.
7. There is nobody at the house. They MUST / HAVE TO be out.
8. She's been studying so hard for weeks. She MUST / HAS TO be exhausted.
9. The exam CAN / COULD be so difficult to complete. You never know.
10. My neighbours MIGHT / CAN be away for the weekend but I'm not sure.
11. This CAN’T / MUSTN’T be the right answer but we'll have to check with your teacher to make sure.
12. You DON’T HAVE TO / MUSTN’T Park on double yellow lines.
136
 13. You DON’T HAVE TO / MUSTN’T speak with your classmates during the exam.
14. You MIGHT / MUST be right but I'm going to check anyway on Google.
15. You SHOULD / DON’T HAVE TO call your mother as soon as you leave the party.

KEY WORD TRANSFORMATION

Activity 6: MODAL VERBS

1- It is not necessary that you take drinks to the party. (LACK OF OBLIGATION)
You don’t ……………… ………………………………………………….take drinks to the party.
2- My mother lets me eat chocolate at night. (PERMISSION)
My mother allows ……………………………………………….………chocolate at night
3- You mustn’t leave before leaving the office in order. (PROHIBITION)
You aren’t ……………………….………………………………………….……before leaving the office in order.
4- You shouldn’t take your pet to the beach. It’s just a puppy. (ADVICE)
If I were …………………………..……………………………………………..……take your pet to the beach.
5- I can dance very well. (ABILITY)
I am……………………………………………….. …..
6- My father orders me to clean my bedroom when my friends come. (OBLIGATION)
My father makes ………………...………………………clean my bedroom when my friends come.
7- I think I should phone my friend. (INNER OBLIGATION)
I ……………………………………phone my friend.
8-You aren’t allowed to smoke here. (PROHIBITION)
You ………………….……smoke here.
9-It’s not necessary that you give me your Netflix account. (LACK OF OBLIGATION)
You don’t …………………………….………….…… your Netflix account.
10-You must visit your friends more often. (ADVICE)
You ……………………………….… your friends more often.
11-It is impossible that Jason is tired, he has been sleeping all day (CERTAINTY)
Jason………………………………………tired because he has been sleeping all day.
12- I am not sure but perhaps I will apply for the new position at the company (POSSIBILITY)
I …………………………………………………… for the new position at the company.
13- She was so rude with the teacher! She should regret it (CRITICISM)
She shouldn’t ……………………………………so rude with the teacher.
14-I haven’t seen her at the office. There is a possibility that she is at home (POSSIBILITY)
She ……………………………………at home.
15- The school principal makes the students wear a uniform at school. (EXTERNAL OBLIGATION)
Students ……………………………………………………a uniform at school.

VOCABULARY
Activity 7: Read the sentences and choose the correct option
1. A number of politicians believe that bankers are responsible OF / FOR the economic crisis.
2. Aung San Suu Kyi was UNDER / ON arrest for almost 15 years in Burman before she received the Nobel
Peace Prize in 1991.
3. Elderly people are more at risk of THEFT / SHOPLIFTING when they go out on their own.
4. Gang members often start their life of crime with car THEFT / PICKPOCKETING
5. Graffiti artists would argue that their work is art and not VANDALISM / MUGGING
6. Guide dogs for the blind should not be prohibited TO / FROM getting on to public transport.
7. He received a SPEEDING / TRAFFIC fine for driving at 140 km.
8. He was punished FROM / FOR a driving offence.
9. I don’t approve TO / OF parents hitting their children.

137
10. If you have never been in trouble before the judge might take account OF / FOR this and give you a lighter
punishment.
11. Long prison sentences should deter people FOR / FROM carrying knives.
12. Many people believe that murderers should never be released FROM / FOR prison. 79
13. Many people were furious then the vandals only received HOUSE / COMMUNITY service. They had wanted
them to go to prison.
14. Many SHOPLIFTERS / VANDALS are women living in poverty.
15. Most office workers commit PETTY / KNIFE theft, even if it means just stealing pens from work.
16. Most states in America no longer have the DEAD / DEATH penalty.
17. People rarely admit TO / OF making mistakes.
18. People use false identities to commit NETWORK / INTERNET fraud.
19. Some people don’t think that offenders should have the right TO / OF watch TV in prison.
20. The graffiti artist was sentenced TO / OF six weeks in prison.
21. The man was arrested for a TRAFFIC / PICKPOCKETING offence but was dishonest about the speed at which
he had been driving.
22. The MUGGER / VANDAL smashed the windows and painted across the wall.
23. The rise in KNIFE / PICKPOCKETING crime has been linked to the increase in gang violence in the area.
24. The teenager was sent to a prison for young OFFENDERS / VANDALS.
25. The THIEF / SHOPLIFTER took the bag from my mum’s car because she left the window open.
26. The thief robbed the old lady TO / OF her life savings.
27. They always blame my brother FOR / TO everything. I think it is because he has many tattoos.
28. Toy guns were used in the SHOPLIFTING / ARMED ROBBERY.
29. Victims of ARMED / SHOPLIFTING robbery suffer from the experience for many years.
30. When he received a LIFE / LIVING sentence, he knew he would die in prison.

138
UK Youth Parliament

139
140
 Highlands MAXIMISER
1ST YEAR
UNIT 6 PAYING THE PRICE
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 1
Activity 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. What do you like to cook? 11. What hobbies did you used to have and which
2. How often do you cook? ones you would like to do?
3. What are the advantages or disadvantages of 12. What are serious environmental problems?
cooking? 13. How can people help the environment?
4. Where do you get ingredients for cooking? 14. What is your opinion about climate change?
5. What do you think about organic food? 15. What do you think about pollution?
6. Do you eat only organic food?
7. Do you have any hobbies?
8. How often do you do your hobbies?
9. How did you start these hobbies?
10. What do you think about (not) having hobbies?

Activity 2:

1. Do you know what language is spoken in
Denmark?
2. Where is your favourite restaurant situated?
3. What language was spoken in Argentina 200
years ago?
4. Who scored the first goal of the Argentinean
National Team?
5. When was the Cabildo built?
6. Which language is spoken in New Zealand?
7. In which continent is Somalia located?
8. Where was the First World Cup played?

VOCABULARY SECTION
https://quizizz.com/admin/quiz/5d9b03b067bbe0001ab53a89/insight-intermediate-unit-6

Activity 1: Choose the correct verb (a–c) to complete the sentences

1 Last month, Ford ____________ a new model of car. They introduced it for the first time with a huge advertising
campaign.
a launched b displayed c influenced
2 We want to ____________ our new perfume with TV and online advertising. It’s important to make sure that
everybody knows about the product.
a target b persuade c promote
3 There is no doubt that celebrities ____________ the fashion choices that we make. If our favourite pop star
wears something, we want to have it!
a research b influence c trick
4 Department stores ____________ their most popular products in their windows for people to see.
a display b persuade c target
5 In their advertising, soft drinks companies ____________ young teens because they are their main customers.
a promote b target c launch
6 Don’t allow clever marketing to ____________ you into buying something you don’t need.
a research b display c trick

141
 7 It’s important to ____________ the market before introducing a new product. You must find out what the
competition is.
a research b influence c promote

Activity 2: Match words in A to words in B to make collocations. Then use them to complete the sentences.

A free special brand luxury glossy marketing insider

offer image goods knowledge agency magazines sample

1 Soft drinks companies like Coca Cola and Pepsi have a strong ____________ . People all over the world
recognize them easily.
2 It’s illegal to buy a company if you have ____________ of its business. If you know company secrets, you should
reveal them before you make an offer.
3 Companies spend a lot of money on advertising ____________ such as perfume, fur coats and jewellery.
4 I got a ____________ of the new chocolate bar at the supermarket. It tastes great and it didn’t cost me any
money!
5 The washing powder is on ____________ . It’s €3.00 cheaper than it usually is.
6 There are lots of advertising and pictures in ____________ such as Vogue and Cosmopolitan.
7 I work for a ____________ in London which plans campaigns for how to advertise products.

Activity 3: Read the text. Choose the correct answers (a–c) to replace the words in bold.

In my class, 1 about 60% of students have weekend jobs, and 2 38% of students get pocket money for doing jobs
about the house. Only 3 2–3% of my classmates do no work at all at the weekend. Most students earn 4 only a small
number of euros in their jobs, but one student, Paula, makes 5 an incredibly large €400.00 every weekend! My
classmates spend 6 most of the money they earn on going out, and spend 7 only a small amount on books.

1. a a large proportion b a vast majority c a modest number

2. a an overwhelming amount b a significant number c a tiny amount
3. a a whopping number b a significant proportion c a tiny minority
4. a a modest amount of money b a massive amount of money c a vast amount of money
5. a a whopping b a tiny c a significant
6. a a great part b a massive amount c a modest proportion
7. a a tiny minority b a significant amount c a modest proportion

Activity 4: Match the words below to their definitions in bold in the sentences.
design manufactured trend industry profit consumers retailer commercial

1. We made money this year and our costs have been low, so the company’s finances are in a good state. ______
2. The people who buy and use our products are important to us. ____________
3. I want to know how things are assembled or constructed in the factory. ____________
4. We’re following the latest fashion in clothes production. ____________
5. We have a 20% market share in the business sector. ____________
6. We are a major shop that sells things on the high street. ____________
7. You must not use this work for money-making purposes. ____________
8. This department is the one that has ideas and creates images of how a product will look. ____________

142
 GRAMMAR SECTION
PASSIVE VOICE

Active: I write a book Passive: The book is written by me

Active: I wrote a book Passive: The book was written by me.
Active: I will write a book Passive: The book will be written by me.

 An active verb or sentence is one in which the subject is the person or thing which performs the stated action.

Sheila bought a book last week

 In the passive the grammatical subject is the person or thing which experiences the effect of an action, rather
than the person or thing which causes the effect:

The book was bought by Sheila last week

Activity 1: Look at the following sentences and say which ones are in ACTIVE or PASSIVE VOICE. Underline the
passive structures.

 Many kinds of drugs are used.
 Some are used to build muscles.
 Body-builders use anabolic steroids.
 Taking substances to improve performances is
not new.
 Steroids are officially banned in sport.
 These include natural substances that have the
same effect.
 Steroids can cause health problems.
 Athletes still abuse their bodies.
 Smoking heavily may cause lung cancer.
 More strict controls should be applied to avoid
drug intake.
 A new law to diminish crime has been passed
by the government last month.
 New plans should be carried out to rescue
kidnappers’ victims in time before they are
killed.

Activity 2: Let’s complete the charts!

PASSIVE
FORMATION RULES:
The passive is formed with the verb …………….. + the ……………… participle. The …………………….. of the verb in
the active sentence becomes the …………………….. in the passive sentence.
STRUCTURE:
Subj. + verb to be in the correct tense + Past participle (of the verb in the active)
USES: Putting emphasis on important information:
Hundreds of houses are built every year by the Government.
WITH THE AGENT:
Passive sentences often include information about ……………… did the action. This person, thing, organization is called
the ……………. and ……………. comes before this information. E.g.…................................................................................
WITHOUT THE AGENT:
It is not always necessary to mention the agent. The reasons are:
Not known: My bike was stolen yesterday.
Obvious: John was arrested last week / Bread is delivered every day.

143
This table shows how active verb forms change to passive verb forms. Complete it:

TENSE ACTIVE FORM PASSIVE FORM

Present Simple We bake the bread here The bread is baked here

Past Simple The bread was baked yesterday

Present Continuous We are baking the bread now.

Activity 3: A) Turn these sentences into passive voice using the words provided

1. We clean the garages every day.

Past Continuous The bread was being baked.

Present Perfect Simple We have baked the bread.

Future Simple We will bake the bread next.

Modals The bread should be baked soon.

The garages ………………………………………………………………………………

2. Someone gave him a lot of money.

He …………………………………………………………………………………………
3. The police arrested two hundred people.

Two hundred people ………………………………………………………………………….

4. We check every car engine in detail.

Every car engine ………………………………………………………………………………

5. We export this computer to seventy different countries.

This computer …………………………………………………………………………………

6. She bought four apples.

Four …………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. That man stole the woman’s purse.

The woman’s purse ………………………………………………………………………….

8. The police arrested the thieves last month.

The thieves ………………………………………………………………………………….

9. My brother will send a letter tomorrow

A letter ……………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Someone phoned me yesterday night.

I ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

144
B) Decide whether the sentences are written in Active or Passive and change them into the opposite.

They listen to music. ________

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
She read my e-mail yesterday night. ______
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

These cars are produced in Japan. ______

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Alan teaches Geography. ________
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
German is spoken in Austria. ______
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Lots of houses were destroyed by the earthquake. ______
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Henry Ford invented the assembly line. _______
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
The bus driver was hurt. ______
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
You should open your workbooks. ______
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
New houses were built near my house. _______
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Activity 4: PARAPHRASING. Use the Passive voice to rewrite the sentences.

Sylvia is organizing the wedding reception.

The wedding reception …………………………………………………………………………
Someone sent us an anonymous letter.
We …………………………………………………………………………………………
Erica covered the sofa with an old sheet.
The sofa …………………………………………………………………………………………
Gina likes the chauffer driving her to work every day.
Gina …………………………………………………………………………………………..…
Someone should inform the employees about the strike.
The employees …………………………………………………………………………………
They will offer Mr. Templer a more responsible post.
A more responsible post ………………………………………………………………………..
David hasn’t signed the new contract yet.
The new contract …………………………………………………………………………………
Is Tim producing a new film next year?
Is a new film ……………………………………………………………………………………?
No one has ever told my fortune.
I’ve …….……………………………………………………………………………………
They presented the winners with gold medals.
The winners ……………………………………………………………………………………
Some should have told us.
We ……………………………………………………………………………………………
People won’t obey the rules unless you enforce them
The rules ………………………………………………………………………………………
I was sure someone was following me.
I was sure I ……………………………………………………………………………………
You must wash coloured clothes separately.

145
Coloured clothes …………………………………………………………………………………
They will have finished the work by tonight.
The work ………………………………………………………………………………………

Activity 5: Put the verbs in the correct tense (active or passive)

It …………………………………. (pour) for hours. All the streets ……………………… (flood) because of so much rainfall.
However, Sam insisted on …………………………… (go) home. Many people ………………………… (try) to get away
from lower parts of the city. A beggar and his dog …………………………………. (kick) out of the Public Library by a
policeman, who said that no animals ………………………… (allow) ……………… (be) there. In the meantime, a man
……………………… (bribe) a bus driver to get on the bus. As Sam and his friends were not able ……………………..
(reach) the station, they decided ………… (go) to the Public Library, which ……………………… (consider) to be a high
place. While Laura …………………………… (walk) between two cars, she ………………………… (hurt) her leg.
Afterwards, she ………………………… (come) back to help a woman and her child. At the same time, an enormous
wave …………………………. (flood) New York. By the time it reached the whole city, many people
………………………… (kill) and many buildings ………………………… (destroy). Sam and his friends
………………………… (save) their lives by………………………… (get) into the library.

Activity 6: Fill the gaps in each extract with the words in brackets in an appropriate form. (ACTIVE OR PASSIVE)

Bloody Ending
A western villain ……………………………… (shoot) with the help of a special effects compressed air gun, which
……………………………… (fire) soft pellets instead of bullets. The pellets ……………………………… (fill)
with blood, and ……………………………… (burst) dramatically when they ……………………………… (hit) their target.

Make-up Ordeal
In Frankenstein, Boris Karloff’s monster make-up ……………………………… (devise) by Jack Pierce. The box- like head
……………………………… (build up) with layers of rubber and cotton. The two metal electrodes on Karloff’s neck
……………………………… (fix) so tightly that he ……………………………… (have) tiny scars there for years afterwards.
His face ……………………………… (cover) with blue-green greasepaint, which ……………………………… (give) him
the appearance of a corpse. The whole outfit, which ……………………………… (include) two huge boots, 87
………………………………(weigh) around 22 kilograms. Together with the make-up it ……………………………… (take)
four hours to put on and another two to remove.
These halls ……………………………… (call) “nickelodeons” because they ……………………………… (charge) a
nickel – five cents – for admission.

Activity 7: Rewrite these sentences correctly.

The theory of evolution has suggested by Charles Darwin.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
The elephants in this area should protect by a ban on hunting.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
I´m really looking forward to be taken to the zoo tomorrow.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
A new species of bird was been discovered by scientists.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
People should being encourage to recycle their waste.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
The government being put under pressure to change the law on fishing.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

146
Many dolphins kill accidentally by tuna nets.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Global warming has predicted for a long time now.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Activity 8: A) COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH THE WORDS FROM THE BOX.

WERE KILLED WAS BOUGHT WAS BUILT

WILL BE SOLD IS MADE WEREN´T INVITED
A new library _________________ in our town.
Their new CD has just come out and it is thought that thousands of copies ___________________________
There was an earthquake in our country, and a lot of people _________________________
That painting _____________________ by my grandparents 50 years ago.
The girls celebrated a party last week but we ______________________
A big effort ________________________ to keep the town clean.

B) COMPLETE THESE SENTENCES USING AN APPROPRIATE PASSIVE FORM OF THE VERBS IN BRACKETS

1- Ben Johnson __________________ (ban) from athletics for two years in 1988.
2- Trainers ______________________ (wear) by boys and girls.
3- The mural _____________________ (paint) by a teenage artist.
4- The winners of next year’s competition _______________________ (give) some very good prizes.
5- The classrooms _____________________________ (clean) every day.
6- The students ______________________________ (take) on a school trip last month.
7- Have you heard? The bank _______________________ (rob).
8- Wigs _____________________________ (make) from human hair for many years now.

Activity 9: PARAPHRASING: Complete each of these sentences so that it means the same as the sentence
printed before it.
1. Sylvester Stallone presented the prizes.
The prizes ________________________________________
2. Someone put graffiti on the wall last night.
Graffiti ___________________________________________
3. “The Ode to Joy” was composed by Beethoven.
Beethoven ________________________________________
4. Someone has repaired the broken windows.
The broken windows ________________________________
5. Jane has been invited to a party.
Someone _________________________________________
6. A thief has stolen her car again.
Her bag __________________________________________
Activity 10: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs. Use present perfect or simple past
passive.
1- Since the beginning of the 20 th century, a lot of new technology _________________________ (develop)
2- In 1928, the first television pictures _________________________ (send) from London to New York.
147
3- Since then, billions of TV sets __________________________ (sell) all over the world.
4- In the 1970s, TV sets ___________________________ (give) to tribes in the Amazons.
But since then, special TV programmes _________________________________ (not develop) for the people in the
tribes.
Many governments and authorities _______________________________ (criticise) for bringing TV into tribal cultures.

Activity 11: Recycling Passive Voice.

1. They make shoes in that factory.

Shoes _________________________in that factory.

2. People must not leave bicycles in the driveway.

Bicycles___________________________ in the driveway.

3. They built that skyscraper in 1934.

That skyscraper __________________________________ in 1934.

4. The students will finish the course by July.

The course ________________________ by July.

5. They are repairing the streets this month.

The streets __________________________________ this month.

6. They make these tools of plastic.

These tools ______________________________ of plastic.

7. They have finished the new product design.

The new product design ______________________________

8. They were cooking dinner when I arrived.

Dinner ________________________ when I arrived.

9. Smithers painted 'Red Sunset' in 1986.

'Red Sunset' _________________ in 1986 by Smithers

10. They had finished the preparations by the time the guests arrived.

The preparations _____________________________ by the time the guests arrived.

11. You should take care when working on electrical equipment.

Care _____________________________ when working on electrical equipment.

12. They are going to perform Beethoven's Fifth Symphony next weekend.

148
Beethoven's Fifth Symphony ______________________________ next weekend.

13. Someone will speak Japanese at the meeting.

Japanese _________________________ at the meeting.

14. Karen is going to prepare the refreshments.

The refreshments _____________________________ by Karen

Activity 12: Turn from passive into active or from active into passive.

1. You can improve your health with more exercise.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. A dog is chasing the child.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. My friend sent me an invitation.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. The cleaner is going to mop the kitchen floor.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. The farmer is building a new barn.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. The secretary has given Mrs. Jones some letters.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. The traffic warden had already given him a ticket for illegal parking.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. People must obey the law.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Someone had broken our car down.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. They chose him as the best actor of the year.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………....
HAVE SOMETHING DONE

THIS MORNING I HAVE

HAD THE GRASS CUT

 What things do you ask other people to do for you? Why?

 What things do you do for other people?

149
  What is the difference in meaning between these 3 sentences? Let’s analyse them. Who is the subject?
Do we know who does the action?
 I cut my hair.
 My hair was cut.
 I had my hair cut.

CAUSATIVE: “TO HAVE SOMETHING DONE”

USE: To describe an action which I (or you, he, she, etc.) arrange but do not do myself. They are done for us by another
person
E.g.: I had my suit cleaned last week.
FORM: SUBJECT + HAVE + OBJECT + PAST PARTICIPLE
James has his car cleaned every week.

THE SUBJECT is always a PERSON who does not do the action, but he/she receives the result of it.
HAVE is a verb, and so it can go in any TENSE.
The main verb is always in the past participle (3rd. column)

NOTE:
 I have my house painted at the moment. (Present simple)
 I had the car fixed. (Past simple)
 I will have your coat cleaned for you. (Future Simple)

REMEMBER! The object goes before the past participle

He had his car cleaned. (Causative have)

He cleaned his car. (Past simple)

Activity 1: Complete the sentences with the correct form of causative have.

Mr. Hill never does anything himself.

1- He never washes his car himself.

He always has it _____________________
2- He doesn’t cut the grass in the garden.
He _______________________________
3- He never makes his own breakfast.
He _______________________________

Activity 2: A) TRANSFORM THESE SENTENCES USING CAUSATIVE.

A local firm redecorated our kitchen.

We __________________________________________
It’s time for me to have a haircut.
150
I should _______________________________________
A doctor is taking the woman’s temperature.
The woman _____________________________________
A plumber came to fix our central heating.
We ____________________________________________
You look different. Has someone done your hair?
Have you _____________________________?

B) Re-write the sentences using the correct form and tense of causative have. Use the verbs in the box.

SHAVE DELIVER DEVELOP CHECK BIT CUT DOWN INSTALL DYE

1. Where do you (your photos)?

...............................................................................................................................................
2. Diane (her hair) blue last week!
...............................................................................................................................................
3. I’m going to (the tree) because it makes the garden dark.
..............................................................................................................................................
4. We (a new phone) in our bedroom yesterday.
..............................................................................................................................................
5. That man (his arm) by a tiger. That must hurt!
................................................................................................................................................
6. He’s going to (his ears) tomorrow.
...............................................................................................................................................
7. Tim (his head) and now he looks a bit frightening.
..............................................................................................................................................
8. Every Friday we (a pizza) to our house.
...............................................................................................................................................

Activity 3: Complete the rule formation of Causative have.

………….……… + ……………………. + …………………………..+ …………………..

 THE MAIN VERB IN THE THIRD COLUMN.

 SUBJECT –THE ONE WHO RECEIVES THE ACTION.
 HAVE/ GET -IN THE PROPER TENSE
 OBJECT

Activity 4: Paraphrasing. Turn these sentences into causative.

1. Someone painted his shoes yesterday 6. I have been baking cakes all morning for
2. I am watering Mike’s plants Susan’s birthday
3. The mechanic is going to fix my car tomorrow 7. The hairdresser has cut my hair.
4. The teacher will correct our exams during the 8. I have ironed my husband’s shirts
break 9. Someone cleaned my house
5. My brother will repair my mother’s roof this 10. I asked my brother to take the shopping home
weekend

151
 1………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4………………………………………………………………………………………………....
5………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6………………………………………………………………………………………………..
7………………………………………………………………………………………………..
8………………………………………………………………………………………………..
9………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10………………………………………………………………………………………………

LISTENING SECTION
Activity 1: For each question, choose the correct answer. (Practice English Listening Test for B1 with answer and
audioscript - Test #03 - English Practice Test)

1 Which T-shirt does the boy decide to buy?

2 Who will be on the stage next?

3 What time will the pie be ready?

152
4 Which photo does the girl dislike?

5 What should the students take on the school trip?

6 Where do the boys decide to go?

7 What has the girl lost?

153
Activity 2: You will hear a radio interview with a teenage surfer called Abby Fielding.
For each question, choose the correct answer.
00:000:00
8 Abby first decided to go surfing when
A her dad offered to teach her.
B she saw some local competitions.
C her mother gave her money for a surfboard.
9 What did Abby discover when she started
surfing?
A Her local surfing school was expensive.
B She needed more equipment than she’d
expected.
C It was good to try different surfboards.
10 What does Abby say about surfing in the
winter?
A The sea is warm enough where she lives.
B She wears a special suit for winter surfing.
C The beaches are very quiet then.
11 How did Abby feel about surfing the enormous
wave?
A disappointed she didn’t have the right board
B worried at first by the size of the wave
C scared about falling off her board
12 What advice does Abby give to teenagers
interested in surfing?
A don’t start until you’re a very strong swimmer
B find a good surfing teacher
C learn to surf in different conditions
13 What does Abby want to do next?
A find out about surfing as a career
B study surfing science at university
C train for the next surfing competition

Activity 3: You will hear a boy called Caspar, who is part of a circus family, talking about his life.
For each question, fill in the missing information in the numbered space.
Caspar and the Circus Family

Caspar’s mother dances across a (14) ………………… in the circus.

Caspar’s brother is in an act where as many as (15) ………………… people balance on a motorbike.

Caspar’s dad is a good circus boss because he is (16) ………………… and has a strong voice.

Caspar starts the show by marching in front of the (17) ………………… .

There are no animals in the show except a (18) ………………… .

One of Caspar’s jobs is selling (19) ………………… .

Activity 4: You will hear a girl called Lisa and a boy called Sam talking about a book they have both read.
Decide if each sentence is correct or incorrect.
If it is correct, choose the letter A for YES. If it is not correct, choose the letter B for NO.

A B
YES NO
20 Lisa disliked the book when she first started reading it. A B
21 Sam and Lisa felt sorry for Paul, the main character in the book. A B
22 Sam was interested in the mystery about Paul and his brother. A B
23 Lisa thought the author helped the reader to understand Paul. A B
24 Sam wished there was more information about football in the book. A B
25 Lisa liked the way the author developed Paul’s character. A B

154
 READING SECTION
 Five sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question, choose the correct answer.
There are three extra sentences which you do not need to use.
Lost in the mountains

When you’re a mountain rescue volunteer, you never know when you’re going to be called to work. We go out in all

weather, and at any time of the day or night. If someone is in danger, there’s no time to lose. On New Year’s Day last

year, I was sitting down to breakfast with my family. (1)……….. Two hikers had decided to celebrate the new year by

walking along a mountain ridge in Country Kerry, Ireland, just a few miles from my home. They were staying in a small

guest house, and had set off early on New Year’s Eve. When they didn’t return by the following morning, their host
because worried and called the police. (2)………..

I was just one of 12 volunteers who left our breakfast tables and set out to look for the missing hikers. We pushed

through strong winds and thick cloud, calling and listening over and over again. (3)……….. It was too cold to survive for

long out on the mountains, and the hikers had been missing for a whole day and night. (4)……….. I shouted out, and

was relieved to hear a voice about back. (5)……….. They were so happy to see us. They explained that they’d got lost,

and the winds had been too strong for them to keep walking. Luckily, they had warm clothes, food and the tent.

We led them back down the mountain and returned them to their guest house, where a delicious hot meal was waiting
for them and for the rescue volunteer team. They said that they’ll never forget that New Year’s Day when they were

rescued by local people who became heroes.

A The police called Kerry Mountain Rescue Team.

B The hikers were huddled together in a small tent between two large rocks.
C They said it’s extremely dangerous to go hiking in bad weather.
D Nobody answered back so we began to lose hope.
E We didn’t know they had already found their way home.
F Suddenly, I heard the sound of a whistle.
G We were just about to start eating when my phone rang.
H After searching all night, we gave up and went back home.

SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
PICTURE DESCRIPTION: What are these people having done?

155
COMPARE AND CONTRAST

SET 1: What can you say about the advertisements? Do both have the same objective?

SET 2: Which one is the most important and responsible way to spend money? Why?

SET 3: What can you say about different traditional festivals?

156
 WRITING SECTION
 Write an email to a friend or relative asking them to visit you for a traditional festival (140-180 words)

_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 3
DISCUSSION

Which of these festivals do you celebrate in your

country? What do you think is more important for selling
• Christmas something?
• Halloween • Commercials
• Valentine’s day • Design
• Father’s Day • Consumers
Which of these things might influence you to buy a • Advertises
product? How do you think teenagers spend their money?
• A TV advertisement • Online shopping
• A celebrity • Food
• An influencer • Books and things for school
• A special offer • Clothes

157
 REVISION UNIT 6
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION
Activity 1: Read these five restaurant reviews and for questions 1 to 10, choose the person who made each
comment
Barry G: We stopped at the White Horse Inn for lunch during a long journey. My wife ordered the lasagne and I ordered
a steak and ale pie. We waited over thirty minutes for our food, and when my pie arrived, it was chicken and mushroom.
When they brought the correct pie, I picked up the gravy and found that it was completely cold. When I went to the bar
and asked for it to be heated and suggested that we should get a partial refund, the barman swore under his breath. When
I finally started eating, my wife had already finished her meal. Avoid this restaurant at all costs!
Emma1987: We decided to come here for our Sunday lunch. The prices were a bit steep, but we thought it would be
worth it, if the food was good. Sadly, we were disappointed. Our sausages were burnt and so dry that we couldn’t even
cut them. My partner’s steak was even worse. It certainly wasn’t worth the money. It wasn’t even a pleasant place to
spend a Sunday. The carpet was old-fashioned and worn, the chairs were uncomfortable and the walls needed painting.
Very disappointing.
PGRigby: We were passing by and felt hungry, so we decided to stop here for a meal. We got a warm welcome and were
impressed with the wide selection of beers and the extensive menu. The dishes are mostly traditional, and not very
adventurous or exotic, but it was decent, reasonably priced, warm and well presented. We were served quickly,
considering there were seven of us, and the staff were polite. Overall, it was good value for money and I would definitely
go there again.
SunnyDay: The pub looked very attractive from the outside, with a large car park, disabled access and an attractive
garden. It’s in a good location on the main road, and I imagine it attracts a lot of passing trade. However, if I was local to
the area, I wouldn’t come here regularly. Although the prices were typical, we didn’t get very much for our money. My
garlic mushrooms were just that, three small mushrooms with a little dry salad – the kind you get from a bag – on the side.
Then, my partner and I both ordered fish and chips, and my fish was much smaller than hers. When we complained, we
weren’t offered a refund or a new piece of fish. I’m sure there are better places to eat in the area.
Andrew Rose: We ended up at the White Horse Inn for our Sunday lunch when the pub we planned to eat at had forgotten
to note down our booking. However, we felt very pleased about this error in the end. We were greeted by a friendly, helpful
young lady behind the bar who allowed us to sample a few of the beers before we made our choices. I ordered fish and
chips. The fish was fresh and served in a lovely, crisp batter. My friends were very happy with their roast dinners. The
desserts were also delicious. However, for me, it was the excellent service and friendliness of all the staff that made the
visit stand out. We will look forward to returning in the future.

1) The pub was not attractive on the inside. d. SunnyDay

a. Barry G e. Andrew Rose
b. Emma1987
c. PGRigby 4) The food was well-priced.
d. SunnyDay a. Barry G
e. Andrew Rose b. Emma1987
c. PGRigby
2) A member of staff was rude. d. SunnyDay
a. Barry G e. Andrew Rose
b. Emma1987
c. PGRigby 5) The food was well-prepared.
d. SunnyDay a. Barry G
e. Andrew Rose b. Emma1987
c. PGRigby
3) The food sizes were poor. d. SunnyDay
a. Barry G e. Andrew Rose
b. Emma1987
c. PGRigby
158
USE OF ENGLISH
Activity 2: Read the text and choose the correct word for each space

OPEN CLOZE
Activity 3: Fill in the gaps with one word.

Rugby Town

Rugby is _____ small market town in the county of Warwickshire in England. It is not known when the town _____ founded
exactly, but it was mentioned in the Domesday book in 1066. This quiet little town _____ 62,000 inhabitants and boasts
various facilities such _____ a cinema, shopping complex and a modern sports centre. What makes this town _____
famous is the fact that the sport rugby was created here in a famous private school named Rugby School in 1823 _____
William Webb-Ellis.
next - by – has – over - as – so – was – a – for

159
 • An active verb or sentence is one in which the subject is the person or thing which performs the stated action: Sheila bought a book last
week (subject = agent/doer of the action)
• In the passive the grammatical subject is the person or thing which experiences the effect of an action, rather than the person or thing
which causes the effect: the book was bought by Sheila last week. (subject= it is passive, it doesn’t do anything)

PASSIVE BE PAST PARTICIPLE

• PRESENT SIMPLE AM / IS / ARE HELD
• PRESENT CONTINUOUS AM / IS / ARE BEING SHOWN
• PAST SIMPLE WAS / WERE GIVEN
• PAST CONTINUOUS WAS / WERE BEING DRIVEN
• PRESENT PERFECT HAVE / HAS BEEN CONFIRMED
SIMPLE
• PAST PERFECT SIMPLE HAD BEEN NOMINATED
• BE GOING TO AM / IS / ARE GOING TO BE AWARDED
• SIMPLE FUTURE WILL BE PRESENTED

This table shows how active verb forms change to passive verb forms. Complete it:

TENSE ACTIVE FORM PASSIVE FORM

Present Simple We speak English here. English is spoken here.
Present Continuous We are making a cake.
Past Simple The book was read yesterday by Mary.
Past Continuous He was doing the homework in the
classroom.
Present Perfect Simple The bread has been baked here.
Past Perfect Simple We had baked the bread.
Future Simple We will bake the bread next.
Modals We should bake the bread soon.
Be going to The bread is going to be baked.

TENSES
Activity 1: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.
1. The houses DECORATE / ARE DECORATES with flowers on 1st May.
2. The “Guy” is CARRIED / CARRIES through the streets by children on 5th November.
3. Martina MIGHT BE CHOSEN / MIGHT CHOOSE to be Queen of the parade.
4. Last year, hot air balloons SENT / WERE SENT up to the air to celebrate the beginning of the year.
5. How is NEW YEAR CELEBRATED / DOES NEW YEAR CELEBRATE in your country?
6. We DIDN’T ALLOWE / WEREN’T ALLOWED to have an end of the year part at my school last week.
7. What time WILL THE FILM BE SHOWN / WILL BE THE FILM SHOWN?
8. The food WON’T BE BAKED / WON’T BAKE in time for the celebration.

160
Activity 2: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.
1. In Japan, tea …… with both hands.
OFFERS IS OFFERING IS OFFERED
2. I …….to a party last week.
WAS INVITED INVITE WERE INVITED
3. The children … to the fair by their parents.
MIGHT TAKE MIGHT TAKEN MIGHT BE TAKEN
4. On special celebration days, cars ……in the main street.
SHOULDN’T PARK SHOULDN’T BE PARKED SHOULDN’T PARKING
5. What music ……at the celebration tomorrow?
WILL PLAY WILL BE PLAYED WILL PLAYED
6. …at the fun fair?
WAS FOOD AND SWEETS SERVED WERE FOOD AND SWEETS SERVING WERE FOOD AND
SWEETS SERVED?
7. On Independence Day, the flag …by the best students in the class.
WAS CARRIED WAS CARRYING CARRIED
8. In Thailand, a fork …. for putting food into your mouth.
MUSTN’T USE MUSTN’T BE USE MUSTN’T BE USED

Activity 3: Read the sentences and complete with the correct tense.
1. What days ……………….…….(celebrate) in your country?
2. In China, paper dragons ………………….……(use) in parades.
3. Every year, parties ………………….…..(hold) in some streets in Italy in December.
4. What traditional meals ……………………….(cook) in your country in the past?
5. When Dad was young, he ………(not make) to wear a school uniform on special days.
6. …………………….(any special tradition……………… / keep) by your family?
7. Local costumes and traditions ……………………….(study) by scientists in my country three years ago.
8. In our town, a flower …………..……..(offer) to the girl you like on the first day of Spring.

Activity 4: Read the sentences. Are they right or wrong? Correct the mistakes.
1. Should customs and traditions followed by everybody?
2. In the future, some costumes and traditions will be forgotten.
3. What is the strangest custom that celebrates in your country?
4. Those dolls make in the south of the country.
5. White clothes aren’t wearing at weddings in some countries.
6. What presents are given to babies in your country?
7. The queen of the parade will dressed in a white costume covered with flowers.
8. Some foods mustn’t eaten on special days in my country.

Activity 5: Read the paragraph and complete with the correct tense.

161
Activity 6: Look at the following sentences and say which ones are in ACTIVE or PASSIVE VOICE. Mark the
passive structures
 Many kinds of drugs are used.
 Some are used to build muscles.
 Body-builders use anabolic steroids.
 Taking substances to improve performances is
not new.
 What kinds of drugs are used?
 They are officially banned in sport.
 These include natural substances that have the
same effect.
 These things can cause health problems.
 Athletes still abuse their bodies.
 Yesterday a delicious cake was made by my
elder sister.
 More strict controls should be applied to avoid
drug intake.
 The students in the class realized the walls had
been dirtied by Johnny.
 A new law to diminish crime has been passed
by the government last month.
 The kidnappers got the old woman into their car
and drove away at full speed.
 The woman was found about fifty miles away
from town.
 New plans should be carried out to rescue
kidnappers’ victims in time before they are
killed.

Activity 7: Put the verbs in the correct passive tense

1- A: Who looks after your garden for you?
B: It …………………………… (look after) by my brother.
2- A: That’s a beautiful dress. Where did you buy it?
B: Actually, it …………………………… (make) for me by my aunt.
3- A: Have you typed that letter yet, Miss Brown?
B: It ………………………………….. (type) right now, sir.
4- A: Did you make the coffee when you got to work this morning?
B: No, it ………………………………….. (already/ make) by the time I got there.
5- A: Are you going to pick up the children today?
B: No, they will ………………………………………… (pick up) by Roger. I’ve already arranged it.
6- A: Where is your watch?
B: I broke it. It ……………………………………. (repair) at the moment.
7- A: Has the new furniture for my bedroom arrived?
B: No, it …………………………………………. (not/deliver) yet.
8- A: They are building a new sports centre in town.
B: I know. It ……………………………………….. (open) by the mayor next month
Activity 8: Complete the sentences. Use the present or past passive form of the verbs.
1- Portuguese ______________ (speak) in Brazil.
2- Martin Luther King ______________ (murder) in 1968.
3- Toyotas ______________ (produce) in Japan.
4- This novel _____________ (publish) last summer.
5- Their anniversary _______________ (announce) on the radio.
6- “Friends” ____________ (watch) by people all over the world.
7- This computer ______________ (install) by my dad.
8- Tina ______________ (follow) home last night.
9- The library ______________ (situate) behind the main building.

Activity 9: Rewrite these sentences putting the verbs in the passive. (Simple Present and Past Simple)
1- My car / damage / last night…………………………………………………………………………………
2- This computer / make / in the USA………………………………………………………………………….
3- The machines / make / in Scotland. (present) ………………………………………………………………
4- The doctor/ kill / last night……………………………………………………………………………………
5- The money / change into dollars / at the bank. (present) ................................................................
6- The parcel / post / yesterday………………………………………………………………………………..
7- Cheese / make / from milk. (present) ……………………………………………………………………..
8- The children / give / some food. (past)…………………………………………………………………….

162
 9- The house / paint / every year. (present)…………………………………………………………………..
10- Several people / hurt / in an accident last night. ………………………………………………………….
Activity 10: Write passive sentences in Simple Present.
1. the documents / print…………………………………………………………………………………….
2. the window / open ……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. the shoes / buy …………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. the car / wash …………………………………………………………………………………………….

Activity 11: Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.

1. Sheila is drinking a cup of tea. ……………………………………..………………………………………..
2. My father is washing the car………………………………………..……………………………………….
3. Farmer Joe is milking the cows…………………………………….………………………………………..
4. She is taking a picture of him. ……………………………………………………………………………….

Activity 12: Write passive sentences in Simple Past.

1. the test / write………………………………………………………………………….………………….
2. the table / set ……………………………………………………………………….…….……………….
3. the cat / feed………………………………………………………………………….…………………….
4. the lights / switch on …………………………………………………………………..…………………….

Activity 13: Exercise on Passive Voice - Past Continuous- Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1. We were making a cake ……………………………………………………………………………….
2. He was playing the guitar……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. She was watching a film………………………………………………………………….…………………….
4. I was repairing their bikes……………………………………………………………………………………….

Activity 14: Write passive sentences in Present Perfect.

1. the postcard / send …………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. the pencils / count……………………………………………………………………………….…………….
3. the door / close……………………………………………………………………………………..………….
4. the beds / make………………………………………………………………………………….…………….

Activity 15: Mixed Exercise on Passive Voice-Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1. John collects money. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Anna opened the window…………………………………………………………………………………….
3. We have done our homework. ………………………………………………………………………………
4. I will ask a question. -………………………………………………………………………………….…….
5. He can cut out the picture……………………………………………………………………….………….
6. The sheep ate a lot……………………………………………………………………………….
7. We do not clean our rooms……………………………………………………………………………….
8. William will not repair the car. ……………………………………………………………………………….
9. Did Sue draw this circle? ……………………………………………………………………………….
10. Could you feed the dog? - ……………………………………………………………………………….

Activity 16: The Statue of Liberty -Complete the sentences (Active or Passive Voice). You must either use Simple
Present or Simple Past.
1. The Statue of Liberty (give) …………………….to the United States by France.
2. It (be) ………………..a present on the 100th anniversary of the United States.
3. The Statue of Liberty (design) ………………….by Frederic Auguste Bartholdi.
4. It (complete) ………………….in France in July 1884.
5. In 350 pieces, the statue then (ship) ……….to New York, where it (arrive) ……………..on 17 June 1885.
6. The pieces (put) ……………….together and the opening ceremony (take) …………..place on 28 October 1886.
7. The Statue of Liberty (be) …………………46 m high (93 m including the base).
163
8. The statue (represent) ………………the goddess of liberty.
9. She (hold) …………………….a torch in her right hand and a tablet in her left hand.
10. On the tablet you (see / can) ………………..the date of the Declaration of Independence (July 4, 1776).
11. Every year, the Statue of Liberty (visit) ………………………by many people from all over the world.
Activity 17: Portal Dolmen- Complete the sentences (Simple Present or Simple Past). Active or Passive Voice?
1. Portal dolmens (be) ……………………ancient tombs.
2. They (build) ………………………about 6000 years ago.
3. In order to build such a tomb, ancient people (put) …………………….up big stones.
4. These standing stones then (form) ……………..the walls.
5. Another huge stone, the cap stone, (place) ………………..on top of the other stones.
6. Finally, the tomb (have) ………………………………the form of a little chamber.
7. In that chamber, the dead person (bury) ………………………….
8. Then the entrance to the tomb (close) ………………………………with another stone.
9. Nowadays, portal dolmens (see / can) ……………….in Ireland, Wales and Scotland.
10. They (call) ………………..portal dolmens because they (look) …………..like a huge doorway (or portal).

Activity 18: Turn the sentences into passive voice

1. He is going to publish a new book.

A new book………………………………………………………..………………
2. They haven't started the game yet.
The game ………………………….…………….………………………….yet.
3. Have they surprised you?
Have ……………………………………………………………………………
4. Where were they taking the taxis?
Where ……………………………………………………………………………?
5. We have to sign all the documents.
All the documents…………………………………………………………………
6. Nobody can lift that stone.
The stone ………………………………………………………………………….
7. Did they sign the contract?……………………………………………………….
8. The student had cleaned the board before the teacher came in.
The board …………………………………………..before the teacher came in.
9. They didn't return the books.
The books ……………………………………………………………………….
10. They are serving dinner now.
Dinner …………………………………………………………………………now.
11. The teacher punished the pupils.
The pupils …………………………………………………………….by the teacher.

Activity 19: Change the following sentences to passive by filling in the correct verb forms!

1. The secretary opens the mail every morning.

The mail ……………………………………………by the secretary every morning.
2. A gardener is watering the flowers.
The flowers …………………………………………………………..by a gardener.
3. Jimmy walks the dogs every day.
The dogs …………………………………………………………by Jimmy every day.
4. Heavy rain had caused the flood.
The flood ………………………………………………………………..by heavy rain.
5. Police officers were examining the evidence.
The evidence ………………………………………………………….by police officers.
6. A spokesman gave an interview to the reporters.
The reporters ……………………………………………………………an interview by a spokesperson.
164
 7. A guide will take you to your seat.
You …………………………………………………………………to your seat by a guide.
8. We are going to announce the results on Friday.
The results ……………………………………………………………………….on Friday.
9. The new manager has made some changes.
Some changes …………………………………………………………by the new manager.
10. The students are making arrangements for the party.
Arrangements ……………………………………………………………………for the party.
11. They clean the windows every week.
The windows ………………………………………………………………………..every week.
12. They had invited him to the cinema.
He ………………………………………………………………………………….to the cinema.

Activity 20: Fill in the correct tense. Use passive or active according to the context.
1. When she heard that her dog ………………………………………..(KILL), she burst into tears.
2. We hope that the missing money …………………………………………………….(FIND) soon.
3. A new bridge ………………………………………………………………(BUILD) at the moment.
4. I didn’t go to the party because I …………………………………………………………(INVITE)
5. When she discovered that Tom ………………………….(EAT) all the biscuits she got very angry.
6. It’s no use trying. You ………………………………………………………….(WASTE) your time.
7. Shakespeare ……………………………………….(WRITE) many other plays apart from Hamlet.
8. A million people …………………………………………………..(VISIT) the cathedral every year.
9. John Higgins ………………………………………………..(AWARD) a science prize last month.
10. A lot of money …………………………………………………..(SPEND) on weapons nowadays.

Activity 21: Change the sentences to passive by filling in the missing words!
1. People eat 40 million hamburgers every day. 40 million hamburgers…………………. every day.
2. People speak English all over the world. English ………………………………all over the world.
3. The police didn't find the missing girl last weekend. The missing girl ……………………last weekend.
4. Tourists don't visit this museum very often. This museum ……………………..……….very often.
5. Workers are building a new fun park in town. A new fun park …………………………….in town.
6. When did they translate this book into English? When …………this book …………….into English ?
7. Women send thousands of emails to the star every month.
Thousands of emails ………….to the star every month.
8. Sally brought me some fresh grapes. I ……………………………………some fresh grapes by Sally.
9. Some dangerous looking men were following me the whole evening.
I ………………………………………………….the whole evening by some dangerous looking men.
10. George told me about the incident at dinner. I …………………………about the incident at dinner.
11. They are holding the election next week. The election …………………………………….next week.
12. The cleaning lady has watered the plants. The plants ………………………..….by the cleaning lady.
13. You must put coins into the slot machine. Coins ……………………….……….into the slot machine.
14. Sharon will meet you at the airport and take you to the hotel. You ……………….at the airport
and ………………..to the hotel by Sharon.
15. Have they delivered the new music system yet ? …………the new music system …………..yet ?
16. You can obtain further information at the desk. Further information ………..…………at the desk.
17. You should send your children to a good school. Your children …………………….to a good school.
18. They won't take a decision until the next meeting. A decision ………………..until the next meeting.
19. They have never opened the door before. The door ……………………………………..…….before.

Activity 22: Complete the sentences using the correct form of the passive voice !
1. The authorities decided that the meeting ………………………………..next Wednesday. (HOLD)
2. The goods ……………………………….to our house in the Midlands every Friday. (TRANSPORT)
3. The larger portrait …………………………………………..by a well-known Flemish artist.(PAINT)
4. When I arrived I ……………………………………………..a note by one of the delegates . (HAND)
165
 5. Nothing …………………………………………..of Pauline since her car accident last spring. (SEE)
6. I'll have to stay at home because our new furniture ……………………………………… (DELIVER)
7. For the past few days I had to work in Jack's office because mine ……………………………at the
moment.(REDECORATE)
8. A major new oil deposit ………………………………………..in the North Sea recently.(DISCOVER)

KEY WORD TRANSFORMATION

Activity 1: Rewrite these sentences so they can have the same meaning
1. How do you celebrate the birth of a baby in your country?
How ……………………………………………………………………………….?
2. Japanese women wore kimonos.
Kimonos …………………………………………………………………………..
3. People connected Ancient Egyptian culture with the river Nile.
Ancient Egyptian culture ………………………………………………………..
4. In Denmark, people throw dishes at neighbours’ front doors for good luck.
In Denmark, dishes ……………………………………………………………….
5. Young girls didn’t cover their heads in ancient Sparta.
Young girls’ heads ………………………………………………………………..
6. Last Thursday we appointed a new marketing manager. (WAS)
A new ……………………………………..…………………….. last Thursday.
7. Smith Ltd are supplying our company with furniture. (SUPPLIED)
Our company ……………………………..…………………………….. by Smith Ltd.
8. William the Conqueror built the castle in the 11th century. (BY)
The castle ……………………………………………… William the Conqueror in the 11th century.
9. No decision has yet been made. (DECIDED)
Nothing …………………………………………………………. yet.
10. The police were following the suspects. (WERE)
The suspects …………………………………………………….. police.
11. No one has seen Peter since the day of the party. (BEEN)
Peter ……………………………………………………………… the day of the party.
12. We put up a notice about the trip on the notice board yesterday. (WAS)
A notice ………………………………………………………… up on the notice board yesterday.
13. Someone will meet you at the airport. (BE)
You ……………………………………………………….. at the airport.
14. The police arrested the robbers as soon as they left the bank. (WERE)
The robbers …………………………………………………… left the bank.
15. Someone is going to tell you the new rules (BE)
You ……………………………………………………….. the new rules.

Activity 2: Turn these sentences into passive voice using the words provided
1-We clean the garages every day.
The garages …………………………………………………………………………………………
2-Someone has given him a lot of money.
He ……………………………………………………………………………………………………
3-The police arrested two hundred people.
Two hundred people ………………………………………………………………………………..
4-We check every car engine in detail.
Every car engine ……………………………………………………………………………………..
5-We export this computer to seventy different countries.
This computer………………………………………………………………………………………..
6-They have cancelled the meeting.
166
The meeting …………………………………………………………………………………………
7-We opened the factory at nine o’clock.
The factory ………………………………………………………………….……………………..
8-They send two million books to America every year.
Two million books ………………………………………………………………………………..
9-We have invited all the students in the school.
All the students in the school ………………………………………………………………………..
10-We have told him not to be late again.
He …………………………………………………………………………………………………..
11-They posted all the letters yesterday.
All the letters …………….…………………………………………………………………………
12-The machine wraps the bread automatically.
The bread ……………………………………………………………………………………….
13-They paid a lot of money to do the job.
A lot of money ………………………………………………………………………………………
14-Fortunately, they didn’t damage the machinery.
The machinery ……………………………………………………………………………………..
15-We send the newspapers to Scotland by train.
The newspapers ……………………………………………………………………………………..

REVISION UNITS 1 TO 6

VERBS OF SENSES: Look, hear, taste, smell. Feel, sound

Example: The food smells good/ the hair feels soft.
Activity 1: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. Susie and Dan DOESN’T / DON’T have English lessons on Saturday.

2. DO / DOES you get up very early on work days?
3. Barbara really ENJOY / ENJOYS playing with her new friends.
4. What DO YOU / YOU do at weekends?
5. How many WhatsApp messages DO TEENAGERS SEND / DOES TEENAGERS SEND in your country?
6. Simon DON’T / DOESN’T ride his bike to school in the morning.
7. Our cousins always MEET / MEETS us at the weekend.
8. Sam DOESN’T GOES / DOESN’T GO to bed very late on school nights.

Activity 2 : Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. How many times a day …………..online? A OFTEN HAS

A DOES JERRY GO B HAS OFTEN
B GOES JERRY C OFTEN HAVE
C JERRY DOES GO 5. Natash and Fred ………….home from work
2. Matilda …………comedies on TV. very late every day.
A WATCHES OFTEN A DOESN’T COME
B OFTEN WATCH B DON’T COME
C OFTEN WATCHES C ARE NOT COMING
3. Who ……. your free time with? 6. Does Peter like Pop music? No, he ……….
A DO YOU SPEND A DON’T
B DOES YOU SPEND B DOESN’T
C SPEND YOU C DOESN’T LIKE
4. Daniel …………..a late breakfast on Satuday
mornings.

167
Activity 3 : Read the sentences and complete using the Simple Present

1. My friends and I …………….(be) members of the chess club at school.

2. Nicholas ……………….(not play) football on Wednesday.
3. ……………………..(your friends go) to school by bus?
4. I ……………….(not have) a lot of free time during the week.
5. How ……………….(you spend) your free time?
6. Sarah never …………..(have) lunch at work.
7. How many children ……………(there be) in your class?
8. How old ……………(be) your brother?
9. Gina ……………….(go/regularly) to the gym on Mondays.
10. My grandparents …………………….(visit / often) us at the weekend.
11. Our teacher ……………….(be/ never) late for class.
12. People in my town ………………(have / sometimes) picnics in the park.
13. My little brother …………(be/ always) happy to play with his toys!
14. Wendy ………………(wear / usually) a uniform at school.

Activity 4 : Read the following email and complete with the verbs from the box using the Simple Present.

Activity 5: Infinitive or Gerund.-Choose the correct form (infinitive with or without to or gerund).
1) I don't fancy…………………….. (go) out tonight.
2) She avoided …………………….. (tell) him about her plans.
3) I would like …………………….. (come) to the party with you.
4) He enjoys……………………….. (have) a bath in the evening.
5) She kept…………………………. (talk) during the film.

168
6) She kept…………………………. (talk) during the film.
6) I am learning ……………………. (speak) English.
7) Do you mind ………………………. (give) me a hand?
8) She helped me………………………. (carry) my suitcases.
9) I've finished………………………….. (cook) - come and eat!
10) He decided…………………………… (study) biology.
11) I dislike……………………………….. (wait).
12) He asked……………………………… (come) with us.
13) I promise………………………………. (help) you tomorrow.
14) We discussed …………………………. (go) to the cinema, but in the end we stayed at home.
15) She agreed ……………………………. (bring) the pudding to the dinner.
16) I don't recommend …………………..(take) the bus - it takes forever!
17) We hope ………………………………… (visit) Amsterdam next month.
18) She suggested …………………………….(go) to the museum.
19) They plan …………………………(start) college in the autumn.
20) I don't want………………………. (leave) yet.
21) Dan enjoys ………………………..(WATCH) science fiction.
22) Cheryl suggested …………………..(SEE) a movie after work.
23) I miss ………………………(WORK) in the travel industry. Maybe I can get my old job back.
24) Where did you learn ………………….(SPEAK) Spanish? Was it in Spain or in Latin America?
25) Do you mind ………………………….(HELP) me translate this letter?
26) He asked ………………….……….…..(SPEAK) to the store manager.
27) You've never mentioned …………………….. (TRAVEL) Japan before. How long did you live there?
28) Debbie plans ………………………….(TRAVEL) abroad next year.
29) I hope ………………………………….(ENTER) from college next June.
30) The models practiced ……………………..(WALK) with a book balanced on their heads.
31) Mandy has promised ………………………(TAKE)care of our dog while we are on vacation.
32) Mr. Edwards chose …………………(TAKE) the management position in Chicago rather than the position in Miami.
33) I don't know what she wants …………………….(DO) tonight. Why don't you ask her?
34) Sandra decided ………………….(TAKE UP) economics in London.
35) Stephanie dislikes ………………….(WORK)in front of a computer all day.
36) Mrs. Naidoo appears …………………(BE) the most qualified person for the job.
37) Jackie tends …………….(ARRIVE) late on Mondays, but our boss doesn't seem to care about that very much.
38) She imagined …………….(LIE) on a tropical beach under a palm tree.
39) Debbie failed ……………………(SEE) her credit card lying on the ground

169
40) The medical team deserves ……………….(GET)the award for their volunteer work in sub-Saharan Africa
41) I really appreciate …………….(HAVE).the opportunity to take part in this project and to work with such an excellent
team.
42) She delayed ………………………..(HAND IN)her application until just one week before the deadline.

ACTIVITY 6: Read about Cameron Diaz. Put the verbs in the Past Simple or Present Perfect.

In recent years Cameron Diaz (become) one of

Hollywood’s most promising young actresses. Cameron
(begin) her career as a model when she was sixteen and
(spend) five years travelling around the world. She
(not enjoy) modeling and
(go) for an audition for a small role in The Mask with
Jim Carrey. Since then, she (be) in several films and she
(make) the transition from model to actress
successfully. She (perform) with actors like Keanu Reeves and Harvey Keitel.

ACTIVITY 7-Complete the sentences using simple past or present perfect. Remember to underline
the key word.
1. In the last hundred years, travelling (become) ………………………much easier and very comfortable. In the
19th century, it (take) ……………………… two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon. The
trip (be) ………………………very rough and often dangerous. Things (change) ……………………… a great
deal in the last hundred and fifty years. Now you can fly from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.
2. Jonny, I can't believe how much you (change) ……………………… since the last time I (see)
………………………you. You (grow) ………………………. at least a foot!
3. This tree (be) ……………………… planted by the settlers who (found) ………………………our city over
four hundred years ago.
4. This mountain (be, never) ……………………… climbed by anyone. Several mountaineers (try)
……………………… to reach the top, but nobody (succeed, ever) ……………………… . The climb is
extremely difficult and many people (die) ………………………trying to reach the summit.
5. I (visit, never) ……………………… Africa, but I (travel) ……………………… to South America several
times. The last time I (go) ……………………… to South America, I (visit) ………………………Brazil and Peru. I (spend)
……………………… two weeks in the Amazon, (hike) ……………………… for a week near Machu Picchu, and (fly)
……………………… over the Nazca Lines.

ACTIVITY 8: Fill in the blanks with “for” or “since”.

1. She hasn´t seen her .................. 2021
2. I haven't phoned home…………Christmas.
3. We've been here …………nine o'clock.
4. I have worked for The International
House………….. more than eight years.
5. I haven't visited my home town ……… I left
school.
6. I haven't been to the cinema ……… ages.
7. I have studied non-stop ………… 9.15.
8. She hasn´t seen her .................. 2021
9. I haven't phoned home…………Christmas.
10. We've been here …………nine o'clock.
11. I have worked for The International
House………….. more than eight years.
12. I haven't visited my home town ……… I left
school.
13. I haven't been to the cinema ……… ages.
14. I have studied non-stop ………… 9.15.

170
Activity 9: Read about Lewis and Veronica’s restaurant in the Canary Islands. Put the verbs in brackets in the
Present Perfect Simple or Past Simple.

Activity 10: Present perfect with just, already, yet, ever and never. Choose the correct word.

1) Have you ever / never been camping with friends?

2) No, I haven’t been camping with my friends already / yet.
3) Yes, I’ve already / yet been camping with my friends.
4) Have you finished the book ever / yet?
5) Yes, I’ve just / yet finished it.
6) Have you ever / yet been to London?
7) No, I’ve ever / never been to London.
Activity 11: Choose the correct option
1) I haven’t seen her SINCE/FOR ages
2) He has lived in the countryside SINCE/FOR he retired from work
3) They haven’t talked to each other SINCE/FOR they finished secondary school
4) She has NEVER/EVER been to Europe before.
5) They haven’t finished the project ALREADY/ YET
6) Has she called you ALREADY/ YET?
7) He has ALREADY/YET travelled to NY. This is his second time

CONDITIONAL TYPE 0

We can make a zero conditional sentence with two present simple verbs (one in the 'if clause' and one in the 'main

clause'):

• If + present simple, .... present simple.

171
This conditional is used when the result will always happen. So, if water reaches 100 degrees, it always boils. It's a fact.
I'm talking in general, not about one particular situation. The result of the 'if clause' is always the main clause.

The 'if' in this conditional can usually be replaced by 'when' without changing the meaning.

For example: If water reaches 100 degrees, it boils. (It is always true, there can't be a different result sometimes). If

I eat peanuts, I am sick. (This is true only for me, maybe, not for everyone, but it's still true that I'm sick every time I eat

peanuts)

Here are some more examples:

• If people eat too much, they get fat.
• If you touch a fire, you get burned.
• People die if they don't eat.
• You get water if you mix hydrogen and oxygen.
• Snakes bite if they are scared
• If babies are hungry, they cry

Type 1 and II conditional sentences

TYPE 1 CONDITIONAL IS USED…

1) TO TALK ABOUT REAL AND POSSIBLE SITUATIONS.
Here we use:
• Structure: IF+ SIMPLE PRESENT + WILL DO
Examples:
• If I am hungry, I will get something to eat.
• If you are hungry, you can eat an apple.
• If it rains we might get wet.
• If you don’t feel well, you should go to the doctor

Activity 1: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. You MIGHT CATCH / CATCH a cold if you go out with your hair wet.
2. Unless you STOP / DON’T STOP eating so much chocolate, you’ll get a stomach ache.
3. If Stan WANTS / WILL WANT to win the match, he must train harder.
4. You WON’T BE / WILL BE fit unless you get enough sleep.
5. What will you do if you FEEL / WLL FEEL tired during the race?
6. If Dennis EATS / WILL EAT too much junk food, he will get sick.
7. The PE teacher will punish you if he WILL SEE / SEES that you aren’t jogging.
8. If you want to have more energy during the match tomorrow, you CAN EAT / EAT a banana.

Activity 2: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. Marion might go to a Pilates class if she ………..one near home.
WILL FIND FINDS MIGHT FIND

2. If Roger tries harder, he ……the match.

MAY WIN WINS CAN’T WIN

3. …….the doctor’s advice, you won’t get well soon.

UNLESS YOU DON’T FOLLOW UNLESS YOU FOLLOW IF YOU FOLLOW
172
4. What ………….if you aren’t ready for the match?
YOU WILL DO WILL YOU DO WILL DO

5. If Jerry has earache, he …………swimming tomorrow.

SHOULD GO WILL GO SHOULDN’T GO

6. ………you eat too fast, your stomach will hurt!

UNLESS IF NOT IF

7. You must sleep more …….to feel healthier.

UNLESS YOU WANT IF YOU WANT IF YOU DON’T WANT

8. ……..happier and healthier if you go jogging every day!

YOU WILL FEEL UNLESS WILL FEEL IF YOU FEEL

Activity 3: Read the sentences and complete with IF or UNLESS.

1. …………you eat more healthily, you won’t feel well.

2. …………Jeremy practices more, I’m sure he’ll come first in the race.
3. Patrick won’t get fit …………he follows a daily programme.
4. Sandra will have health problems ………..she doesn’t stop eating junk food.
5. …………..you don’t have a break, you’ll feel tired tomorrow.
6. My brother won’t take part in the Marathon ………he is sure he can run 42 kilometres.
7. How will you stay healthy …………..you don’t wash your hands?
8. Novak won’t play tennis tomorrow ………….his arm doesn’t feel better.
9. …………..Kevin stops eating chocolate, he won’t lose any weight.

Activity 4: Read the sentences and complete with the correct tense.

1. If Barbara ………….(want) to get fitter, she should eat more fruit and vegetables.
2. Natasha won’t be ready for the race unless she …………….(train) every day.
3. My grandmother ………….(not have) any problems with her health if she listens to the doctor’s advice.
4. Matilda …………..(eat) less chocolate if she wants to lose some weight.
5. Bori’s back pain will disappear if he …………..(start) doing yoga.
6. Anita won’t catch so many colds if she ………….(not stop) eating healthy food.
7. If Steve …………. (not worry) about losing, he will be fit and ready for the match.
8. If you ………….(have) a cold, you shouldn’t swim tomorrow.

ACTIVITY 5: CONDITIONAL I

1. If I …………..( study), I …………..( pass) the exams.

2. If the sun …………..( shine), we ………….( walk) into town.
3. If he ……………( have) a temperature, he …………..( see) the doctor.
4. If my friends …………………(come), I ……………( be) very happy.
5. If she …………………( earn) a lot of money, she ………….( fly) to New York.
6. If we …………..( travel) to London, we …………..( visit) the museums.
7. If you …………( wear) sandals in the mountains, you ………….( slip) on the rocks.
8. If Rita …………( forget) her homework, the teacher …………( give) her a low mark.
9. If they ………………( go) to the disco, they …………….( listen) to loud music.
10. If you …………( wait) a minute, I …………. ask) my parents.
173
 11. If you (wash) …………..the dishes, I (cook) …………..dinner tonight.
12. If my dad (have) ………….time next week, we (paint) …………my room.
13. You (learn) …………..a lot about American history if you (visit) ……………..the exhibition.
14. If the weather (be / not) ………………..too bad tomorrow, we (play) ……………golf.
15. We (get / not) ……………there on time if we (catch / not) ………………the bus.

Activity 6: Complete with the correct tense. Type 2

1) If he (have) …………………..more time, he (learn) …………………….karate.

2) If they (tell) ………………….their father, he (be) ………………..………..very angry.
3) She (spend) ……………………a year in the USA if it (be) ………………easier to get a green card.
4) If I (live) …………………….on a lonely island, I (run) …………………around naked all day.
5) We (help) ………………you if we (know) …………………..how.
6) My brother (buy) ……………..a sports car if he (have) ……………..the money.
7) If I (feel) …………..better, I (go) …………to the cinema with you.
8) If you (go) …………..by bike more often, you (be / not) ………..so flabby.
9) She (not / talk) …………..to you if she (be) ………….mad at you.
10) If I ……….……….( come) home earlier, I ………….……..( prepare) dinner.
11) If we …………..……..( live) in Rome, Francesco ……………..( visit) us.
12) If Tim and Tom ………………….( be) older, they ……………( play) in our hockey team.
13) If he …………………( be) my friend, I …………..( invite) him to my birthday party.
14) If Susan …………..………( study) harder, she …………….……( be) better at school.
15) If they …………………….( have) enough money, they ……………( buy) a new car.
16) If you …………………..( do) a paper round, you ………….…….(earn) a little extra money.
17) If Michael …………………..( get) more pocket money, he …………( ask) Doris out for dinner.
18) If we ……….………..( win) the lottery, we …………………( fly) to San Francisco.
19) If I …………………….( meet) Brad Pitt, I …………………( ask) for his autograph.
20) If I (have) …………..more time, I (learn) ……………to play the guitar.
21) If she (study) …………..harder, she (get) ……………..better marks.
22) If we (know) ………………more about history, we (be / not) …………afraid of the test.
23) I (go) …………jogging with Tom and Sue if they (be) …………….here this week.
24) It (surprise) …………..me if she (help / not) ………….you.

Activity 7: Conditional Sentence Type I or II. Complete the sentences with the correct form (Type I or II).

1) If you need the car in the afternoon, I ..................................................................................................

2) If I …………………………………………………………………………………….………..I would be sad
3) I will travel with you if…………………………………………………………………………………….….
4) She wouldn't pay by credit card if…………………………………………………………………………..
5) If I didn't have you, I ……………………………………………………….…………………………………
6) If I were you I …………………………………………………………………………………………..…….
7) It will certainly snow if………………………………………………………………………………………..

174
8) If I won the lottery…………………………………………………………………………………………….
9) If I had time…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
10) She will phone you if………………………………………………………………………………………

MUST STRONG INNER OBLIGATION/PERSONAL OBLIGATION

“I must do sth” means that I-the speaker-decide if it necessary
“You haven’t phoned your mother for ages, you MUST remember to phone her
tonight!
HAVE TO STRONG EXTERNAL OBLIGATION-RULES AND LAWS/ IMPERSONAL
OBLIGATION
“You have to do sth because of a rule or a law
I HAVE TO wear a uniform at school
George can’t come tonight. He HAS TO work
Synonym structures It is compulsory to do sth/ You are required to do sth
You are asked to do sth/ it is obligatory to do sth
Sb makeS sb do sth/ Sb obliges sb to do sth/
SHOULD/SHOULDN’T ADVICE
OUGHT TO/OUGHT NOT TO “You should do sth because it is convenient or correct”
“If you have a headache you should see a doctor”
Synonym structures Sb advises sb else to do sth/ Sb had better do sth/ if I were you I would
MUSTN’T/CAN’T PROHIBITION
You mustn’t do sth because you are not allowed to.
There is a restriction
Synonym structures It is prohibited to do sth/ you are not allowed to do sth
DON’T/DOESN’T HAVE TO- LACK OF OBLIGATION-
DON’T-DOESN’T NEED TO- “You don’t have to do sth because there is no need to do it, there is no obligation
to do sth
“You don’t have to wear a suit to work, but you can if you want to”
Synonym structures It is not necessary to do sth/ There is no need to do sth
CAN/CAN’T ABILITY
You can do sth because you know how to do it.
I can play tennis very well
COULD/COULDN’T ABILITY IN THE PAST
I could read when I was 5 years old
WILL BE ABLE TO/WON’T BE ABILITY IN THE FUTURE
ABLE TO (FUTURE) I will be able to speak perfect English in three years’ time
CAN/MAY PERMISSION
You can do sth because sb allows you to
“You can go to the party tonight”
You may go to the party
Synonym structures Let sb do sth/ allow sb to do sth/be allowed to do sth
For example:
MUST / MIGHT / COULD /
I am waiting for Julie with another friend, David.
MAY / CAN'T + INFINITIVE
I ask: 'Where is Julie?'
David guesses:
• She must be on the bus. (I'm fairly sure this is a good guess)
DEDUCTIONS IN THE • She might come soon. (maybe)
PRESENT • She could be lost. (maybe)
• She may be in the wrong room. (maybe)
• She can't be at home. (I'm fairly sure this isn't true)
Notice that the opposite of 'must' is 'can't in this case.

175
Activity 1: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. You SHOULD / MIGHT wait until the sales are on before you buy that expensive suit.
2. I’m sorry, but you CAN’T / COULND’T park there. It’s for customers only.
3. You MIGHT NOT / MUST NOT smoke in the mall. It’s not allowed.
4. I know I SHOULDN’T / CAN’T spend so much money on clothes, but I can’t help it.
5. You CAN’T / MUSTN’T use your credit card here. You have to pay in cash.
6. Sally hasn’t come to school today. She CAN / COULD be ill.

Activity 2: KEY WORD TRANSFORMATION

1. It’s possible that my sister will lend me some money. MIGHT

…………………………………………………………………………….

2. I find it impossible to open this jar. CAN’T

…………………………………………………………………………….

3. My parents will probably let me go to the party. SHOULD

…………………………………………………………………………….

4. I found the maths test impossible to do. COULDN’T

……………………………………………………………………………..

5. You aren’t allowed to play football indoors. MUSTN’T

……………………………………………………………………………..

6. There’s a chance the teacher will let me leave early. MIGHT

……………………………………………………………………………..

Activity 3: Match the beginning with the ending.

Activity 4: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. Julie can run really fast. PERMISSION / ABILITY

2. You should get a haircut. ADVICE / OBLIGATION
3. I can’t find my new trainers. ABILITY / PERMISSION
4. Can I open the window, please? ASKING FOR PERMISSION / ASKING ABOUT ABILITY
5. You have to pay before leaving the shop. ADVICE / OBLIGATION
6. You don’t have to go to bed now. PROHIBITION / LACK OF OBLIGATION

176
Activity 5: Read the following dialogue and complete with the words from the box.

Activity 6: Read the sentences and choose the correct option

1. He took a few lessons and now he CAN / COULD play the guitar really well.
2. She MIGHT / COULD swim when she was four years old.
3. I’m afraid I SHOULDN’T / CAN’T help you. I don’t know anything about cars.
4. He CAN’T / MUSTN’T afford to go to the concert. The tickets cost 200 pounds.
5. She asked him if he MIGHT / COULD reach the top shelf for her.
6. MIGHT / MAY I bring you my homework tomorrow?

Activity 7: CHOOSE THE CORRECT OPTION

1. Jonathan MAY/ CAN ski really well and he often wins his races.
2. I CAN/MUST/ MAY go to the party but I'm still not sure.
3. I think you SHOULDN’T/ MUSTN’T/ MUST go out more and meet new people.
4. You MUST’NT/ DON’T HAVE TO come with us if you don't want to.
5. This is a secret between you and me, so we DON’T HAVE TO/ MUSTN’T/ MAY NOT tell anyone.
6. It's dangerous to go into deep water if you MAY NOT/ SHOULDN’T/ CAN’T swim.
7. I feel miserable so I CAN/ MAY/ MUST stay at home tonight.
8. All passengers DON’T NEED TO/HAVE TO/ CAN remain in their seats and MAY NOT/SHOULDN’T/ CAN’T use
their mobile phones.
9. CAN/SHOULD/ MUST you please phone me in the evening?
10. To get a driving licence you MAY/ CAN/ HAVE TO be over 18.
11. You MUST/CAN/ HAVE TO wear a uniform when you're in the army.
12. You CAN’T/ DON’T HAVE TO/ MAY NOT come with me. I can handle it alone.
13. She CAN’T/MUSTN´T/SHOULDN’T come with us because she's broken her leg.

177
Activity 8: Rewrite the following sentences so that they have the same meaning as the original. Use modal
verbs.

1. It’s necessary to wear a uniform to work with this firm.

You……………………………………
2. Perhaps Jane is in the garden now.
Jane……………………………………
3. It is idiot from her to take so much fat.
She……………………………………..
4. It was obligatory for them to knock at the door before entering.
They ……………………………….
5. He is definitely stressed.
He ………………………..
6. I don’t let my son stay out after 11.
My son ……………………….
7. It is good for us to practice more exercise.
We…………………………………………..
8. There’s a tiny opportunity for her to get that job.
She …………………………………
9. We’re sure they will win the next election.
They …………………………..
10. It isn’t obligatory to knock at the door before entering.
You ………………..
11. It is forbidden to play any loud music after 12 at night.
You………………………………
12. Laws don’t allow young people to drive before they are 18.
Young people ………………………………………….
13. I’m sure that isn’t Joe; he’s much taller.
That …………………………………………………….

Activity 9: PARAPHRASING-Re write with every possible structure

1. You have to attend the post grade course to be employed by the company
(COMPULSORY)…………………………………………………………………………………..
(OBLIGATORY)……………………………………………………………………………………
(REQUIRED) ………………………………………………………………………………………
(MAKES)…………………………………………………………………………………………….
(BE ASKED)…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. You should take your work home to meet deadlines and make your boss satisfied
(OUGHT)……………………………………………………………………………………………
(IF)……………………………………………………………………………………………………
(ADVISE)…………………………………………………………………………………………….
(HAD BETTER)……………………………………………………………………………………..
3. You mustn’t send the company’s e-mails by your personal e-mail address
(CAN’T)…………………………………………………………………………………………….
(ALLOWED)………………………………………………………………………………………...
(PROHIBITED)……………………………………………………………………………………..
178
 4. You don’t have to hand in the report till next Monday
(DON’T NEED)……………………………………………………………………………………..
(NO NEED)…………………………………………………………………………………………
(NECESSARY)………………………………………………………………………………………
5. She can put her ideas through effectively
(GOOD AT)…………………………………………………………………………………………
(ABLE)………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. You can leave the office at 6 if you finish your presentation in due time
(MAY)………………………………………………………………………………………………..
(ALLOWED)………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. It is impossible that the CEO is still at the meeting
(CAN’T)………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. I am absolutely sure John is at the hall
(MUST)………………………………………………………………………………………………..
9. I am not sure but Alice may get the job
(MIGHT)……………………………………………………………………………………………….
(COULD)……………………………………………………………………………………………….
a) brought
b) was brought
Activity 10: Choose the correct answer
c) was been bring
1 Hey, look! The mail … . 8 The Beatles … all over the world.
a) delivers a) are known
b) is delivered b) knew
c) is delivering c) are knew
2 This book … by Charles Dickens. 9 This poem … by Robert Burns.
a) was written a) was wrote
b) wrote b) is written
c) is written c) was written
3 Winston Churchill … during the Boer war. 10 That state … by the British in the 18th century.
a) captured a) captured
b) is captured b) capture
c) was captured c) was captured
4 Cookies … from milk, eggs and flour. 11 America … in 1492.
a) are made a) discovered
b) makes b) was discover
c) made c) was discovered
5 Napoleon … in 1815. 12 Australia … by Dutch explorers in 1606.
a) defeated a) discovering
b) defeat b) discovered
c) was defeated c) was discovered
6 Many buildings … by the fire in 1980. 13 Everybody … about the accident tomorrow.
a) destroys a) informs
b) destroyed b) will inform
c) were destroyed c) will be informed
7 The fire … under control yesterday. 14 My wallet … yesterday.
179
a) was stolen c) will be completed
b) steal 23 Berlin … in the 12th century.
c) was stole a) was founded
15 Your TV … tomorrow. b) founded
a) delivered c) is founded
b) delivers 24 These shoes … in Italy.
c) will be delivered a) were make
16 The president … tomorrow. b) were made
a) will elect c) made
b) elected 25 The room … tomorrow.
c) will be elected a) cleans
17 Greenpeace … in 1969. b) will clean
a) was founded c) will be cleaned
b) founded 26 The ballots … several hours ago.
c) is founded a) counted
18 New Year … all over the world. b) counts
a) celebrate c) were counted
b) is celebrated 27 Their dynasty … in 1485.
c) was celebrated a) established
19 That opera … by Verdi in 1851. b) is establish
a) composed c) was established
b) composing 28 The theatre … next year.
c) was composed a) will be built
20 This single … last month. b) built
a) release c) is build
b) releasing 29 That film … by Scorsese in 1990.
c) was released a) directed
21 The door … 2 hours ago. b) was directed
a) breaks c) is directed
b) was broke 30 This sweater … of wool.
c) was broken a) is make
22 This project … tomorrow. b) is made
a) completed c) makes
b) compete

180
Fair Trade

181
182
 Highlands MAXIMISER
1ST YEAR
UNIT 7 THE SENSES
SPEAKING SECTION
PART 1
GENERAL QUESTIONS
1. What should the government do to help the 9. Do you use social networks?
environment? 10. Do people use social networks for bad
2. What is your opinion about television? purposes?
3. Do you watch television? 11. Which social networks do you use?
4. How often do you watch television? 12. Do you dream often?
5. Which tv programs do you watch? 13. What kind of dreams do you usually dream?
6. Is watching television good for kids and if not, 14. Which dreams do you still remember?
why? 15. Do you think about dreams a lot the following
7. Why are social networks so popular? day?
8. What do you think about social networks?

VOCABULARY SECTION
Activity 1:
https://quizizz.com/admin/quiz/5dd38bfcabb15b002007395e/insight-interm-unit-7-
words?section=library&searchLocale&fromSearch=true

Activity 2: Circle the correct verb to complete the sentences.

1. It isn’t easy to distinguish / detect between two very similar tastes.
2. Personally, I view / notice the opinions of many food critics with distrust.
3. Have you ever considered / realized using more spices in your cooking?
4. The food inspector carried out tests and detected / differentiated meat in the vegetarian burger.
5. We didn’t view / realize that the food was bad until we started eating it.
6. Some animals can’t differentiate / notice between different taste sensations.
Activity 3: Match the sentences (1–5) to the phrases (A–E).
1 It’s really good for you! A exceptionally careful

2 You’re sure it’s true. B widely available

3 You can buy it everywhere. C highly beneficial

4 Be sure not to make mistakes. D entirely convinced

5 It’s really disgusting. E utterly repulsive

GRAMMAR SECTION
REPORTED SPEECH

 We use Reported Speech when we want to express WHAT SOMEBODY HAS SAID
 We usually change the verb form in Reported Speech.

183
VERB FORM IN THE DIRECT SPEECH VERB FORM IN REPORTED SPEECH
PRESENT SIMPLE PAST SIMPLE
I have an idea He said he had an idea
PRESENT CONTINUOUS PAST CONTINUOUS
I’m leaving He said he was leaving
PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE PAST PERFECT SIMPLE
I’ve done it. He said he had done it.
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
I’ve been working He said he had been working
PAST SIMPLE PAST PERFECT SIMPLE
I woke up late He said he had woken up late.
PAST CONTINUOUS PAST PERFECT CONTINUOS
I was sleeping He said he had been sleeping
PAST PERFECT SIMPLE NO CHANGE POSSIBLE
I had seen it before. He said he had seen it before.
PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS NO CHANGE POSSIBLE
I had been waiting He said he had been waiting
AM/IS/ARE GOING TO WAS / WERE GOING TO
I’m going to do it. He said he was going to do it.
WILL WOULD
I will call them He said he would call them
CAN COULD
I can do it He said he could do it
MUST HAD TO
I must go He said he had to go

TIME EXPRESSIONS

DIRECT SPEECH REPORTED SPEECH

NOW THEN / AT THAT MOMENT
TODAY THAT DAY
TOMORROW THE NEXT DAY / THE FOLLOWING DAY
NEXT WEEK THE FOLLOWING WEEK
YESTERDAY THE DAY BEFORE / THE PREVIOUS DAY
LAST WEEK THE WEEK BEFORE
AT THE MOMENT AT THAT MOMENT
THIS / THESE THAT / THOSE
HERE THERE
TONIGHT THAT NIGHT
TWO DAYS/ MONTHS / TWO DAYS BEFORE
YEARS, ETC. AGO

184
Activity 1: Paraphrasing

‘I can’t find my bag’, she said.

............................................................................................................................................................
‘They are working in the garden’, he said.
............................................................................................................................................................
‘We got married six months ago’, she said to us.
............................................................................................................................................................
‘I’ll go shopping tomorrow’, he said.
............................................................................................................................................................
‘I bought a new car last week’, he said.
............................................................................................................................................................
‘We aren’t doing anything next week’, they said.
............................................................................................................................................................
‘I can’t go out tonight’, she told me.
............................................................................................................................................................
‘I forgot to pay the bill’, he said.
............................................................................................................................................................
‘We’ve brought you a present’, she told me.
...........................................................................................................................................................
‘I’ll phone you tomorrow’, she said to Peter.
............................................................................................................................................................

Activity 2: Turn these sentences into Reported Speech

“You went out late last night’, his father told him.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
“I’m meeting some friends at the pub’, Jenny said.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
“You haven’t done all your homework’, the teacher told me.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
“You won’t have enough time tomorrow’, my sister told my mother.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
“The large brown bag is mine’, Sarah told us.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Activity 3: REPORTED SPEECH: Turn what the following characters said into reported speech.
1. ‘Watson, I am in the process of inventing a device that will suppress the sound of a gunshot.’ Sherlock said.
Sherlock said that ………………………………………………………………………….......................................
2. ‘I see you’re the attending physician at Blackwood’s hanging’. Holmes told Watson
Holmes told Watson that...................................................................................................................................
3. ‘I’ve been studying her comings and goings and they appear most sinister’, said Holmes.
Holmes said that ……………………………………………………………………………........................................
4. It was our last case together and I wanted to see it through to the end.’ Watson told Holmes.
Watson told Holmes that.....................................................................................................................................

185
 5. What have you done to Gladstone now?’ asked Watson.
Watson asked ……………………………………………………………………………….........................................
6. ‘I don't know why it's taken him so long to introduce us properly’. Holmes told Watson.
Holmes told Watson...............................................................................................................................................
7. ‘Do you know that what you’re drinking is meant for your surgery?’ Watson asked Holmes.
Watson asked Holmes if..........................................................................................................................................
8. ‘I thought we agreed it's too small for you’, Watson told Holmes.
Watson told Holmes that............................................................................................................................................
REPORTED QUESTIONS

YES / NO QUESTIONS Are you working tomorrow morning?’ Paul asked her.
Paul asked her IF/WHETHER she was working the next
WHEN THE QUESTION BEGINS
WITH morning.
AN AUXILIARY (DO, HAVE, ARE)
OR A
QUESTIONS
MODAL VERB (CAN, MAY, ETC.)

W H-QUESTIONS Why are you late?’ my mother asked me.

When the question begins with My mother asked me WHY I was late.
a question word (what, where,
why, etc.)
‘ Watch out!! The verb “to be” (is –are-am) or “main verb”
changes position with the pronoun.

Ex. What are you doing here? My friend asked me.

My friend asked me what I was doing there.

Ex. How can you do this to me? My sister asked me.

My sister asked me how I could do that to her.

Activity 3: Parents always ask extremely annoying questions like ‘What time are you coming back?’ Work in pairs
and write your own examples of annoying questions. Then come to the front and tell the class what you’ve
thought. Use the Reported Speech.

1. ..........................................................................................................................................................................
2. ..........................................................................................................................................................................
3. ..........................................................................................................................................................................
4. ..........................................................................................................................................................................
5. ..........................................................................................................................................................................

186
 NOW, TURN THESE QUESTIONS INTO REPORTED SPEECH

Activity 4: Report the following questions

2. Why did you come back?
1. What’s your name?

3. How long will you stay? 4. Do you have a passport?

6. Do you have any plans to go away

5. What are you doing now?
again?

7. Can you lend me some money? 8. Have you ever been to England?

10. What were you doing yesterday night?

9. Where do you live?

1. He asked me what ……………………………………………………………………….

2. He asked me why …………………………………………………………………………

3. He wanted to know how ………………………………………………………………….

4. He asked me if …………………………………………………………………………….

5. He wanted to know what ………………………………………………………………….

6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

8. ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

9. ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

10. ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Report the questions

1. ‘Where has Tom gone?’, she asked us.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ‘Where is the post office?’, the old lady asked the man.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ‘What time did they leave?’, the police officer asked the girl.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

187
 4. ‘Is going out tonight?’, my father asked us.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

5. ‘Where does Carol live?’, the man asked Sue

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ‘What do you want?’, my brother asked

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ‘Does your father work here?’, Peter asked Tommy.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ‘Have you hurt yourself?’, Susan asked her teacher.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. ‘Will you play the match with us?’, they asked me.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. ‘Has John bought a new car?’, Jim asked Tim

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Activity 5: A) Fill in the gaps with the correct form of the verb in brackets.

B) One evening long ago, my uncle and aunt (invite) …………………… me to have dinner with them. They (also invite)
…………………….. a young woman, so there (be) ………………….. four people at the table. The young woman’s face was
familiar, but I (cannot) …………………….. remember where I had seen it. I was sure that we (not meet) ……………………..
before. While we (have) ………………… dinner, however, the woman (say) …………………. that she (lose)
………………… her bag that afternoon. Then I realized that she was the girl in the photograph I (see) ……………………..
in the bag I had found earlier on the bus. However, she was now much older. We started talking and realized we had a lot
of things in common. We (be)………………….. great friends since that day and I think she ………………………….. (be) by
my side forever.
188
 C) PARAPHRASING: Rewrite the following sentences using the words provided.

1. I usually had strong coffee until the doctor said it was unhealthy.
I used………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. “What are you doing here?” My sister asked me.
My sister asked...................................................................................................................
3. Superman began to appear on T.V. in the early 1950’s. He still does
Superman has ……………………………………………………………………………………………the early 1950’s.
4. I really don’t know how to use these modern cell phones.
I am really bad…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. I’m going to do my homework and then I’ll call you.
……………….…………………………………… as soon as ……………………………………………my homework.
6. I did my homework, then I watched TV.
After I ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… watched T.V.
7. “You didn’t pass the exam”, the teacher said to me.
The teacher told ................................................................................................... the exam.
8. We didn’t go out because it was raining heavily.
We didn’t go out because of ………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. You should give the homework to the teacher soon.
You had ……………………………………………………………………………………………… to the teacher soon.
10. I had slept a lot. However, I felt tired.
Although I …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………tired.

D) Change these sentences into reported speech:

1. ‘I can’t find my bag with all this mess’, she said. ..........................................................................................................
2. ‘They are working in the garden’, he said. ...................................................................................................................
3. ‘We got married six months ago’, she said to us...........................................................................................................
4. ‘I’ll go shopping tomorrow after I have done the shopping’, he said. ..........................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
5. ‘I bought a new car last week’, he said. .......................................................................................................................
6. ‘We aren’t doing anything next week’, they said...........................................................................................................
7. ‘I can’t go out tonight because I have to study for tomorrow’s exam’, she told me.......................................................
..............................................................................................................................
8. ‘I will have finished my homework before you arrive, he told me..................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................
9. ‘We’ve brought you a present’, she told me..................................................................................................................
10. ‘I’ll phone you tomorrow before I go to the gym’, she said to Peter...........................................................................
11. “You went out late last night’, his father told him.........................................................................................................
12. “I’m meeting some friends at the pub’, Jenny said......................................................................................................
13. “You haven’t done all your homework’, the teacher told me.......................................................................................
14. “You won’t have enough time tomorrow’, my sister told my mother............................................................................
..........................................................................................................

189
 15. “I’ve been waiting for you for more than an hour”, Sarah told us ………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
16. “There was an accident opposite my house yesterday’, Mary told John ....................................................................
..............................................................................................................
17. “I haven’t been here before’, I said to my friends.......................................................................................................
...........................................................................
LISTENING SECTION
Activity 1: For each question, choose the correct answer. (Practice English Listening Test for B1 with answer and
audioscript - Test #04 - English Practice Test)

1 When will Jack’s mum pick him up?

2 Which postcard will they send?

3 What do they decide to buy?

190
4 What has the girl forgotten to bring?

5 How does the man want his son to help him?

6 Which TV programme is on at nine o’clock tonight?

7 What will the boy do first?

191
Activity 2: You will hear an interview with a champion gymnast called Maria Anderson.
For each question, choose the correct answer.
00:00
8 Maria decided to take up gymnastics
A at a gymnastics competition.
B in a sports lesson at the school
C when she read a book about a gymnast.
9 When did Maria realise, she could be champion
gymnast?
A when she won some local competitions
B as soon as she started to practise gymnastics
C when a well-known coach offered to teach her
10 Why does Maria think success has not changed
her?
A She believes she’s a sensible person.
B Her parents help her live a normal life.
C People tell her she’s the same as before.
11 What does Maria say about school?
A She feels too tired to study.
B She has little time with school friends.
C She is allowed to miss some lessons.
12 What does Maria do in her free time?
A make videos
B go to concerts
C watch cartoon films
13 What is Maria’s favourite thing in her room at
home?
A a poster of a band with a singer
B a glass case with her cups and prizes
C a picture of herself with another gymnast

Activity 3: You will hear a schoolteacher talking to a group of students about a national poetry competition.
For each question, fill in the missing information in the numbered space.

Poetry Competition for Schools

The competition for 11-14s is called the (14) …………………… Prize.

The topic for this year is (15) …………………… .

The title of last year’s winning poem was (16) …………………… .

This year the prize money available is (17) …………………… euros.

If successful, the school will spend the money on the (18) …………………… .

For further help, see the (19) ………………..……………

Activity 4: You will hear a conversation between a boy called Lucas and a girl called Claire who have just been to
a concert by a band called Candy Floss. Decide if each sentence is correct or incorrect.
If it is correct, choose the letter A for YES. If it is not correct, choose the letter B for NO.

A B
YES NO
20 Claire could see the band clearly from where she sat. A B
21 Lucas thinks Candy Floss gave a great performance during the concert. A B
22 Claire feels the band’s dancing was better in the summer. A B
23 Lucas and Claire have the name opinion about the band’s costumes. A B
24 Claire is planning to buy the next album by Candy Floss. A B
25 Lucas thinks tickets for the next concert will be difficult to get. A B
192
 READING SECTION

 For each question, choose the correct answer.

Jon Leverson talks about working in comedy

At school I was always the one with the funny comment, the class clown who never took things too seriously. I enjoyed

making my friends laugh, and to be honest, I seemed to be quite good at it. This was why, at university, I decided to join a

comedy club, a small group of people who wanted to practise their joke-telling in front of a live audience. Once a week I

would go on stage in front of a small group of people and tell my jokes. This was my introduction to becoming a comedian.

Over the past few years I’ve continued with my hobby. Instead of jokes I like to talk about things that I experience in life
that I find amusing. I’m a dad to a young son and a lot of my act is about some of the funny things he does or about being

a father. The events I perform at only attract small audiences, but you get a lot of support and people do at least try to

laugh, even if they don’t like your act.

I work in an office 9-5 and I perform at the weekend. But don’t think for one minute that it’s just a few hours· work. Thinking

of ideas is difficult. And you need to test these ideas and see what makes people laugh and what doesn’t. You then throw

some things out completely or change them a bit and try again the next week. In addition to the content it’s about finding

your style -what makes you special – and that only comes with practice.
Some people say doing what I do must be quite scary. I’m not sure about scary, but it’s certainly true that standing in front

of an audience and trying to make them laugh is quite a challenge. But it’s worth it when you ‘re successful. It’s great to

make people feel happy and to know that all the time you’ve spent in preparation has worked. This will always be a hobby

rather than a career for me, but one that will hopefully give me a great deal of pleasure for years to come.

1 What does Jon say about his time at university?
A It was where he discovered he could make
people laugh.
B He started a comedy club.
C He performed in front of people.
D He enjoyed watching other people tell jokes.
2 At the events he performs at
A the audience think he is funny.
B people laugh even if they don’t find him funny.
C he gets support from other fathers.
D he tells jokes.
3 Jon explains that
A his act doesn’t last very long.
B he often repeats his act but with changes.
C the audience make him feel special.
D he sometimes feels he has failed a test.
4 What does Jon say about performing?
A He finds it very scary.
B He’s not good enough to make a career out of
comedy.
C Making people laugh isn’t easy.
D It means he spends less time at work.
5 What would be a good introduction to this article?
A In this article, Jon Leverson explains the
difficulties of trying to make a career out of comedy.
B Do you think you’re funny? Jon Leverson tells us
the steps to take to become a comedian.
C In this week’s personal story, Jon Leverson tells
us about his unusual hobby – making people laugh.
D Life doesn’t always go as planned, and Jon
Leverson explains how he took a career change at
university.

193
 SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
 COMPARE AND CONTRAST

SET 1: How many senses can be related to these pictures?

SET 2: What noises could you hear in these places?

SET 3: What do these animals have in common? What senses do they use?

WRITING SECTION
 Write a story for a magazine about travellers around the world (140 – 180 words)
Story plan
Paragraph 1: Begin your story in an interesting way. Introduce the main character(s), the place and the type of
journey.
Paragraph 2: Develop the story, describing the events in the order that they happened. You can use words and
phrases such as: eventually – two hours later – finally – at first – after a while – suddenly – as – just then.
Paragraph 3: Bring your story to an end. Did anything happen to end your journey? Did anyone help you to continue
it? Did anything funny, strange, scary happen?

194
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________

SPEAKING SECTION
PART 3
 Discussion
Which sense do you think is the most important? • Maze runner
• Sight • The very Hungry Caterpillar
• Touch • Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix
• Sound Which survey idea is better?
• Smell • Food people like / don’t like
Why do some young people not like vegetables? Smells people like / don’t like
• Because of their colours
• Because of their smell
• Because they’re alive
• Because they cause bellyache
What do you think the book is about?
• The little prince
195
 REVISION UNIT 7
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION
Activity 1: Read the text sleep science in sport, and for questions 1 to 9, match the person and the sentence

How sleep transformed professional football

A few decades ago, professional footballers spent their nights partying. Now, they are much more aware of the benefits of a good
night’s sleep.
The change began in the mid-1990s, when mattress salesman Nick Littlehales contacted the manager of the Manchester United
football team, Alex Ferguson, asking whether he had ever considered how sleep affected performance on the pitch. Interested,
Ferguson arranged for Littlehales to give a presentation to his team. Before long, the whole team had new mattresses and pillows,
and Littlehales soon became football’s leading mattress advisor. In 1998, he supplied mattresses for England’s World Cup team,
and at the 2004 Euros, he created individual sleep routines for every player.
Gradually, club managers began to pay more attention to scientific sleep research, and for good reason. In 2011, sleep specialist
Cheri Mah discovered that increasing sleep to 8-10 hours per night massively increased the speed and shot accuracy of basketball
players. Other research shows that a single night of inadequate sleep can increase the risk of injury, and 64 hours of bad sleep
reduces strength, power and balance, and can even cause the body to eat its own muscles!
Consequently, managers started trying to improve their players’ sleep. Southampton Football Club’s manager Alek Gross, for
example, forbade his players from consuming caffeine, sugar or fatty foods, which prevent sleep, in the evenings. Instead, they
were given milky protein drinks which made them tired. The Mexico team manager was also concerned about sleep loss when
travelling to their World Cup group games in Russia. Together with Manchester United sports scientist Robin Thorpe, he drew up a
sleep and training schedule to optimize performance. Even the hotel bedrooms were set to the ideal sleeping temperature. The
players supported the routine. In fact, on the evening of a game, their captain Rafael Marquez even asked fans who were
celebrating at the same hotel to keep quiet because the team were sleeping. The intervention was a great success. Mexico won
their next game versus South Korea and even beat Germany in their group.
Now, many teams and players are making an effort to improve their sleep patterns, using various means. Manchester City player
Sergio Aguero, for example, was finding it hard to sleep because his muscular body prevented his legs from closing when he lay
on his side. He got a new mattress which matched his height and weight, thus keeping his neck and back aligned in the night.
Meanwhile, James Milner from Manchester City found it hard to sleep after evening games, so would play computer games into the
early hours. As a result, he was too tired to train the following morning. Setting a routine with a late bedtime, early rise and
afternoon nap helped to fix this problem. Since these interventions are cheap and effective, even the less well-known teams can
benefit. Brentford, for example, has the smallest budget in the championship league. Even so, the club’s head of performance,
Chris Haslam, introduced wrist trackers to monitor player’s sleep, and these have led to a clear improvement in players’
attentiveness.
Whereas in the past, playing after a party and a few hours’ sleep was seen as a badge of honour, a good sleep is now considered
an essential part of performance.

1) _____ used technology to check how players were i. Chris Haslam

sleeping. 3) _____ studied the effect of sleep on athletic
a. Nick Littlehales performance.
b. Alex Ferguson a. Nick Littlehales
c. Cheri Mah b. Alex Ferguson
d. Alek Gross c. Cheri Mah
e. Robin Thorpe d. Alek Gross
f. Rafael Marquez e. Robin Thorpe
g. Sergio Aguero f. Rafael Marquez
h. James Milner g. Sergio Aguero
i. Chris Haslam h. James Milner
2) _____ increased sales for his business. i. Chris Haslam
a. Nick Littlehales 4) _____ changed his/her sleep routine to improve
b. Alex Ferguson performance during practices.
c. Cheri Mah a. Nick Littlehales
d. Alek Gross b. Alex Ferguson
e. Robin Thorpe c. Cheri Mah
f. Rafael Marquez d. Alek Gross
g. Sergio Aguero e. Robin Thorpe
h. James Milner f. Rafael Marquez
196
g. Sergio Aguero c. Cheri Mah
h. James Milner d. Alek Gross
i. Chris Haslam e. Robin Thorpe
5) _____ slept more comfortably after buying better f. Rafael Marquez
products. g. Sergio Aguero
a. Nick Littlehales h. James Milner
b. Alex Ferguson i. Chris Haslam

USE OF ENGLISH
Activity 2: Read the article about dolphins. Choose the best word (A, B or C) for each space.
DOLPHINS
People love dolphins because ………………….. are beautiful to watch and friendly. Dolphins are also ………………… of
the cleverest animals and are just as clever as dogs. ……………………. Is possible to teach them in the same way we
teach monkeys and dogs. Some people ……………………. Believe that dolphins have a special way of …………………
to each other.
……………………. many other sea animals and fish, dolphins are in danger. Many dolphins are caught ……………….
Mistake in finishing nets, but a ……………………. Greater problem is that thousands of dolphins …………….. dying
because the sea is no longer clean enough.

1. A they B we C you
2. A another B one C all
3. A There B it C This
4. A quite B yet C even
5. A talking B talk C talked
6. A As B For C Like
7. A with B by C from
8. A more B much C most
9. A were B is C are

OPEN CLOZE
Activity 3: Complete the letter. Write ONE word for each space. There are three words that you do not need

From: Kenny
To: Paul
Hi Paul,
I’m sending this email …………………… you from France! I’m having ………………. excellent time here in Lyon and
learning a …………………… of new words on my language course.
I’m staying with a great family. ……………………. are two teenage boys and one of ……………….. has got a
computer in his room. I ………………….. send you an email every day ………………….. you like. They’ve also got a
pool ……………………. The garden and after college I often ……………………… swimming.
How’s everything ……………….. home? Write to ……………. soon.
Kenny

lot – them – could – for – to – in – there – at – was – me – if – go – do – an

197
TENSES
Activity 4: Choose the correct form for each gap below
1) I need to see Sarah this weekend.' ⇒ George said
that ______
a. he needed to see Sarah this weekend
b. he was needing to see Sarah that weekend
c. he needed to see Sarah that weekend
6) Where are you going tomorrow?' ⇒ Sandra asked
me ______
a. where was I going tomorrow
b. where was I going the next day
c. where I was going the following day

2) I'm reading now.' ⇒ Sally told me ______
a. that she was reading at that moment
b. that she read now
c. that she was reading now
3) I haven't seen Barbara since last year.' ⇒ Brendan
told me ______
a. he didn't see Barbara since last year
b. he hadn't seen Barbara since the year before
c. he hadn't seen Barbara since last year
7) May I smoke in this room?' ⇒ Micky asked me
______
a. if he may smoke in this room
b. if he might smoke in that room
c. whether he smoked in that room
8) I'm living in Australia.' Sarah told me ______
a. she is living in Australia
b. she lived in Australia
c. she was living in Australia

4) Have you signed the contract?' ⇒ Suzan ______ 9) Please, sit here.' ⇒ She ______
a. told me if I had signed the contract a. asked me to sit there
b. asked me whether I had signed the contract b. said to sit there
c. said if I signed the contract c. told me to sit here

5) Where did you eat?' ⇒ Sam asked me ______ 10) Can you give me a hand with the boxes?' ⇒ Peter
a. where I had eaten asked me ______ with the boxes.
b. where had I eaten a. if I could give me a hand
c. where did I eat b. whether I could give him a hand
c. if could I give him a hand

Activity 5: Report these questions

1. Where is the post office?' ⇒ He asked me
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Are you going to the beach today?' ⇒ She asked me
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Let me go! ⇒ He told them
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Where were you last night?' ⇒ He asked me ……………………………………………………………….……………….
night
5. I may not be ready next week.' ⇒ Tomas said that he
…………………………………………...…………………….… week
6. I think Jack will do something stupid' ⇒ Suzan said (that)
……………………………………………………………………………..…………………...……………….something stupid
7. You must tell Ted that I will be there.' ⇒ Sara said that I
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Have you been here all this time?' ⇒ She asked him if
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. Stop or I will tell dad.' ⇒ He told his sister
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. I'm going to stay with Sally tomorrow.' ⇒ She told me she
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………. day

198
VOCABULARY
Activity 6: Complete the sentences by adding the correct noun suffix to the words in brackets. You may need to
make some words plural.

1 The programme about bats left a great ____________ (impress) on me.

2 Bats use the ____________ (vibrate) of their voices to locate movements in the dark.
3 You can’t catch bats with your hands because they have such quick ____ (react).
4 Dark caves offer ____________ (protect) to bats during the day.
5 In some ____________ (situate), bats will fly during the day.
6 I made the ____________ (decide) to study bats when I was at university.
7 It’s hard for humans to read the ____________ (express) on animals’ faces.
8 In ____________ (conclude), I think that bats are amazing creatures.

Activity 7: Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs below.
snore whisper peer snuffle blink stare
Once, on holiday, my brother and his friend slept in a tent on a beach. When they woke up, they heard an animal
outside. It was asleep and it 1____________ really noisily. The two friends discussed what to do. They
2____________ very quietly, of course, because they didn’t want to wake the animal. Then my brother decided
3____________ carefully and secretly out of the tent. He saw a seal. At that moment, it 4____________ its eyes,

opening and closing them rapidly as it woke up. They closed the tent up and waited. A little later, they heard the
animal 5____________ . It was smelling the tent and making funny noises. When they opened the tent up again, the
seal was looking at them. In fact, it 6____________ at them. My brother was really scared!

199
Suffragette

200
201
 Highlands MAXIMISER
1ST YEAR
UNIT 8 DECISIONS
SPEAKING SECTION
 GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. What do you think dreams and dreaming
mean?
2. What is the greatest experience you’ve had?
3. What is the worst experience you’ve ever had?
4. What is the best idea you’ve ever had?
5. Do you learn from your own experiences?
6. On what achievement you are the proudest of?
7. What country would you like to visit?
8. Which country you would never visit again?
9. Which country did you visit more than once?
10. What do you like to visit in a foreign country?
11. Do you like traveling in summer or winter?
12. What is your favourite food? And why?
13. Which country, according to your opinion, has
the best dishes?
14. What is the worst thing you’ve ever tasted?
15. Do you like to cook?

VOCABULARY SECTION
Activity 1: Match the adjectives below to the job descriptions (1–8)

challenging stressful repetitive highly-skilled varied dead-end glamorous worthwhile

1 Senior Engineering Consultant: requires qualifications in civil engineering and training in bridge construction.
_______________________
2 Burger Sales Assistant: regular hours, no qualifications required, no promotion prospects.
_______________________
3 Celebrity Personal Assistant: required to live in Hollywood and travel the world with major film star.
___________________________
4 Oil Company Managing Director: top job for ambitious professional who wants to manage major international
company and really test themselves. _________________________
5 Machine Operator: required to operate machinery that puts tops on bottles every day.
_______________________
6 Aid Worker: volunteers required to help orphaned children in Bangladesh – make a difference to people’s lives!
________________________
7 Firefighter: join our team who attend emergencies and help carry out rescues. You need to be fit and healthy to
deal with some of the dangerous aspects of this occupation. _________________________
8 Zookeeper: required to feed animals, advise visitors, work in ticket office, etc. – a hundred different jobs in one!
__________________________

202
Activity 2: Circle the correct words in the idiomatic phrases (1–6). Then match phrases 1–6 to the phrases (A–F)
with a similar meaning.

1 I had a lot on my dish / plate. A I taught the new employee what to do.

2 I put my feet / legs up. B I was really busy.

3 I started the ball rolling / falling. C I had to start working immediately.

4 I showed him the edges / ropes. D I relaxed.

5 I rose / lifted to the challenge. E I made the first suggestion in the debate.

6 I was thrown in at the far / deep end. F I worked hard and did well in a difficult situation.

Activity 3: Choose the correct word (a–c) to complete the sentences.

My brother came 1 ____________ 2 ____________ a ‘brilliant’ scheme to make money at school. He 3

____________ a crazy idea to buy sweets and chocolate in a local shop then sell them at a profit to students at his
school. I don’t know how he dreamed 4 ____________ this idea, but I thought it was stupid. I tried to 5 ____________
his mind, or, at least, make him 6 ____________ his decision, but he had 7 ____________ up his mind to go 8
____________ with the plan. Once he’s 9 ____________ a decision, my brother never has 10 ____________
thoughts. Of course, the plan failed. He bought lots of expensive sweets but nobody at his school wanted to buy any
from him!
1 a up b off c after 6 a recover b reconsider c repair
2 a for b with c over 7 a done b taken c made
3 a conceived b perceived c deceived 8 a over b ahead c across
4 a for b off c up 9 a made b done c brought
5 a change b solve c alter 10 a first b second c last

Activity 4: Match the words to the sentences (A–F)

Threat – boycott – discrimination – demonstration – injustice – march

Students are walking through the city centre, shouting ‘Down with the government!’ ___________
People believe that the decision of the judge was unfair. _________
The terrorists say that if their demands are not met, they will blow up the plane. __________
In protest, citizens refused to buy the company’s products. ________
The students were not allowed into the university because of the colour of their skin. ________
People stood outside the embassy with signs saying ‘Free the prisoners’. _________

203
 GRAMMAR SECTION
THIRD CONDITIONAL

TYPE 3 I M P OSSIB LE

FORM: IF + PAST PERFECT + WOULD + HAVE + PAST PARTICIPLE

USE: To talk about actions of the past

E. g.: If I had gone to university; I would have become a lawyer.
Activity 1: Rewrite the sentences using the Conditional type 3

1. They didn’t know you were coming so they ate all the food.

If they had _.
2. They didn’t have life jackets so they drowned.

If they had _.
3. The dog barked so they woke up.

If the dog had

4. We didn’t go away because our car broke down at the weekend.

If our car .
5. I wasn’t in town last week, so I didn’t attend the concert at the Royal Hall.

If I had
6. I didn’t study for my exam so I failed it.

If I had
7. The teacher didn’t explain the topic to me so I didn’t finish my homework.

If the teacher had

8. The thief didn’t run so the police caught him.

If the thief had

9. She didn’t’ water the plant so it died.

If she had
10. We didn’t go camping because it rained.

We would _________________________________________________________________________________

204
Activity 2: Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense

1) If she (work) hard when I (tell) her to last

May, she (pass) the exam.
2) If he (be) in when I (go) yesterday, I
(see) him.
3) If they (tell) the police immediately that the bank
(rob) they (catch) the thieves before now.
4) I (phone) you as soon as I (hear) the
news yesterday if I (have) your phone number.
5) If he had bought tickets he (win) the prize.
6) If he (wait) for ten minutes longer, he
(meet) her.
7) I won’t help you with your homework if you (not tidy)
your bedroom.
8) You’ll need a visa if you (want) to travel to China.
9) If he__________________(care) about other people’s feelings, he wouldn’t behave like that.
She____________________ (not be) successful if she doesn’t learn to control her temper.
10) If I’d known you were such a gossip, I (not tell) you my secret.
11) They would work harder if they ______________________ (not be) so tired.
12) The boss (be) furious if he’d found out what you were up to.
If the temperature (fall) below freezing, water turns to ice.
13) If they _________________________ (not expect) delays, they wouldn’t have set off so early.
14) Why didn’t you phone? If I________________ (know) you were coming, I _______________________ (meet)
you at the airport.
15) It’s a pity you missed the party. If you (come), you _____________ (meet) my
friends from Hungary.
16) If we (have) some tools, we (be able) to repair the car, but we haven’t
got any with us.
17) If you (not help) me, I (not pass)
the exam.
18) It’s a beautiful house, and I ___________________ (buy) it if I _________________ (have) the money, but I
can’t afford it.

Activity 3: Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form to complete the CONDITIONAL 0, 1, 2 & 3 sentences.
1. Peter will be able to go to the party if he ………………….. (pass) the exams.
2. My mother …………………… (buy) a new car if she got a new job.
3. If holidays …………….……. (not / cost) so much, we would go more often.
4. If my sister ………………….… (arrive) late at work, she’ll be fired.
5. If I …………………... (study) harder, I will pass the exams easily.
6. If I ………………….…. (be) you, I …………….…….. (go) to the doctor.
7. If Walter …………….…….. (save) money, he’ll buy a new house.
8. If we ……………….…… (have) a boat, we would go on a trip in the sea.
9. If you ………………… (not/be) such a naughty boy you wouldn’t be punished at school.
10. If you ………………….. (put) ice in the sun, it melts.
205
 11. If you don’t tidy your bedroom, I …………..……… (not / have) your dessert.
12. Please, let me know if you ……………….….. (need) anything.
13. If Jane ………………………. (not lie) to her parents, she wouldn’t have been punished.
14. Amanda would have come to my birthday party if she ………………….. (not be) working.

Activity 4: Put in the verbs in brackets and form a Conditional sentence.

1. If we (not/ take) the train, we (not/ to arrive) on time.

2. If they (to listen) carefully, they (hear) the woodpecker.

3. If I (lay) on the sofa, I (to fall) asleep.

4. Susan (w ork) as a model if she (to be) taller.

5. The soil (not/ to dry out) if you (w ater) the plants regularly

6. If you (to give) the young boy this stick, he (hurt) himself.

7. Claire (be) punished if she (pass) her exam yesterday.

8. We_________________________(not/ take) the wrong tram if you ___________________________ (ask ) the

policewoman.

9. The students (solve) the problem if they (to use) their

textbooks.
10. If he (w ash) his feet more often, his girlfriend (to visit) him more
often.
11. Max (have) time to read the newspaper if he (go) by train.

12. If I _______________ (take) an aspirin, I (not/have) a headache

now.
Activity 5: Put the verbs in the proper tense

A - One Friday Mike and Peter were out in their new boat a long way from the shore. They

…………………………….. (buy) it a week before and now they wanted to see how well it sailed. They

…………………………….. (fish) at sea when suddenly it ……………………………….. (become) very foggy. Although
the sun …………………………….. (shine), they couldn’t see anything around them. Peter turned off the engine and
they decided ………………………… (wait) until the sky cleared. The men waited but the weather didn’t get better. In
fact, it ………………………………. (get) worse. At ten o’clock Mike tried to start the engine but it wouldn’t work. Then
the lights ……………………………. (go) out. They were in the dark in a broken-down boat a long way out to sea.
They were so tired that they soon …………………………… (fall) asleep. That night while they were sleeping they
…………………………….. (rescue) by a fisherman’s boat. The next morning when Mike woke up he could hear
206
something noisy. He opened a door and looked out. Their boat wasn’t at sea, it was back in Sheep Bay where
Mike……………………………………. (buy) it two months before

B- Last Monday Mary (1) ______________________ (walk) along the street when she met Billy. She asked
him why he (2) (not be) to the club last weekend and he (3) (say) that
as his car broke down on Saturday, he (4) ______________________ (take) it to the mechanic’s. He (5)

_______________________ (have to) leave it there for three days.

He (6) (ask) her to have a coffee with him, and as they were going into the coffee

shop, Billy suddenly (7) (realize) he did not have his wallet with him. He was

worried because he (8) (know) that losing your credit card can be a problem.

But when he phoned his house, the maid told him she (9) (already/find) his wallet on the bedroom floor, so he
(10) (borrow) some money from Mary.

WISH / IF ONLY
PRESENT REFERENCE: WISH + SUBJECT + VERB – SIMPLE PAST.
PAST REFERENCE: WISH + SUBJECT + VERB – PAST PERFECT.

Activity 1: PRACTICE AND MORE PRACTICE. SAY WHAT YOU’D LIKE TO CHANGE
a) You can’t go to the party.

b) You feel tired.

c) It’s not sunny.

d) It’s raining.

e) You don’t have the address.

f) You don’t know what to do.

SAY WHAT YOU REGRET

a) I failed my exams.

b) I didn’t work harder

c) I was lazy.

d) I didn’t get on with the teachers.

207
 e) I didn’t finish my training.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
f) I left college early.

Activity 2: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets
a) I wish I (have) more time to read these days.

b) I wish I (can) sing a tune.

c) Don’t you wish you (learn) to drive several years ago?

d) I wish I (be) taller.

e) I wish we (not have) an argument last night.

f) I’ve no idea what the answer is - I wish I _ (know)

Activity 3: Complete each of the following sentences with the Past Perfect

They wished the _____not ____ (come)

They wished they had not come.

I wish I ready on time. (be)

I wish I had been ready on time.
Will she wish she her bicycle? ( ride)
Will she wish she had ridden her bicycle?
1. I wish I the answers. (not lose)
2. They wished they the appointment. (not forget)
3. He will wish he us the book. ( show)
4. Will they wish we them some food? ( give)
5. We wish it yesterday. ( snow)
6. She wished she the window. (not open)
7. I wished I the news. (hear)
8. You wish you what to do. ( know)

MODAL VERBS OF DEDUCTION (past)

 MUST HAVE: when you feel sure something happened in the past
He must have lost his keys. He tried to get into the house through the window.

 MAY, MIGHT OR COULD HAVE: You are not sure but it is possible.
She didn’t go to class yesterday. She might have been ill.

 CAN’T HAVE: when you feel sure something didn’t happen.

208
 They hardly talked to anyone when they used to live here. They can’t have known who your grandpa was.

USE HAVE FOR ALL THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS

Activity 1:
A) Complete the sentences. Use modals of deduction and the correct form of the verb. There
may be more than one possible answer.

1. Jane left without saying a word. She (be) very angry.

2. We don’t know exactly where they got the trees from, but they (not
bring) them here from somewhere far away. They’re too heavy.
3. They recently found an ancient site in Peru. It’s almost 3000 years old and it_____________________(be) a
religious site, but we can’t be sure.
4. I had my wallet an hour ago, but now I don’t know where it is. I (leave)
it in that shop!
5. Sally hasn’t called me. She (not get) my text message.
6. Somebody (take) the book from her bag. Or maybe she left it on the bus.

B) Complete the dialogue with the words in the box.

CAN´T HAVE BUILT – MIGHT BE – COULD HAVE BUILT – MUST HAVE BEEN –
MIGHT HAVE USED - MUST WEIGH – COULD HAVE BEEN – DON´T BELIEVE

Sally: Wow, look at it. It’s amazing. What do you think it was used for?
Brian: The guide says that nobody’s sure but they it as an altar where
they made sacrifices.
Sally: I think it a big clock using the sun and the shadows.
Brian: You right.
Sally: Do you think that aliens this?
Brian: I that.
Sally: But humans it. Those stones thousands of
kilograms.
Brian: But they did built it. Our ancestors more intelligent than
we think!

C) Circle the correct words.

1. Kate’s parents must have been / can’t have been really proud when she won that prize.
2. Their house burnt down? That must have / can’t have been a shock.
3. They must have / can’t have set off at 1 o’clock. They would have been here by now.
4. You didn´t succeed? You must have/ can´t have tried hard enough.
5. Jenny must have/ can´t have come home last night – her bed hasn´t been slept in.
6. My car has gone! It must have/ can´t have been stolen.
7. Aliens must have/ can´t have built Stonehenge. It’s too primitive.
8. Tom isn’t here. He must have/ can´t have gone out.
9. You spoke very clearly. They must have/ can´t have misunderstood you.

MODALS OF DEDUCTION. Read the sentences and make deductions, in the present or past.
Paul came late to work today.……………………………………………………………………………..……………………..
I have a bad stomachache.………………..………………………………………………….……………………………….
Maria skipped dessert at the restaurant last night.………………………………………………………………………………
My neighbour yelled at me this morning.…………………………………………………………………………..…………………
You talked in your sleep last night..………………………………………………..……………………………………………….
6. Margaret looks tired.………………………………...………………………………..............................................................
Gary drove through a red light this morning.…….………………………………………………………………………………
209
Mr. Parker's front door was wide open all day.……………………………………………………………………………………
The streets were very wet this morning.…………………………………………………………………………………………
Jim and Marlene have been spending a lot of time together.…………………………………………………………………
Arnold just left the boss's office. Arnold has a smile on his face.…………………………………………………………
The birds ate all the blackberries in our backyard.…………………………………………………………………………………
Lily and Arthur left the movie after only fifteen minutes.…………………………………………………………………………
Complete the given sentences using the proper modal verb.................................................................................................

• Paraphrasing. Rewrite these sentences using m ay have, might have, could have, must have or can’t
have

1- There is a possibility that my mother phoned while we were out.

My mother ……………....................................……………………………………
2- Perhaps Helen saw the film last night.
Helen ……………………………………………………………………………………….…
3- The most likely reason for your stomach upset is that you ate too much at lunch.
You..........................................................................................................................
4- I’ve just been reading quietly so I certainly didn’t wake the baby.
I ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5- I wonder where John is. Perhaps he forgot the appointment in his diary.
John.......................................................................................................................
6- Oh, no! Look at all the water on the floor. I suppose a pipe burst while we were away.
A pipe …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
7- It’s possible that the cleaning lady threw your cheque book away by mistake.
The cleaning lady..............................................................................................................
8-She wasn’t at school yesterday; I think she was ill.
......................................................................................................................................
9- He looks tired today. I think he slept badly.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10- He probably played football this afternoon because his football boots are not here.
.......................................................................................................................................
11- He said he was going to Madrid for the weekend, but it’s very unlikely that he went as I’m sure I saw him in the street
just now.
.........................................................................................................................................................................................
12- I have phoned them every day this week and there has been no reply. But they usually go on holiday at this time of
the year.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
13- The man came running out of the bank with a bag in his hand. I think he was a bank robber.
..............................................................................................................................................................................
14- It’s half past six. They expected to arrive at quarter past. Perhaps they missed the bus.
..............................................................................................................................................................................
15- Perhaps she went to a disco last night, but I really don’t think so.
................................................................................................................................................................................

LISTENING SECTION
Activity 1: For each question, choose the correct answer.

210
1 Which present will the girl receive?

2 Where will the tourists go last?

3 How much does the man pay for the postage?

4 Where is the theatre did the woman leave her gloves?

211
5 Which dress does the woman like best?
6 What is the television programme about?
7 Which vehicle does Steve intend to buy?
Activity 2: You will hear part of a radio interview with a woman called Linda Brown, who is talking about
working in a cake shop when she was a student.
For each question, choose the correct answer.
8 Linda worked in a cake shop because
A her parents didn’t give her enough money.
B she wanted to give her parents some money.
C she needed to buy things for college.
9 Linda liked her first boss because he
A paid her well.
B was kind to her.
C sent her on a training course.
10 What did Linda enjoy about working in the shop?
A eating the cakes
B the smell of baking
C the clean workplace
11 In the shop, Linda helped with
A baking bread.
B displaying cakes.
C making sandwiches.
12 Linda says that the full-time shop assistants
A were friendly to her.
B hadn’t got the same skills as her.
C didn’t work as hard as her.
13 What does Linda say about serving customers?
A She didn’t like dealing with complaints.
B She liked giving them advice.
C She enjoyed the busy part of the day.
212
Activity 3: You will hear some recorded information about a museum. For each question, fill in the missing
information in the numbered space.
Central Museum
The museum gardens were first created in the year (14) ……………………… .
There are exhibitions of English furniture and (15) ……………………… art.
In the museum shop, visitors can buy (16) ………………………, cards and books.
Cars can be parked at the (17) ……………………… near the museum.
Regular buses to the museum leave from both the city centre and the (18) ……………………… .
Call 451858 to find out more about (19) ……………………… visits or room hire.
Activity 4: You will hear a conversation between a boy, Sam, and a girl, Carla, about a school concert.
Decide if each sentence is correct or incorrect.
If it is correct, choose the letter A for YES. If it is not correct, choose the letter B for NO.
A B
YES NO
20 Carla is surprised that Mrs Ford wanted her to attend the meeting. A B
21 Sam says that last year’s concert was an improvement on earlier ones. A B
22 Carla enjoyed preparing for last year’s concert. A B
23 Sam tells Carla that she is the best pianist in the school. A B
24 Sam encourages Carla to accept Mrs Ford’s choice of music. A B
25 Sam realises that he must stop doing one of his activities. A B

READING SECTION
 Five sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question, choose the correct answer.
There are three extra sentences which you do not need to use.
My first marathon
The alarm went off at half-past four that morning. It was far too early to get up, and the idea of running 26 miles seemed

impossible. (1)………… I pulled myself out of bed, showered and pulled on my running gear.

By six o’clock, I was at the Dodger Stadium, where the rest of my running group was already waiting. When they saw

the look of terror on my face, they laughed kindly. This was clearly my first marathon. (2)………… When I realized that I

was just one of them, I felt a little better. Helicopters hovered overhead ready to film us as we ran through the streets of

Los Angeles, passing every major landmark until we reached the sea at Santa Monica. Suddenly, I felt very lucky and

proud to be a part of it. (3)…………

As I began to run, I tried to ignore the aches in my body from eight months of training. Instead, I put one foot in front of

the other and kept going. By mile five, my body was complaining, and by mile eight, my muscles were screaming at me.

213
(4)………… I was running alone now, but I was still running. By mile 12, I was ready to give up, and by mile 15, I was

moving even more slowly. By mile 18, I was in my neighbourhood. (5)………… But by mile 22, there were only four

miles to go. Spectators yelled encouragement at me as I ran past. ‘You can do it! Keep going!’

As the finish line came into sight, I started running faster and faster, and I crossed that line running. I grinned as the

medal was placed over my head, and then I cried. I had done it. I had run my first marathon!

A After eight months of training, this was going to be
easy.
B I slowed down, and the rest of my group moved
away.
C But I had trained for this, and I was going to do it.
D There was no way I could finish the race now.
E The horn blew to start the race.
F I was very tempted to turn down my street and go
home.
G I was so glad that I had decided to do this.
H Thousands of runners from all over the world were
gathered for the race.

SPEAKING SECTION
PART 2
 COMPARE AND CONTRAST

SET 1: What can you say about these two different protests?

SET 2: What would you consider important to get one of these jobs?

SET 3: How do you think these pictures are related to having ideas and making decisions?

214
 WRITING SECTION
 Write a story about a protest that is taking place in Argentina, according to our country’s present-
day issues (140 – 180 words)

Story plan
Paragraph 1: Begin your story in an interesting way. Introduce the main character(s), the place and the type
of journey.
Paragraph 2: Develop the story, describing the events in the order that they happened. You can use words
and phrases such as: eventually – two hours later – finally – at first – after a while – suddenly – as – just
then.
Paragraph 3: Bring your story to an end. Did anything happen to end your journey? Did anyone help you to
continue it? Did anything funny, strange, scary happen?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________

SPEAKING SECTION
PART 3
 DISCUSSION

What do you think of…? • Doing the same thing everyday

• Helping other people • Make your own decisions

215
 • Work outside • Under-eighteens may only use the internet for
study purposes.
What would you do if the following things became the
law in our country? If you have to protest about these present-day issues,
• Teenage boys and girls must travel of separate what would you do?
buses. • Climate Change
• The minimum age for having a mobile phone is • Violence
twenty-one. • Inequality
• All clothes worn by teenagers must be • Terrorism
approved by parents.

REVISION UNIT 8
Written Part
READING COMPREHENSION
Activity 1: Read the text about learning English, and for questions 1 to 6, match the person and the sentence

Banjo_Boy asks:
I was in the USA on a language course last summer. It was a fantastic learning experience! People were so friendly and
welcoming. I’m going on a British summer course this year. I heard that English people are more unfriendly and polite. Is
that true? I’m worried about the language as well. I learned American English at school, and I’ve heard that British
English is different. I’m worried that I’ll misunderstand everyone, make errors and appear impolite. Can anyone help?
Sara_May replies:
Don’t worry about the language! It’s mostly the same. In terms of grammar, there are no differences at all. There are a
few vocabulary differences though, like in the USA they say ‘subway’, ‘gas’ and ‘apartment’, while in Britain they say
‘underground’, ‘petrol’ and ‘flat’. But it won’t be a problem. You’ll understand those unfamiliar words from the context.
What’s more, British people will understand you if you use American words. After all, they watch lots of American shows
on television. The British accent is very different from the American one, but personally, I find it easier to understand.
Paulo_Riviera_166 replies:
You won’t find the language confusing, but people’s behaviour is very different, in my opinion. Americans are more
informal and open. They talk about anything – their money, their weight, their health. They are enthusiastic and friendly,
and it’s easy to get to know them. British people aren’t like that. They don’t like to talk about their personal lives until
they know you well, and they think it is respectful to give you privacy. As a result, it isn’t easy to make friends with British
people. They are friendly and polite, but they often remain rather distant.
Nellie_111 replies:
Don’t worry about making social errors in Britain. People are so polite that if you do something wrong, they won’t
comment! I agree with Paulo_Riviera_166 in some ways. British people are more distant, but they aren’t more formal, in
my opinion. For example, in the States, kids sometimes call their dads ‘Sir’, but British people never do that! In America,
success is important, so people will often tell you how great they are. In Britain, it’s considered rude to boast about your
achievements. If you do, people may tease you or gossip about you. Also, British people hate being complimented. If
you say something nice about them, they often look embarrassed and don’t know what to say!
Bubbles replies:
I don’t know where Sara_May was staying in the UK, but I was in the north of the country on a school trip a couple of
years ago. We all stayed with host families, and the only person I could understand was the mother of the family. I
couldn’t understand anyone else, even after three weeks! The people didn’t sound anything like the people I had heard
in my course books at school, and I learned British English! I guess people sound different in different areas of the
country. All I can say is, good luck, and if you don’t understand someone, ask them to write down what they are trying to
say!

216
1) Which sentence best summarises Banjo_Boy’s
situation?
a. He is worried about making mistakes in his language
and behaviour when he goes to Britain.
b. His is worried that his trip to America won’t be as fun
as last year’s trip to Britain.
c. He wants to know whether it is more useful to learn
American English or British English.
d. He wants to learn how to speak well and be polite to
his American and British guests.
2) What is Sara_May’s advice?
a. Neither the vocabulary nor the accent differences are
hard to understand.
b. The vocabulary differences are hard to understand,
but the British accent is easy to understand.
c. The vocabulary differences are easy to understand,
but the British accent is hard to understand.
d. Both the vocabulary and the accent differences are
hard to understand.
3) According to Paulo_Riviera_166, British people
are...
a. formal and unfriendly.
b. enthusiastic and personal.
c. friendly and open.
d. respectful and distant.
4) According to Nellie_111, Americans are ... than
British people.
a. less likely to comment if you make a social error
b. less likely to talk about their achievements
c. more likely to call their parents by a formal title
d. more likely to feel embarrassed by a compliment
5) Why does Bubbles disagree with Sara_May?
a. She thinks it’s hard to understand British vocabulary.
b. She thinks the British accent is difficult to
understand.
c. She thinks British grammar is different from American
grammar.
d. She thinks British people won’t understand American
English.
6) Why does Bubbles disagree with Sara_May?
a. She thinks it’s hard to understand British vocabulary.
b. She thinks the British accent is difficult to
understand.
c. She thinks British grammar is different from American
grammar.
d. She thinks British people won’t understand American
English.

USE OF ENGLISH
Read the text and choose the best option A, B, or C for each space
Gillian and Lily are twins 1) _______ are being raised separately by two sets of parents in Canada.
Mike and Lynette Shaw and Allyson and Kirk MacLeod 2) ______ their daughters from China in 2000, via an agency. Before 3)
___________ the girls, the two couples had met and exchanged email addresses at a meeting that 4) ___________ by the
agency. When the couples were assigned babies, they sent photographs of the children to 5) ________. They were immediately
shocked. The girls were identical!
The two families contacted the adoption agency. They were worried that someone had made a mistake, and one baby had been
promised to two different families. If, in fact, they were two different babies, 6) ________ they be twins?
The Chinese orphanage soon confirmed that the photos showed two different babies. They insisted that the girls 7) _______ twins.
They said that the girls 8) _________ brought to the orphanage from different locations on separate days. They said that if the
couples 9) _________ adopt the girls, the agency would give them to 10) ________ parents. So, both couples decided to continue
with the adoption.
However, when the parents went to China 11) ________ their new children, it was clear that the babies were twin sisters. A DNA
test later confirmed this. Before they left China, the couples agreed to raise the girls as sisters, 12) _________ they lived 400 miles
apart, so they kept in touch
Today, the families meet up on special occasions. The girls are very similar, 13) ___________ their different upbringings. They
look alike, have the same habits, and according to their parents, both were aggressive as children. They talk to each other almost
every day and have a very special connection, although they can't see each other as often as they'd like.
In 2012, Lily said of her situation: “I don’t love it, I don’t hate it 14) _________. But if we 15) ________ closer, we could have
sleepovers.”

1) A which B who C they

2) A adopted B have adopted C were adopted

3) A to adopt B adopt C adopting

4) A had organised B had been organised C organised

217
 5) A another B themselves C each other

6) A should B would C could

7) A aren’t B wouldn’t be C weren’t

8) A would be B had been C have been

9) A won’t B didn’t C wouldn’t

10) A another B other C others

11) A to collect B for collecting C to collecting

12) A even though B however C despite

13) A although B however C despite

14) A too B either C neither

15) A would live B live C lived

OPEN CLOZE
Activity 3: Complete the postcard. Write one word from the box for each space. There are three words that you
do not need

Dear Sonia,
I’m writing this postcard ________ my college room in Canterbury. I arrived here three days _______. There
_______ no lessons over _______ weekend.
Yesterday, I went sightseeing around the town. I visited the famous Canterbury Cathedral and the tombs _______ many
important people. Then, I ____________ a delicious meal in _______ old English pub.
Tomorrow ________ the first day of English lessons. I’d better _______ to bed early.
I’ll write _________ you soon.

Lots of love,
Ivan
ago – is – from – about – the – are – come – go – of – an – was – ate - to

TENSES
Activity 4: Choose the correct form to make third conditional sentences
A)
1) If you had trained more, you hadn’t lost / wouldn’t have lost / didn’t lose so easily.
2) We wouldn't have spent all the money if you hadn’t insisted / didn’t insist / wouldn’t have insisted on going to
that boutique.
3) If you had told me that you were having problems, I could have helped / had helped / would help you.
4) If I would have known / had known / would known that she was in town, I would have called her.
5) If she had offered a better price for the car, I had bought / might have bought / would buy it.
6) There wouldn't have been so many problems if they organised / had organised / would have organised the race a
bit better.
7) We wouldn’t get / wouldn’t have get / hadn’t got lost if you had asked for directions.
218
8) We would never have met if you hasn’t introduced / wouldn’t have introduced / hadn’t introduced us to each
other at that party.
9) If she had embarrassed me in front of all my friends, I would have hated / will hate / had hated her for ever.
10) I would save / could have saved / had saved her life if I had paid more attention.
B)
1) You ______ me if you had gone to the party. c. had killed him / wouldn't give
a. would have seen 4) If I had stayed in university, I ______ much better
b. could see jobs.
c. might have seen a. will get
2) What would you have done if I ______? b. had got
a. didn't come c. could have got
b. wouldn't come 5) If I ______ so hard all my life, I might have spent
c. hadn't come more time with my kids.
3) They ______ him if I ______ them the money. a. hadn't worked
a. would have killed / didn't give b. wouldn't have worked
b. would have killed / hadn't given c. didn't work

C) Fill in the gaps with the verbs in brackets in the correct form to make third conditional sentences with would.

1) If we ………………………………......................... (have) the money, we

………………………………………..………………… (go).
2) I ……………………………….………………. (tidy up) the house if I ……………………………………………….
(know) that you were coming.
3) We ………………………………………. (bring) some snacks if you …………………………………………. (tell) us about
the picnic.
4) Obviously, if my parents ……………………………………………………... (not meet), I
……………………………………………………. (not be born).
5) If he ………………………………………………………………. (invest) in that business, he
…………………………………………………….. (lose) everything.
6) If the police ………………………………………………………... (not be) nearby, there
……………………………………………………… (be) many more victims.
7) What …………………………………………………. (you/do) if you …………………………………………………. (be) in
that situation.
8) The police ……………………………………………………… (not catch) him if he
……………………………………………………………… (not make) that little mistake.
9) If I ……………………………………………………………. (know) there was a party, I
…………………………………………………………... (wear) something nicer.
10) It ……………………………………………………… (be) easier if you
…………………………………………………………... (tell) me what I needed to do.

219
Activity 5: WISH / IF ONLY. Choose the correct options to complete the text

Dear Mum,
I feel really unhappy! I wish I 1) …………………………... this job. If only I 2) …………………………... to you before I
made the decision to come here. l wish the people here 3) …………………………….so unfriendly. I don't like it at all! If
only I 4) …………………………...longer breaks.
Looking at a computer screen all day is tiring; I wish my computer 5) ………………………………………! And I wish my
boss 6) …………………………………… yelling at me all the time. He's always in a bad mood. It's so annoying! Also, I
wish there 7) …………………………………… someone here I could talk to but there is no-one I can talk to. I haven't
made any friends. If only I 8) ……………………………………… some friends when I arrived here, but meeting new
people is very difficult. I wish you 9) …………………………... nearer to me. If only I 10) ………………………………you
more often!
Please write soon. I miss you!
Love,
Mary
1) A hadn’t accepted B didn’t accept C wouldn’t accept

2) A listened B had listened C would listen

3) A weren’t B hadn’t been C would be

4) A had B had had C would have

5) A explode B will explode C would explode

6) A would stop B had stopped C stopped

7) A would be B were C had been

8) A made B would have made C had made

9) A had lived B would live C live

10) A could have seen B would see C could see

Activity 6: Choose the correct option to complete the sentences

d. wouldn't always arrive
1) I wish I _______ a better job. I don’t enjoy this kind of
3) I wish you ______ your bedroom. It’s a mess!
work.
a. would tidy up
a. had
b. tidied up
b. had had
c. would have tidied up
c. would have had
d. had tidied up
d. would have
4) I wish it _______ raining. This rain is annoying. I
2) I wish you _______ so late. I'm tired of always want to go out.
waiting for you!
a. stopped
a. didn't always arrive
b. had stopped
b. hadn't always arrived
c. would have stopped
c. wouldn't always have arrived
220
d. would stop b. would have eaten
5) I’m starving. I wish I _______ breakfast this morning. c. ate
a. would eat d. had eaten

Activity 7: Fill in the gaps to complete the sentences as in the example

EXAMPLE: You felt sick and you missed your friend’s birthday party. ⇒ I wish I hadn’t felt sick.

1) You got up late and you missed the train. ⇒ I wish I …………………………………. late.
2) You shouted at your girlfriend and she broke up with you. ⇒ I wish I ………………………………….at my
girlfriend.
3) You're not the boss so you can't use the car park. ⇒ I wish I ……………………………………... the boss.
4) You didn't go to the meeting and you lost the contract. ⇒ I wish I ………………………………... to the meeting.
5) Your neighbours make a lot of noise and you hate it. ⇒ If only my neighbours ………………………………….so
much noise!
6) You want to go away for the weekend but you've got lots of homework. ⇒ I wish I
…………………………………... so much homework.
7) You got hurt because you didn't wear a helmet. ⇒ I wish I ………………………………………… a helmet.
8) You'd like to have a cat but you're allergic to animals. ⇒ I wish I ……………………………………... allergic to
animals.
9) You didn’t fill up the tank and you ran out of petrol. ⇒ I wish I ………………………………………. the tank.
10)Your partner is biting his nails and you want him to stop because you don't like it. ⇒ I wish you
………………………………... biting your nails.
Activity 8: Modal of Deduction. Choose the correct option for each gap below.
1. Nobody knows exactly why he died. But we think it should – can – might have been an accident.
2. I could – might – should have revised more for the exam. I was lazy, and now I'll fail!
3. Sarah looked very happy. She must – can’t – should have passed her driving test.
4. I didn't know you were going to Phil's party yesterday. You should – must – can’t have told me!
5. I can't believe Jim hasn't arrived yet. He must – can – should have taken the wrong train.
6. I can't believe Jim hasn't arrived yet. He shouldn’t – mustn’t – can’t have taken the correct train.
7. You couldn’t – may not – mustn’t have been ill yesterday. Jessie saw you at the bowling alley.
8. I don't know where they went but they could – must – can have gone to Paris or Marseille.
9. You ought – must – can’t have paid more attention. Now we are lost.
10. The window was broken, so the thieves should – may – must have got in through that window.
Activity 9: Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets with a past modal verb form.
1. Old Mr McGraw had been murdered and everybody was wondering who ………………………... (do) it. Two
police officers were speculating about the murder.
2. SEBASTIAN: It ………………………………... (be) Mrs McGraw. I’m totally convinced it was her. She absolutely
hated him. She …………………………… (use) a kitchen knife as the murder weapon, or maybe an axe from the
garden tools.
3. JESSICA: It ………………………… (be) Mrs McGraw. She isn’t strong enough to drag the body and put it in the
car boot. It ………………………. (be) their older son; I would bet all my money it was him. He had motive,
because Mr McGraw had disinherited him long ago, and everybody knew they hated each other.
4. SEBASTIAN: Impossible. It ……………………………... (be) their older son because he has a plausible alibi. He
was fishing with his brother at the time of the crime, he testified.
5. JESSICA: Then the younger son ……………………………. (lie) to protect his brother. They
……………………………. (agree) on an alibi after the murder. If you think about it, they …………………………
(plan) the murder together. It’s a reasonable possibility. Maybe the younger son was afraid that his father would
disinherit him too; they had a difficult relationship.
6. SEBASTIAN: That makes sense. They killed him so that at least one of them could get the inheritance.
7. JESSICA: Well, if they wanted to get the money from the inheritance, they ………………………… (kill) their
father. Because now we’ll catch them and they will be in prison and without a penny.
221
 REVISION UNITS 1 TO 8
ACTIVITY 1: Complete the sentences with the correct present simple form of the verbs in the box. Then
categorise the sentences.
be (x2) go (x2) have got play
1 I ……go…… to school every day.
2 He ……………. an only child.
3 She ……………. straight blonde hair.
4 They often ……………. to the cinema at weekends.
5 We ……………. in our late twenties.
6 Sam always ……………. tennis on Wednesdays.

ACTIVITY 2: Complete the sentences with the correct present continuous form of the verbs in the box. Then
categorise the sentences.
come do go live start study
1 I …’m studying…… Spanish for a few months.
2 We …………… to the USA on holiday this year.
3 She …………… to the concert with us tonight.
4 He …………… his homework at the moment.
5 They …………… with their grandparents until the house renovations are finished.
6 Be quiet please! The film …………… .
Something that’s happening now Temporary situation Future plans
1

ACTIVITY 3: Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box in the past simple and past continuous.
buy catch do go ring
see steal stop walk wear
1 ……Were…… you ……going…… to school when the police ……stopped…… the suspicious-looking car?
2 Mum ……………… the dog in the park when she ……………… the police chasing two men.
3 ……………… Jamie ……………… his expensive watch when the pickpocket ……………… his wallet?
4 While my parents ……………… food at the supermarket, the store detective ……………… a shoplifter and called the
police.
5 How many students ……………… their homework when the bell ………………?

ACTIVITY 4: Complete the responses with for or since. Then write questions with How long …?

1 ……How long have you lived in this town?……

I’ve lived in this town ……since…… I was born.
2 ………………………………………………….
She’s been at this school ………………… two years.
3 ………………………………………………….
They’ve known Carly ………………… she moved here.
4 ………………………………………………….
He’s had his leg in plaster ………………… three weeks.
5 ………………………………………………….
I’ve been a group leader at scouts ………………… a while.

222
ACTIVITY 5: Complete the sentences with a future form.

1 You need a pen? I ………………… you one. (lend)

2 I can’t see you on Sunday. I ………………… on my project. (work)
3 What time ………………… tomorrow? (friends / come)
4 The cup final is tomorrow. Who do you think …………………? (win)
5 This soup is cold. I ………………… something to the waiter. (say)
6 My friend ………………… too. Can you buy him a ticket? (come)

ACTIVITY 6: Make questions using a future form.

1 ……Are…… you ……doing…… anything on Saturday? (do)

2 ……………… you ……………… at university in three years’ time? (study)
3 What ……………… you ……………… for breakfast tomorrow? (eat)
4 ……………… you ……………… to school tomorrow? (go)
5 ……………… you ……………… a series tonight? (watch)
6 Where ……………… you ……………… in ten years’ time? (live)
7 ……………… you ……………… this worksheet in ten minutes? (finish)

ACTIVITY 7: Match the two halves and complete the second part using the zero or first conditional.
1 When a sea turtle sees a plastic bag, …E… A elephants and lions ………………… safer. (be)
2 If we cut down the Amazon rainforest, …… B they ………………… protected from predators. (be)
3 If hunting becomes illegal, …… C tomorrow they ………………… forever. (disappear)
4 If we don’t protect endangered species today, …… D many animals ………………… their home. (lose)
5 When animals are born in captivity, …… E it ……thinks…… it’s a jellyfish. (think)
6 If the planet keeps getting hotter, …… F animals in the Arctic ………………… . (suffer)

ACTIVITY 8: Underline the correct tenses in the direct speech.

1 Pat said he would meet us outside the cinema.

‘I will meet / meet you outside the cinema,’ Pat said.
2 The actress said she could play this role.
‘I am playing / can play this role,’ the actress said.
3 The director announced they were writing the sequel.
‘We ’re going to write / ’re writing the sequel,’ the director announced.
4 He said he had never met a better actor.
‘I have never met / don’t meet a better actor,’ he said.
5 She said she had acted in the theatre as a child.
‘I have acted / acted in the theatre as a child,’ she said.
6 The critic thought it was a great film, but it wouldn’t win an Oscar.
‘It isn’t / is a great film, but it won’ts win / hasn’t won an Oscar,’ the critic said.

ACTIVITY 9: Complete the indirect speech with the verb in the correct tense.
1 ‘I love being on film sets.’ 3 My friend said she ………………… a book about
2 ‘I’ve seen Jaws 20 times.’ Marilyn Monroe.
3 ‘I’m reading a book about Marilyn Monroe.’ 4 Mr Nolan said he ………………… but not direct the
4 ‘I’ll produce but not direct the sequel.’ sequel.
5 ‘People can stream thousands of films at home.’ 5 The company said people …………………
6 ‘I saw a great documentary.’ thousands of films at home.
1 She said she ……loved…… being on film sets. 6 She told me she ………………… a great
2 He told me he ………………… Jaws 20 times. documentary.
223
ACTIVITY 10: Complete the direct questions.

1 She asked me where the keys were.

……‘Where…… ……are…… ……the…… ……keys?’……
2 She asked me if I wanted to go swimming on Sunday.
‘Do …………… …………… …………… …………… …………… on Sunday?’
3 They wanted to know how old I was.
‘How …………… …………… you?’
4 The teacher asked if I had done my homework.
‘Have …………… …………… …………… homework?’
5 She asked me how often I went bowling.
‘How …………… …………… …………… …………… bowling?’
6 She wondered whether we were taking an earlier train.
‘Are …………… …………… …………… …………… train?’

ACTIVITY 11: Match the sentence halves.

1 Some tourists asked me where A the shop closed.

2 He asked me what time B I preferred basketball.
3 The police wanted to know why C he’d stolen the bag.
4 I wondered what D you were doing here at this time.
5 The PE teacher asked me why E trophies I’d won.
6 She asked how many F the station was.

ACTIVITY 12: Rewrite what the teacher said to the students on a school trip to an art gallery using suitable
reporting verbs.
1 ‘Please don’t be late for the school bus!’
2 ‘You should bring a packed lunch.’
3 ‘Look at these colourful paintings by Pollock.’
4 ‘Don’t touch the sculptures!’
5 ‘You must write a biography of one of these painters for your homework.’
6 ‘Be quiet in the art gallery.’

1 ……The teacher warned the students not to be late for the school bus. ……

2 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

3 …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

4 …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

5 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

6 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

224
WISHES IN THE PRESENT

• We often use I WISH … to talk about imaginary situations in the present. This is often used to talk about the
opposite to what is true or real. (I wish I had my own car) (I don’t have my own car, but I would like to.
• We use WISH + SIMPLE PAST to make wishes about the Present or the future.
• We often use WISH + PAST PERFECT SIMPLE to make wishes about the past. These wishes are used to
express regret and are often the opposite of what they really happened: I wish I hadn’t given up German
lessons some years ago.

ACTIVITY 1: Complete the missing words.

1. I wish I were more organised. (but I’m not)

2. He wishes he could afford his own place. (but he can’t)

3. I wish English didn’t have phrasal verbs. (but it has)

4. He wishes they didn’t play loud music. (but they won’t stop)

You can use WISH+ PAST SIMPLE TENSE to express wishes for change in the………………………… or
……………………………..

EXPRESSING REGRET ABOUT THE PAST

TAKE A LOOK AT THESE SENTENCES AND COMPLETE THE GRAMMAR EXPLANATION

1. I wish I hadn’t shouted at my mother. (I’m sorry I did)

2. She wishes she had worked a bit harder. (she’s sorry she didn’t)

3. If only they hadn’t played loud music. (but they always did!)

4. If only I had studied a bit harder . (but I didn’t so I did not pass the test)

You can use WISH +……………………………………… to express regret about the past.

You can usually replace I wish... with …………………………….

ACTIVITY 4: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets
a) I wish I ___________ (have) more time to read these days.
b) If only you __________ (phone) yesterday when there were still some tickets left.
c) I wish I _________ (can) sing a tune.
d) Don’t you wish you ___________ (learn) to drive several years ago?
e) If only I __________ (not have to) go to work tomorrow.
225
f) I wish I ____________(be) taller.
g) I wish we __________ (not have) an argument last night.
h) I’ve no idea what the answer is - I wish I __________ (know)

ACTIVITY 5: Choose the correct verb forms

Dani: oh no, look at all this traffic. We should knew / have known the motorway would be busy at this time of day!
Rick: well it’s too late now! What time’s the flight?
Dani: in two hours. I wish I ‘d set/ set my alarm clock an hour earlier.
Rick: we should booked / have booked an earlier flight really! The traffic’s always bad at this time.
Dani: the early one was fully booked. Oh, dear. I wish we ‘d gone / went to the airport by train instead.
Rick: but you said we had too much luggage, remember?
Dani: I know, but we’re going to miss it if it stays like this.
Rick: well, frankly I wish we didn’t decide / hadn’t decided to go abroad at all. Airports are always a pain in august!
Dani: well you should have told/ told me earlier. You can organise it yourself next time!
ACTIVITY 6: Complete each of the following sentences with the Past Perfect

They wished they ___ not ____. ( come)

They wished they had not come.

I wish I ________ ready on time. ( be)

I wish I had been ready on time.

Will she wish she __________ her bicycle? ( ride)

Will she wish she had ridden her bicycle?

1. I wish I _______________ the answers. (not lose)

2. They wished they __________________ the appointment. (not forget)
3. He wishes he __________________ us the book. ( show)
4. Will they wish we __________________ them some food? ( give)
5. We wish it _______________ yesterday. ( snow)
6. She wished she _______________ the window. (not open)
7. I wished I ______________ the news. (hear)
8. You wish you _______________ what to do. ( know

226
MOCKS
 Highlands
1st Year / Intermediate

MOCK EXAM 1
Reading comprehension
Activity 1: Read the text. Are the sentences True (T) or False (F)?

Use of English
Activity 2: Read the text about living in a new country. Decide which of the four words best fits each space.

Although living in another country can be an (1) ___________________ adventure, it is sometimes proves (2)
___________________ a difficult experience. Many things are new and different – not only the language and culture but
also (3) ___________________ things like where to buy stamps or when banks are open. For a person who is used (4)
___________________ in control of their world these new experiences can make them feel helpless, (5)
___________________ and frustrated. Many of those who start a life somewhere else often go through certain (6)
________________ before they feel at home in their new (7) ___________________. The first few weeks after arrival in
another country is full of positive feelings and excitement. Then (8) _______________ sets in and can make you feel
angry and impatient. Some people (9) ___________________ their new home for such feelings. Eventually, however,
most newcomers settle (10) _________ and begin to adapt. However, when a person returns to their own culture, they
227
may (11) ___________________ the same things in reverse. It takes them (12) ___________________ time to get
back to their former life in their home country.

1) A. excited B. exciting C. pleasure D. thrilled

2) A. have been B. be C. of being D. to be
3) A. everyday B. daily C. average D. regular
4) A. been to B. being C. to be D. being
5) A. confusing B. confused C. confuse D. confusion
6) A. steps B. times C. eras D. stages
7) A. surroundings B. settings C. atmospheres D. situations
8) A. life B. certainty C. reality D. truth
9) A. cause B. blame C. accuse D. hold
10) A. in B. off C. of D. back
11) A. bear B. happen C. suffer D. experience
12) A. some B. any C. every D. all

Open Cloze
Activity 3: Complete the e-mail. Write ONE word from the box for each space. There are three words that you do
not need.

From: Ivan
To: Roberto

Hi Roberto,

It'll ______________ my 12th birthday on June 18th. We are ______________ to have a barbecue at the lake. We'll
have ______________ fun there than at the park. Would you ______________ to come? My dad will take us there
______________ car and he says I can invite some ______________ my friends.

Janet has already said she can come and I'm also inviting lan ______________ and you. You don't ______________ to
bring anything to ______________ or drink because my mum will make a picnic.

______________ it's warm and sunny we will go for a swim in the lake, so don't forget ______________bring your
swimming things.

See you soon,

Ivan.

didn’t - because – going – more – by – need – and – of- with – to – eat – are – be – like

228
Tenses
Activity 4: A) Fill in with the correct form of the Simple Present or Present Continuous
1. He usually…………………. (SPEAK) so quickly that I…………………….. (NOT UNDERSTAND) him.
2. Ann………………………….. (MAKE) a dress for herself at the moment. She…………………… (MAKE) all her
own clothes.
3. How……………………….. (YOU GET) to work usually? - I usually…………… (GO) by bus but tomorrow
I ……………………… (GO) in Tom's car.
4. Why ………………………. (YOU PUT) on your raincoat? – I…………………… (GO) for a
walk. …………………………….. (YOU COME) with me?
5. I always ……………………. (BUY) lottery tickets but I never …………………… (WIN).
6. (YOU LOVE) him? No, I ……………………… (LIKE) him very much but I …………………… (NOT LOVE) him.
7. (YOU WRITE)………………………… him tonight? - Yes I always……………………… (WRITE) to him on his
birthday. (YOU WANT) …………………………… to send any message?
8. That car …………………………… (MAKE) a very strange noise. (YOU THINK) ………………………….. it's all
right ? - Oh yes that noise ……………………….. ( NOT MATTER). It always……………………….. (MAKE) a
noise like that.
9. The plane you………………………….. (LOOK) at now ……………………………. (TAKE) off for Paris.
10. What ……………………………… (HE DO) to his car now? – I………………………. (THINK)
he…………………………. (POLISH) it.
B) Complete the following exercise. PREPOSITIONS + GERUNDS
1. Would you mind (buy)………………… me 12. He keeps (ask)……………………. me such
lunch? stupid questions.
2. There's no point in (do)…………….. such 13. Did you remember (give)……………………. him
dangerous things. the key?
3. Some people seem (be)……………...... very 14. By (offer)…………………… enormous wages
kind. she persuaded him to work for her.
4. It is usually easier (learn)……….....………. 15. After (hear)…………………… the conditions I
English in English-speaking countries. left.
5. I tried (explain)…………......……… it to him, but 16. (lie)…………………….. on this beach is very
he didn't understand. pleasant. I need (study)……………………
6. I suggested (not go)………....………… out in 17. I learned (speak)………………...English in
the rain. 2000.
7. I prefer (drive)…………….............….. to 18. I began (work) ……………………with
walking. computers when I was young
8. I have a passion for (write) …….........………….. 19. I can't stand (wait)…………………….in line.
to the newspapers. 20. I decided (leave)………………….…………
9. (enter)………….............…………….. for the 21. I am thinking of (quit) ……………………..my job
competition was great 22. I quit (eat)…………………….meat a year ago.
10. He postponed (go) …......................……………. 23. I enjoy (swim)…………………………………
to the cinema. 24. I continued (talk)……………………………to
11. He’s looking forward to (move) ………………… him.
house. 25. I like (go)…………………………..to school.

229
 26. I plan (work)………………..on the house this 27. I intend (go)………………………to her birthday
weekend. party.
Key Word Transformation
Activity 5

1. They finally succeeded in escaping from the room.

They finally managed ………………………………….from the room.

2. I bought a new notebook on the way to school.

On the way to school, I stopped ………………………………a new notebook.

3. We’re staying in Milan for a night before flying home.

We are planning …………………………….in Milan for a night before flying home.

4. I don’t want to cook tonight, let’s have a takeaway.

I don’t feel …………………………. tonight, let’s have a takeaway.

5. I’m going to get annoyed if you don’t stop making that noise!
If you continue ……………………………………that noise, I’m going to get annoyed.

6. Could you ask Francis to come into my office, please? MIND

Do you mind …………………………Francis to come into my office, please?

Vocabulary
Activity 6: A) Describing appearance and personality

Plump – Slender – Emotional – Elegant – Handsome – Stunning – Assertive - Blue-eyed – Determined - Pale-
skinned - Broad-shouldered - Sun-tanned – Arrogant - Middle-aged - Short-sighted – Stubborn – Sensitive - Easy-
going - Trim

1. I like the way my skin turns into with the sun. That’s why I’m always ___________________
2. I used to be very ________________when I was a kid, but now I’ve become really fat.
3. People told me that I have to stop thinking I’m superior than others. They say I’m an ___________________
4. Peter’s jacket is a bit small, but he thinks it makes him look very __________________________
5. Not young, not so old. Just ____________________
6. In Northern Europe is very common to see ______________________ and ______________________ people.
7. I think she suffers from a strange disease on her skin and can’t sunbathe. That’s why she’s so
______________________
8. I’m fed up with you! You’re always thinking you’re right and you never want to change your mind. Stop being
so________________
9. Since he was a little kid, Frank always knew he would be an architect. He’s obviously a _________________
person.
10. “She’s absolutely ___________________!” said Mark when he saw Marie for the first time.
11. My parents are _____________________ and they must wear glasses.
12. Who is the most _____________________ actor in Hollywood nowadays?
13. The synonymous for “confident” is ___________________
14. You’re a bit _______________ because you have eaten too much but don’t worry, at least you’re not
overweight.

230
 15. I love my father because he is so ____________________. You always can talk to him about everything and
never argue.
16. You looked so ___________________ in that suit last night.

B) Match the pictures with the name of the clothes

CAMISOLE TOP

HOODY

TRACKSUIT BOTTOM

COMBAT TROUSERS

LEGGINGS

Listening
You will hear a video about Susan Bennett, the woman behind Siri. For each question, choose the right answer
(A, B or C).

1. Susan got her first job as a voice actress... a) When a friend called her.
a) Through a friend. b) Through a colleague.
b) After an audition. c) Through a friend's iPhone.
c) By accident. 5. How did Susan feel when she learned that she
2. After that first job as a voice actress... was Siri?
a) She has perfected her accent. a) She had some doubts.
b) She has always worked as a voice b) She was incredibly excited.
actress. c) She was angry.
c) She has worked as a voice coach. 6. For Susan, ...
3. Tillie the All-Time Teller was... a) It’s cool to be on people's phones.
a) A character in a cartoon... b) Being Siri has damaged her
b) The voice that Susan recorded for a professional career.
bank. c) It wasn't easy to accept that she was
c) A popular children's song... Siri.
4. Susan found out that she was Siri... 7. Susan says that...
231
 a) Siri has been more negative than b) Her role as Siri has made her lose
positive. many jobs.
c) She gets a lot of work thanks to Siri.

Writing
Activity 7:
Here’s a part of an email you have received from a friend
Hi! How have you been?
I would really love to visit your city. But I need you to tell me a few things about it. What places can I visit there? Have
new things been built recently? What activities do you recommend me to do?
Please, reply soon!
Love,
Nevin.
Reply this informal e-mail, answering your friend’s questions. (120-140 words)

_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Oral practice
PART 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. What do you do on Mondays? 9. Are you watching any interesting series on

2. What do you do at weekends?
3. What do you like doing on Fridays?
4. Do you eat vegetables three times a week?
5. Do you like staying at home instead of going to
school or work?
6. Do you sleep before 12 am?
7. What do you hate doing the most at the
weekends?
8. What do you like doing in winter?
Netflix?
10. What do you generally have for breakfast?
11. How do you go to school/ university / work?
12. Do you like going to the dentist’s?
13. When do you do the homework?
14. Is your best friend studying / working at the
moment?
15. Are you doing anything special next weekend?
16. How often do you go to the cinema?
232
 17. Do you want to get married in the future?
18. Would you like to have a big family in the
future?
19. Do you like buying stylish clothes?
20. How often do you go to the hairdresser’s?
21. Are you studying another language apart from
English?
22. Do you prefer reading to watching TV?
23. Do you regret doing anything?
24. Are you considering changing your job or
career?
25. Are you planning to go on holiday next winter?
26. Do you need to cook every day?
27. Do you suggest watching movies in English?
28. Do you avoid doing homework at the weekend?
29. Do you practise any sport?
30. Why is it important to stay healthy?

PART 2: COMPARE AND CONTRAS

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM

SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/

MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY

MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF YOU I PREFER………..

BECAUSE ……

233
PART 3: DISCUSSION

234
 Highlands

1st Year / Intermediate MOCK EXAM 2

Reading Comprehension
Activity 1: Read the text below. Choose the right answer (A, B, C or D) for questions 1 – 5.

1. Florence Nightingale’s parents

a) Were very poor people.
b) Objected to her career choice.
c) Wanted to move to Germany.
d) Wanted her to be a nurse.
2. When the Crimean War started, Florence Nightingale
a) Had travelled abroad and visited Turkey.
b) Was sick and had to go to hospital in London.
c) Thought soldiers’ war injuries were horrifying.
d) Found out that fewer soldiers died of war wounds than died of illnesses.
3. While working in a war hospital in Turkey, Florence
a) Had to replace some of her nurses.
b) Decided to work for the War Office.
c) Initiated changes in military service.
d) Introduced major improvements.
4. Florence was called ‘the Lady of the Lamp’ because
a) She had special rights in the hospital.
b) She helped her patients to go to sleep.
c) She let patients have the lights on at night.
d) She needed very little sleep.
5. After the Crimean War
a) It took Florence five years to return to England.
b) Florence became famous as a full-time writer.
c) Professional training for nurses began in England.
d) Queen Victoria met with nurses to discuss their future.

235
Use of English
Activity 2: Read the article about learning to snowboard. Choose the best word (A, B or C) for each space.

1) A. look B. watch C. play

2) A. in B. on C. at
3) A. From B. Since C. For
4) A. little B. some C. few
5) A. ’m thinking B. ’ II be thinking C. ‘II have thought
6) A. side B. hand C. thought
7) A. ’II be having B. ’ II have had C. ‘II have
8) A. know B. knew C. would know
9) A. ’II be learning B. ’ II learn C. ‘ll have learned
10) A. ‘ll have written B. have written C. ‘ll be writing

236
Open Cloze
Activity 3: Complete the email. Write ONE word for each space

From: Lara
To: Rebecca
Hi Rebecca,

Thank you _______________ your email. _______________ You busy on Saturday? _______________ you like to
come shopping with me? My cousin is _______________ to have a party at her place _______________ week and I
don't have anything nice to wear.

I want to buy a new pair _______________ jeans and maybe a T-shirt as well. _______________ you know a good
shop? It has _______________ be quite a cheap place because I've only got £25.

_______________ you can come, I'll meet you at your house. Is the morning _______________ afternoon better for
you?

Text and let _______________ know.

Lara

would – do- to – for – isn’t – planning – me – if – are – will – of – next – or – is

Tenses
Activity 4: A) Put the verbs in brackets into the Simple Past or Past Continuous

Last year I ……………………… (go) to Greece for my holidays. I ………………………. (decide) to fly because it is much
quicker than going overland. On the morning I left London, it …………………………….(rain) but when
I ………………………. (step) off the plane in Greece it was a beautiful day. The sun ………………………. (shine) and a
cool wind ………………… (blow) from the sea.
I ……………………. (take) a taxi to my hotel. As I ………………………. (sign) the register,
someone …………………………… (tap) me on the shoulder. I ………………………… (turn) around. It was a friend I
hadn't seen for ten years. He …………………………… (stay) at the same hotel.
That evening we …………………………. (go) for a walk. The town was still very busy. Street
traders ……………………………...sell) souvenirs and the foreign tourists …………………… (try) to bring down the price
with the aid of a Greek phrase book. We ………………………… (listen) to their chatter for a while,
then ……………………….(return) to our hotel.

237
B) Choose the correct tense. Past Simple or Past Perfect

One day, it was very cold and I reallyhadn’t wanted / didn’t wanted to go to my sports lesson. So I said that Ihad
fallen / fell down the stairs, and that I couldn’t walk properly.
The teacherhad called / called the doctor. When hehad arrived / arrive, everyone elsehad left / left for the sports
ground already. The doctor had locked / locked at my foot and asked me about my family. Then he told / had toldme
to stand up and jump in the air, which I did. The doctorhad smiled / smiled. I forgot / had forgottenthat my foot was
“hurt” !
When the teacherhad found / foundout that Idid not hurt / had not hurtmy foot, she was very angry. Shehad sent /
sentme to the sports ground straight away. When Ihad got / got there, I found that everyone elsehad gone /
wenthome for tea – but I had to run around the sports ground for two hours!

C) Choose the correct answer.

1. I didn’t used to / use to live in this city.

2. We wouldn’t / didn’t use to often go on holiday.

3. When I was a child, weused to / wouldhave a dog.

4. Sheused to work / worked as a teacher for many years.

5. As a student, he neverused to / would have any money.

Key Word Transformation

Activity 5: Rewrite these sentences so that they have a similar meaning

1. My dad painted those two drawers.

Those two drawers……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. “You have bought me too many drinks”, the girl said smiling.
The girl said……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Lucy had a sore throat. However, she felt very well during her presentation.
Despite…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. If I were you, I would not stay up so late before a test.
You had better………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
5. Pete’s mum will not buy him a cat unless he promises to look after it.
If………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
6. “How long have you been here?” the secretary asked me.
The secretary asked me…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. These sweets are so delicious. They contain chocolate and nuts!
These sweets………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Kim doesn’t sleep well because her neighbour plays the trumpet every night.
If Kim’s neighbour…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
238
 9. I’m not very sure if Yasmin will buy a car this year.
Yasmin…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. It’s your obligation to check the emergency exits at the office every morning.
You must……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Vocabulary
A) Choose the correct option.

1. When you go on holiday and you get a job during your vacations you are on a ………………
a) package holiday b) city break c) working holiday

2. When you exchange your house with someone else’s house it’s called a …………………
a) house swap b) coach tour c) honeymoon

3. Last summer I went on a ………………………………….. because I had to cook all my meals.

a) adventure holiday b) self-catering holiday c) backpackingholiday

4. There are plenty of …………………………………. in Thailand. It has the most stunning beaches of all.
a) beach resort b) tour guide c) tourist trap

5. Frank and Tina got married last weekend. Now they are enjoying their ………………….
a) travel destination b) honeymoon c) coach tour

6. I made up my mind. Next year I’m going on a …………………………. just with my things on my back.
a) adventure holiday b) backpacking holiday c) beach resort

7. When we went to London we paid for a ……………………….. visiting the most famous sights.
a) self-catering b) public transport c) city break

8. Every time I travel to the Caribbean I avoid visiting some stores. They’re always a ……………….
a) tourist trap b) house swap c) working holiday

9. Next time I go on holidays I will buy an excursion with a …………………………….. I want to know the history of
the places.
a) coach tour b) tour guide c) package holiday

10. Disney is one of the most ………………………. chosen by kids and adults as well.
a) national park b) adventure holiday c) travel destination

B)Complete the text with the words below

take part in – soak up the sun – escape the crowds – get off the beaten track – get to know–
take time out – see the sights
I will never forget my trip to Rome two years ago. I was planning this for years and I really needed to
……………………………. of work. You would say that I went to ……………….………….. in Italy’s capital but I didn’t! I
239
mean, on the first day I was in Rome but the city was so crowed! And I hate that. So, I decided to
…………………………… and the noise of the big cities and ………………………………….
So I took one unknown route that no one take and went directly to one small village outside the big city. Once I got there
I couldn’t believe my eyes. The village was stunning! A beautiful lake surrounding by little huts. The first thing I did was
lying by the lake and ……………………………. because the weather was amazing. Finally, and what I liked the most
was ……………………….….. the local people and learn a lot of their culture.
Next time I travel to Rome I will ……………………………… a guided tour and visit the historic places.

Listening
You will hear about an underground city in Turkey. For questions 1 to 7, choose the correct answer (A, B or C).

1) Many of these caves ...

a) are a few hundred centuries old.
b) are uninhabited.
c) have been transformed into hotels for tourists.
2) Lale Surmen ...
a) lives next to the caves.
b) used to be a tour guide.
c) works in tourism
3) In the past, the people in this region ...
a) had to hide from Romans and Arabs.
b) were good fighters.
c) had to hide from Romans and Christians.
4) The underground city of Kaymakli...
a) was build 1,000 years ago.
b) provided a permanent home for entire communities.
c) provided temporary refuge for entire communities.
5) They built small tunnels ...
a) because it was impossible to make them bigger.
b) for better protection.
c) because people were smaller in the past.
6) They kept the level of illumination to a minimum ...
a) to preserve oxygen.
b) to sleep for longer periods.
c) so they they couldn't be seen

240
Writing
Write a 120-word composition
I couldn’t believe my eyes when I saw him

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Oral Practice
PART 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS
1. Do you like going on holiday? Why? Why not? 11. What holiday accommodation do you prefer?
2. Do you prefer summer holidays or winter 12. Where did you spend your last holidays?
holidays? Why? 13. Which hotel facilities do you want to have?
3. When do you usually go on holiday? 14. Do you prefer going abroad or staying in your
4. What are your favourite holiday activities? country?
5. What’s your favourite means of transport when 15. What places can you recommend visiting from
you travel? your country?
6. Do you prefer going on holiday with a travel 16. How many suitcases do you take when you go
agency or make your own arrangements? on holiday?
7. Do you prefer to spend time alone or with 17. What time do you usually get up when you go
friends and family? on holiday?
8. What kind of holiday is the most popular in your 18. Do you like taking photos?
country? Why? 19. Do you like sightseeing?
9. Do you usually go on holiday to the same 20. Do you try local food?
place? 21. Do you buy souvenirs for family or friends when
10. Do you prefer hot or cold counties to visit in you travel?
holiday?

241
PART 2: COMPARE AND CONTRAST

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM

SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/

MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY

MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF YOU I PREFER………..

BECAUSE ……

PART 3: DISCUSSION

242
 Highlands
1st Year / Intermediate

MOCK EXAM 3
Reading Comprehension
Activity 1: Read the article about a the Mande Barung. Choose the correct answer.

1. Journalists have recently visited India

a) To see Mande Barung with their own eyes.
b) To investigate observations of the Mande Barung.
c) To explore the Garo Hills.
2. Nelbison Sangma couldn’t take any photos because
a) He had no equipment.
b) The creature was behind some trees.
c) The creature was too far away.
3. Llewellyn Marak says the footprints weren’t human because
a) They were the wrong shape.
b) They were in the wrong place.
c) They were the wrong size.
4. Tengsim Marak said
a) He couldn’t remember the creature well.
b) He had watched it for a long time.
c) The creature was very large.
5. The writer believes that the Mande Barung
a) Definitely exists.
b) Might exist.
c) Definitely does not exist.

243
Use of English
Activity 2: Read the article about sleep. Choose the best word (A, B or C) for each space.

244
Open Cloze
Activity 3: Complete the message left on the internet. Write ONE word for each space. There are three words
that you do not need.

My name ______________ Teresa Lopez. I live in the centre of Buenos Aires and I'm twelve
______________ a half years old.

I enjoy school. I'm good ______________ music and languages but I hate history. The lessons
______________ so boring. When I'm older, I want to ______________ a film star or a dancer but my parents
______________ not think that's a good idea!

I like meeting lots ______________ different people, and I'd like to travel all around the world. I
______________ only been to the USA, but next summer I hope ______________ visit Europe. That's why
I'm looking ______________ a penfriend in England.

Please send me an email and tell me ______________ your family and your hobbies.

about – for – to – have – turn – of – do – become – are – had – at – and – so- is

Tenses
Activity 4: A) Put in the correct forms. Simple Past or Present Perfect
Dear Ellen!
I hope things are OK with you. The doctor …………………… (come) yesterday. He ………………... (not like) my cough.
I ……………………… (lie) in bed looking at the ceiling since Tuesday, and I can tell you, I’m fed up with it.
I ………………………… (never be) ill like this before - don’t know what’s happening to me. And the weather’s terrible.
It ……………………... (rain) all day and I can’t even have a cup of tea in the morning to cheer myself up, because the
milkman ……………………… (not come) this morning. Don’t know why - I’m sure I …………………… (pay) his bill.
Alice …………………... (get) married last week, so now all Mary’s kids ……………………... (leave) home. She won’t
know what to do with herself, will she?
Lucy Watson …………………… (move) to Doncaster. Since Fred …………………... (die) she …………………… (be) all
alone. It …………… (be) a heart attack, apparently. I’m sorry she's gone. We …………………… (be) neighbours for
over thirty years and she ………………………... (always, be) friendly and ready to help out.
Amy …………………. (leave). My cleaning lady, you remember? I’m glad. I …………………. (not trust) her since
she …………………… (break) all those plates and …………………… (say) it ……………………... (be) the cat.
There ………………………... (not be) much change in the village. Some new people ………………………... (take) over
the shop. They seem quite nice. Hope they are more efficient than old Joe. No more news. Write when you’ve got the
time.
Love,
Emmy

245
B) Complete the email below by putting the verbs in brackets into the Present Perfect Simple or Present Perfect
Continuous

Key Word Transformation

Activity 5: Rewrite these sentences using the words given.

1. The party was not very far from home, but it took as a long time to get there. (TOOK)

Although …………………………………………………………………a long time to get there.

2. Although he was tired, he went to the party. (BUT)

He was ………….………………………………………………… he went to the party.

3. When the teacher came, we were listening to music. (WERE)

While ………….……………………………………………………… the teacher came.

4. When I was a kid, I went to the cinema every weekend. (GO)

I used ……….……………………………………………………………when I was a kid.

5. In the past I usually visited my grandmother every weekend. I don’t do it anymore. (VISIT)

I used……………………………………………………………………my grandmother.

246
 6. Did you usually go to the cinema when you were younger? (TO)

Did you…………………………………………………………………to the cinema?

7. He started studying English in 2009. He still studies English. (SINCE)

He has ………….……………………………………………….………………2009

8. They didn’t go to school because it was snowing. (OF)

They didn’t go ………….……………………………………………………the snow.

Vocabulary

Activity 6:

A) Happiness and sadness. Read and choose the correct option.

1. James has been down in the MOUTH / FOOT since his girlfriend left him.
2. Natasha was over the SUN / MOON when she heard the news.
3. Jed is a bit depressed right now. He told me he was feeling BLUE / BLACK.
4. She has been on cloud EIGHT / NINE since she found that job.
5. Exercise can really help if you’re feeling down in the DUMPS / DUMP.
6. Izzy can’t stop smiling! She’s on top of the MOON / WORLD.

B) Complete the gaps with the noun form of the words in the wordpool and the suffixes – NESS and -ITY.

247
Listening
Activity 7: You will hear about a very large family. For each question, choose the right answer (A, B or C)

1. Christie ...
a) has been pregnant 23 times.
b) has a one-year-old child.
c) had trouble conceiving her 17th child.
2. She ...
a) thinks she's addicted to having children.
b) doesn't think she's addicted to having children.
c) doesn't enjoy being pregnant.
3. When Cristie's husband arrives home, he...
a) takes care of the kids.
b) can't help too much because he's tired.
c) helps Cristie to cook
4. Cristie says that ...
a) they are constantly planning their expenses.
b) they can't afford to pay for everything they need.
c) they have too many expenses.
5. They have so many children because ...
a) of their religious beliefs.
b) Christie and her husband come from very big families.
c) they just like it.
6. What does Christie think about having her 17th child?
a) She's very surprised.
b) This child wasn't in their plans.
c) She feels calm because she's used to it.

248
Writing
Activity 8: Write a personal letter to a friend or relative telling them your news. (120-140 words)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Oral Practice
PART 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. What have you done today? 27. Which questions have been difficult to answer?
2. Where have you been this week? 28. How long have you studied English?
3. Have you ever met a famous person? 29. How have you been feeling lately?
4. Have you been to San Francisco?
5. Has it ever snowed in your hometown? 30. How have you been getting to work/school
6. Have you eaten today? recently?
7. Have you ever ridden a horse? 31. What have you been thinking about a lot?
8. Has anyone you know been a soldier?
9. Have you tried computer programming? 32. What have you been doing this week?
10. Have you helped a friend move house? 33. What have you been dreaming about lately?
11. Have you sung in public before?
12. Have you broken a bone in your body? 34. What have you been wanting to tell someone
13. Have you learned to play a musical instrument? lately?
14. Have you or a friend done something 35. What have you been putting your energy into
embarrassing? recently?
15. Have you ever been on a blind date?
36. Which movie have you been wanting to watch
16. What is the strangest food you have eaten?
for a while?
17. What have you done today?
18. Where have you been this week? 37. Which colour have you been wearing a lot
19. Where have you been on holiday during your lately?
life? 38. Where have you been eating lunch?
20. Where have you been in this building?
21. Who in your family has helped you a lot? 39. Where have you been going for peace and
22. Whom have you spoken to on the telephone quiet?
lately? 40. Where have you been considering going on
23. Why has this been a good (or bad) year? your next holiday?
24. What is the best movie you have ever seen?
25. Which countries have been in the news this
week?
26. Which spicy foods have you tried?
249
PART 2: COMPARE AND CONTRAST

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM

SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/

MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY

MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF YOU I PREFER………..

BECAUSE ……

PART 3: DISCUSSION

250
 Highlands

1st Year / Intermediate MOCK EXAM 4

Reading Comprehension
Activity 1: Read the article about a Canadian film-maker and choose the correct option.

1. What does Rob Spence’s camera do?

a) Helps him see better.
b) Films what he sees.
c) Takes photos of everything.
2. The camera is powered by
a) a computer.
b) a transmitter.
c) a tiny battery.
3. Why did Spence go blind in one eye?
a) He had an accident with a gun.
b) An operation went wrong.
c) His grandfather accidentally shot him.
4. Why did Spence approach Dr Mann for help in building his eye camera?
a) Dr Mann was a specialist in building tiny cameras.
b) Dr Mann had experience in working with eye devices.
c) Dr Mann was an expert in technology which connects humans with man-made devices.
5. What does Spence hope people will learn from his project?
a) To question how much they are monitored.
b) To feel comfortable when they are filmed.
c) How to record information.

251
Use of English
Activity 2: Read the article. Choose the best word (A, B or C) for each space.

252
Open Cloze
Activity 3: Complete the email. Write ONE word for each space

From: Patrick
To: Karl
Hi!

At the moment I'm on holiday _____________ Jamaica with my parents. We flew to this wonderful island two weeks
_____________. It is sunny every day. _____________ week we saw most of the island because my dad rented a
car.

We _____________ staying at a lovely hotel _____________ a swimming pool, but we often swim in the sea instead.
I love swimming there because _____________ water is so clear. I swam quite a long way yesterday and saw a
_____________ of beautiful fish. _____________ were some amazing red and yellow fish and I took pictures of
them.

Jamaica is _____________ beautiful than anywhere else I've been to, and I don't want _____________ come home!
But school starts again at the end _____________ August. So I'll see you then!

Patrick

last – the – school – more – and – to – are – about – with – there - of – in – more - for

Tenses

Activity 4: Complete the sentences using the Future Simple, Future Continuous or Future Perfect Tense.

A)
1. …………………….. part in our play ? You're really a good actor. ( YOU TAKE)
2. By next June, I ………………………… in London for ten years. (BE)
3. I ………………………….. in London next year, doing the same old job. (BE)
4. This time tomorrow, Maria ………………………… on a beach in Rimini. (SUNBATHE)
5. Don't make too much noise after midnight - I …………………………. soundly, I hope. (SLEEP)
6. If I don't have too much work to do this year, I think I …………………………… the novels I am planning to write.
(FINISH)
7. You'll be late for the train. I ……………………… you to the station if you like. (DRIVE)
8. It's strange that when we get to Sydney, we ……………………….. half way across the world. (FLY)
9. I ………………………….. to Madrid next week, so I can give you a lift. (DRIVE)
10. Today is Tuesday. Jack says he …………………………….. his assignments by the end of the week. (FINISH)

253
B) Choose the correct future form.

If the British government gets its way, the fuel of the future will be / will have been / is being the air that we breathe.
The government will have used / will use / will be using electricity from wind to help meet its targets for renewable
energy. With the approval of the government, private firms are building / will have built / will build offshore wind
farms in the southeast of England. One of these, the London Array Wind Farm, will have been / is being / will be the
largest in the world when it is completed. The two biggest wind farms of the country will produce enough electricity to
power a million homes.
London Array have not yet announced when they will be beginning / will begin / will have begun construction of the
wind farm. However, they expect that they will have completed / are completing / will be completing it by the end of
the decade. The smaller wind farm in Thanet will have supplied / will be supplying / will supply electricity to about
240,000 homes within the next four years.
However, the farms are controversial. Developers will have hoped / will hope / will be hoping to build a third farm in
the Lake District but the government rejected their plans because they will have been concerned / will be concerned
/ will concerned about the effect of the farm on the countryside and on tourism.
Environmentalists say we will be having / will have / will have had to do much more than build wind farms in future.
Otherwise, climate change is having / will have / will be having a devastating effect on the environment.

Activity 5: Mixed Tenses. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form.

Valentine’s Day-Cards or Texts?

Sending a Valentine’s card to a loved one is a custom that (begin) _____________ a long time ago. Couples (give)
____________cards to each other for hundreds of years, but it is also traditional to send an anonymous card to anyone
you secretly love. This practice (stat) __________________by lovers hundreds of years ago and is still common in schools
nowadays it (be)__________________really embarrassing as everyone tries to find out who has a secret admirer! What
would you do if your secret admirer (discover)______________________?

Millions of people nowadays (use)_______________________digital means to send Valentine’s Day messages such as
e-cards, or printable greeting cards. Texting your Valentine message is an easy (although maybe not very romantic!)
option. Some people think that flowers and chocolates seem a little ordinary and so they look for a more unusual gift. If
you had a lot of cash, you (choose)________________________one of these options, a helicopter flight, a balloon ride,
the chance to test drive a Ferrari, an all-day session at a health club. Anyway, I personally think that flowers and chocolate
(never replace) ________________________by more unusual gifts in the future.

Some people say that Valentine’s Day (consider)________________________as another opportunity for ever-increasing
commercialism. For true romantics the gift of love is enough. Valentine’s Day is a popular day to propose or get married,
if you propose on Valentine’s Day, you (never-forget) _____________________your wedding anniversary!

254
Key Word Transformation
Activity 6: Rewrite these sentences so they have a similar meaning.

1. The company fired three employees yesterday.

Three employes__________________________________________________________________
2. “Who did you meet during your trip?” Anna asked me.
Anna asked me__________________________________________________________________
3. Children under 12 can play in this area.
Children under 12 are allowed______________________________________________________
4. Jim sleeps until 1pm every day because he doesn’t have a job.
Jim would not sleep until 1pm every day if_______________________________________________
5. “I will help you fix the car when I arrive home”. Jack promised.
Jack promised _____________________________________________________________________
6. That shopping centre was opened yesterday. It has 20 different restaurants.
That shopping center_______________________________________________________________
7. If you don’t turn off your computer, the battery will run out.
Unless you_______________________________________________________________________
8. I don’t think Peter will perform in the concert school tomorrow.
Peter is not likely__________________________________________________________________
9. In my opinion, it would be a good idea for Hugh to stop smoking.
Hugh’s better ____________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary
Activity 7: Complete the text with the correct form of the words in brackets. Add the correct prefixes (co-, inter-,
over-, under-, re-, semi-)

A) Brazilian favelas, which are poor, 1…………………..…….. (developed) places, are often also
2…………………………. (crowded). Favela Painting is a charity with 3 …………………………….. (national) support from
many countries. It helps favelas to 4 ……………………………………….. (build) lost hope and pride by painting their
houses. Artists and local people 5 ……………………………..……… (operate) to create unique designs. In just one
street you can see a fish, a kite and a half moon in a perfect 6 ……………..…………………… (circle)!

B) Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs below
contaminate – devastate – die out – evacuate – spread – relocate

1. The bird called dodo …………………….. in the 17th century.

2. Infected insects can ……………………… dangerous diseases.
255
 3. Oil ………………….. water, making it dangerous for animals.
4. In 1956, the US government paid Native Americans to …………………. from the country to the city.
5. Hurricane Katrina ……………………. New Orleans in 2005.
6. After 2011 tsunami, Japanese authorities ………………………. local people to places of safety.

Listening
Activity 8: You will hear about food and diets. For each question, choose the right answer (A, B or C)

1. The girl who tries the burger ...

a) thinks it's OK.
b) thinks it's fantastic.
c) has some friends who would love it.
2. The manufacturers of the insects ...
a) use insects that come from dead animals.
b) have recently started breeding insects.
c) produce insects that are used by different industries.
3. Which sentence is true?
a) Insect food is not very popular among Europeans.
b) Very few people around the world eat insects.
c) Around 2 million people in Europe eat insects every day
4. The larvae ...
a) need a lot of water.
b) contain 70% protein.
c) are frozen before being sold.
5. The founders of the company ...
a) employ a lot of people.
b) learned about eating insects during a trip.
c) earn 10,000 euros a month selling insects.
6. Their friends and family ...
a) didn't think their business was a good idea.
b) thought their idea was cool.
c) wanted to try the burgers immediately.
7. In Germany,
a) there are a few restaurants that sell these burgers.
b) these hamburgers cost between 12 and 17 euros.
c) it's still illegal to sell these burgers.

256
Writing

Activity 9: Opinion Essay (120 – 150 words)

Your school wants to give $500 to one of the two charities below. Find out more about both charities and
decide which one you want to support. Write an opinion essay to explain why your school should choose this
charity.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________

257
Oral Practice
PART 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. Are you doing anything interesting this weekend?

2. Are you meeting anyone in person this week?
3. Are you doing anything on Wednesday?
4. What are you having for dinner tomorrow?
5. Are you planning anything special for your next birthday?
1. Are you going to cook this weekend?
2. What are you going to do in the evening?
3. What is the next show you are going to watch?
4. What is the first place you are going to visit when it’s possible to travel again?
5. What are you going to study in the future?
6. How do you think the world will change in 20 years?
7. What will you do after you graduate?
8. How will your life change in a year?
9. Will scientists ever discover life on other planets?
10. How do you think technology will change our lives?

PART 2: COMPARE AND CONTRAST

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM

SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/

MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY

MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF YOU I PREFER………..

BECAUSE ……

258
PART 3: DISCUSSION

259
 Highlands
1st Year / Intermediate MOCK EXAM 5

Reading Comprehension
Activity 1: Read the article. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false ones.

1. The order for evacuation was given after the Second World War had begun.
2. The aim of evacuation was to protect people living in the cities.
3. Only children were evacuated.
4. The children didn’t always know their host.
5. Officers told the children which family to stay with.
6. Children were excited to meet their host family.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________

260
Use of English
Activity 2: Read the article about London’s Tower Bridge. Choose the best word (A, B or C) for each space.

261
Open Cloze
Activity 3: Complete the email. Write ONE word for each space. There are three words that you do not need

To: Gabriella
From: Heidi
Date: ?

Hi Gabriella,

You're ................ the island of Sicily, aren't you? I really need you ................ help me with my homework! I
went to the library yesterday to ................ for a book because I need some information................. Sicily. I
couldn't find ................ good books there, just an old map!
Can I ask you ................ few questions?

First, ................ big is the island? When did ............... become part of Italy? I ........................ to know one more
thing. Farmers grow lemons there, but ............... they grow other fruit too?

Please email me your answers as ................ as possible!

Thanks,
Heidi

to – from –any – will – how – soon – about – wasn’t – look – a – would – it – do – him

Tenses
Activity 4: Conditional TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2. Read the sentences and choose the correct answer.

A)Read the sentences and choose the correct answer

1. His future WILL / WOULD be very successful if he weren’t always behaving badly.
2. I will be surprised if my cousins DON’T HAVE / DIDN’T HAVE a pet soon.
3. If I DO / DID well in my final English exam, my parents will send me on an exchange programme.
4. If I FIND / FOUND a better job soon, that would solve my money problems.
5. If I saw someone pickpocketing, I WILL / WOULD tell the victim immediately.
6. If I SEE / SAW a crime, I would call the police.
7. If my sister lends me her beautiful dress again, I WILL BUY / WOULD buy her a small present.
8. If we don’t take care of the environment, some animals WILL / WOULD die soon.
9. If you don’t book the hotel in advance, you WON’T / WOULDN’T be able to get a free place.
10. If you stop behaving so rude, I WON’T / WOULDN’T be your friend any longer.
11. If you continue studying English, you WILL / WOULD have a better chance of finding a job.
12. Pam will be very upset if Jason DOESN’T VISIT / DIDN’T VISIT her this evening.
13. They WON’T FEEL / WOULDN’T FEEL upset if we are a bit late this afternoon.
14. We will leave very early in the morning if the weather IS / WERE bad.
15. Will you still go to the concert if the tickets ARE / WERE 80 dollars?
B)Decide if the sentences are REAL (likely) or UNREAL (imaginary and unlikely) situations or actions.

1. I would lie to my parents if I thought I could get away with it. REAL / UNREAL
2. If it continues to rain, the river will overflow. REAL / UNREAL
3. If all offenders realized the harm they did, they might stop. REAL / UNREAL

262
 4. If he only gets community service, I’m sure he will commit more offences again. REAL / UNREAL
5. Unless we stop using cars so much, the climate will change in the next ten years. REAL / UNREAL
6. What would you do if you lost your mobile phone? REAL / UNREAL
7. If speeding fines were bigger, people would drive more carefully. REAL / UNREAL
8. If you don’t help me, I won’t be able to finish on time. REAL / UNREAL
C) Read the sentences and correct the mistakes

1. If we WILL GO shopping tomorrow, I will probably buy a new top.

2. If mum is tired tonight, I COOK dinner.
3. John will tell us if there WILL BE any news.
4. If I WON’T get a good mark in the geography test, I will be very annoyed.
5. You ARE tired in the morning if you don’t go to bed soon.
6. If you see Karen, DO you ask her to call me?
7. DOES Frank come with us if we go to the beach at the weekend?
8. If you need help, I WOULD definitely give you a hand.
D) Read the sentences and complete with the correct tense

1. If I ……………………(do) well in the exam, my parents will buy me a new cell phone.
2. If my sister borrows my clothes again, I …………………………….(scream)
3. We will leave at 6 o’clock if the weather ………………..(be) bad.
4. They …………………..(not mind) if we are a bit late this afternoon.
5. Sarah will be very annoyed if Dave …………………………(not call) her this evening.
6. Will you still go to the concert if the tickets …………………..(cost) 60 euros?
7. If Sonia doesn’t come to the party, ………………………………(Greg be) upset?
8. I will be surprised if Doug and Dana ………………………(not get) a new car soon.
E) Read the sentences and choose the correct option

Activity 5: Mixed Tenses. Put the verbs in the correct tense

Dear Sam,
How have you been? My dad and I (start) 1 ______________a challenge last week: to read a book for 15 minutes every
single day for a month. Let me explain a bit, by telling you where the challenge came from. I (always share)
2_______________________many things with my dad, such as music and sense of humour, but sadly, reading isn’t
one of them. I can happily spend a whole day curled up with a book, but my dad couldn’t read a book for pleasure even
if he (force) 3_____________________to do it. He often reads emails, websites and documents for work, but not books.
263
He is a busy person, with a short attention span, so I think that sitting down to read for just 15 minutes a day is a good
way to relax and to introduce him to reading. Everyone (be)4__________________ different and has their own
interests, but I think there are lots of benefits to reading, which screen based activities like video games or films (not
have)5_____________________. Firstly, it’s better for your eyes. Looking at screens can be very stressful for your eyes
muscles, and apparently you shouldn’t (look) 6______________________at screens for an hour before bed, to get a
good night’s sleep. By reading you can (transport) 7________________________to a different world. The other night,
while I (watch) 8 ______________________ a film, I realized there are many distractions around me, like sending texts,
or talking to a friend. A book, on the other hand, commands your full attention. Would you like (give)
9________________it a go? Imagine how much you could read in a month if you (spend) 10 _________________only
15 minutes a day with a book! Good luck and happy reading!
Best, Katy.

Key Word Transformation

Activity 6: Modal Verbs
1- It is not necessary that you take food to a birthday party. (LACK OF OBLIGATION)
You ………………………………………………………………….take food to a birthday party.
2- You can wear informal clothes. (PERMISSION)
You are ……….……………………………………………………………wear informal clothes.
3- My mother lets me eat whatever I want. (PERMISSION)
My mother allows ……………………………………………….………whatever I want.

4- You should take a present with you when you go to a birthday party. (ADVICE)
I advise ……………….………………….……a present with you when you go to a birthday party.
5- You mustn’t leave before greeting the host. (PROHIBITION)
You ……………………….………………………………………….……before greeting the host.
6- You shouldn’t take your pet to a party. (ADVICE)
If I …………………………..……………………………………………..……take your pet to a party.
7- I can organize a party very well. (ABILITY)
I am……………………………………………….. ……………………………………………parties
8- My father orders me to clean the house when my friends come. (OBLIGATION)
My father makes ………………...………………………clean the house when my friends come.
9- I think I should phone my friend. (INNER OBLIGATION)
I ……………………………………………………………………………………phone my friend.
10- My mother lets me go to parties alone. (PERMISSION)
My mother allows ………………………………………………..……go to parties alone.
11 -He couldn’t go to the pub last night. He didn’t have permission. (LACK OF PERMISSION)
His mother didn’t let……………………………….……………………………to the pub last night.
12-You can’t smoke here. (PROHIBITION)
You …………………..……………………………………………..………………………smoke here.
13-He can write incredible stories. (ABILITY)
He is ………………………………. …………………………………………………incredible stories.

264
15-It’s not necessary that you give me your Netflix account. (LACK OG OBLIGATION)
You don’t …………………………….……………………………………….…… your Netflix account.
16-You shouldn’t go to school today. You look pale. (ADVICE)
I advise you …………………………………….………………………………………..go to school today.
17-My mother allows me to organize parties at home. (PERMISSION)
My mother lets …………………………….…………………….…………organize parties at home.
18-You mustn’t wear shorts at school. (PROHIBITION)
You are not …………………………. …………………………………………… wear shorts at school.
19-I can dance very well. (ABILITY)
I am ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
20-You can’t seat here. (PROHIBITION)
You ……………………………………………….…………………………….…………….………..here.
21-I advise you to buy a perfume for her. (ADVICE)
If I ……………………………………………, ……………………………………..…… a perfume for her.
22-You must phone your friends. (ADVICE)
You ……………………………………………………………………..…………………..… your friends.
23-You can’t chew gum here. (PROHIBITION)
You are not ……………………………………………….………………………………… chew gum here.
24- You are not allowed to enter this place. (PROHIBITION)
You ………………………………………………………………………….…………………...…this place.
25-There’s no need to eat the vegetables if you don’t want to. (LACK OF OBLIGATION)
You don’t ……………………………………….……..…….…………… the vegetables if you don’t want.
26- Students are allowed to leave after the test. (PERMISSION)
The teacher lets ………………………………………………………….………………..…………the test.
27- The teacher orders us to do a lot of homework. (OBLIGATION)
The teacher makes ……………………………………………..……………………….. a lot of homework.

28- If I were you, I would listen to your mother. (ADVICE)

You ……………………………….………………………………………………………..…to your mother.
29- I can act very well. I want to be a Hollywood star. (ABILITY)
I am ………………………………………..………………………………….……………...……… singing.
30-It is impossible that Carol is tired, she has been sleeping all day (SPECULATION)
Carol………………………………………because she has been sleeping all day.
31-I am not sure but perhaps I will apply for the new position at the company (POSSIBILITY)
I ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
32- It was hard but I could finally finish my paper on time (MANAGE)
I……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
33- I think she will negotiate a good contract (BE ABLE TO)
SHE…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
34- Your sister hasn’t got a job. It is possible that she picks the children from school while we are on the trip
(POSSIBILITY)

YOUR SISTER………………………………………………………………………………………….
35- In my opinion, it would be good if you get on well with your new boss (ADVICE)
YOU……………………………………………………………………………………………………

265
36- The electricity bill is huge. Please, don’t forget to turn the light off when you leave (OBLIGATION)
YOU………………………………………………………………………………………………………
37- If you want to do a good writing, you had better look up the meaning of the new words first. (ADVICE)
YOU ………………………………………………………………………………………………………
38- You should try the sweater on before you leave the shop. (ADVICE-CONDITIONAL II)
IF………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
39- She was so rude with the teacher! She should regret it (CRITICISM)
SHE………………………………………………………………………………………………………
40- She didn’t make it on time to the office. It wasn’t good for her to go the party. (CRITICISM)
SHE………………………………………………………………………………………………………
41- I haven’t seen her at the office. There is a possibility that she is at home (POSSIBILITY)
SHE………………………………………………………………………………………………………
42- If I take this course this year I will speak fluent English next year (ABILITY IN THE FUTURE)
I…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
43- Rules are rules. Turn your cell phones off before you enter the class (OBLIGATION)
YOU………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Vocabulary
Activity 7: A) Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. The teenager was sent to a prison for young OFFENDERS / VANDALS.

2. Toy guns were used in the SHOPLIFTING / ARMED ROBBERY.
3. Graffiti artists would argue that their work is art and not VANDALISM / MUGGING
4. Elderly people are more at risk of THEFT / MUGGING when they go out on their own.
5. Gang members often start their life of crime with car THEFT / OFFENCE
6. Many SHOPLIFTERS / MUGGERS are women living in poverty.
7. The MUGGER / VANDAL smashed the windows and painted across the wall.
8. The THIEF / SHOPLIFTER took the bag from my mum’s car because she left the window open.
B) LAW AND ORDER. Complete the sentences with the prepositions FOR / FROM / OF / TO

1. People rarely admit ………..making mistakes.

2. Long prison sentences should deter people ……………carrying knives.
3. I don’t approve …………..parents hitting their children.
4. They always blame my brother ………….everything. I think it is because he has many tattoos.
5. Some people don’t think that offenders should have the right …….. watch TV in prison.
6. Guide dogs for the blind should not be prohibited ……….getting on to public transport.
7. A number of politicians believe that bankers are responsible ……. the economic crisis.
8. The graffiti artist was sentenced …………….. six weeks in prison.
9. He was punished ……..a driving offence.
10. The thief robbed the old lady ………..her life savings.
11. If you have never been in trouble before the judge might take account …… this and give you a lighter
punishment.
12. Many people believe that murderers should never be released ………..prison.

C) Read the sentences and choose one word from the list

266
 1. Most office workers commit ……………theft, even if it means just stealing pens from work.
2. The man was arrested for a …………..offence but was dishonest about the speed at which he had been driving.
3. He received a ………… fine for driving at 140 km.
4. People use false identities to commit ……………..fraud.
5. Aung San Suu Kyi was under ………………arrest for almost 15 years in Burman before she received the Nobel
Peace Prize in 1991.
6. The rise in ………….crime has been linked to the increase in ……………..violence in the area.
7. When he received a ………………sentence, he knew he would die in prison.
8. Most states in America no longer have the …………. Penalty.
9. Many people were furious then the vandals only received ……………… service. They had wanted them to go to
prison.
10. Victims of …………….robbery suffer from the experience for many years.

Listening
Activity 8: You will hear about a special vault built in the Arctic, and for questions 1 to 6, choose the correct
answer (A, B or C).

1. They bring seeds to this place... 4. This store...

a) using helicopters. a) can preserve the seeds for thousands of
b) three times a year. years.
c) in a security box. b) was build using the pyramids as inspiration.
2. There are... c) has temperature controls.
a) 12 lines of security. 5. These samples of seeds...
b) 6 boxes with seeds. a) are kept in plastic packets.
c) 6 lines of security. b) are kept in glass test tubes.
3. This vault was built 130 meters above sea c) are brought from the Philipines.
level... 6. Which sentence is true according to the video?
a) for easier access. a) Industrial-scale farming uses many
b) because it was easier to build. different varieties of plants.
c) for protection from the sea. b) Climate change has reduced genetic
variation of plants.
c) They need to keep many different types of
plants in this place.
Writing
Activity 9: Write an essay (150 words)

Studying English in England is more beneficial than studying in your country

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

267
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Oral Practice
PART 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

1. If it rains tomorrow, what will you do? 19. If you didn’t need sleep, how would you spend
2. What will you do if you get lost? your nights?
3. If you arrive late to work, will you be fired? 20. If we could live 300 years, how would life be
4. Will you be upset if you miss the movie tonight? different?
5. If you want to leave, where will you go? 21. If you could choose your sex, what sex would
6. Where will you go to eat if you get hungry? you choose—male or female?
7. What would you do if you lost your keys? 22. If you saw a rat in your house, what would you
8. If you fail your exam, what will you do? do?
9. If you could change one thing about yourself, 23. If you had the choice to be stuck on an island
what would you change? alone or with someone you hate, what would
10. If you could stay one age forever, what age you choose?
would it be? 24. If you could go back in time and relive your life,
11. If you won the lottery, what would you do? what would you do differently?
12. If you woke up suddenly because your house 25. If you could stop a bad habit that you have,
was on fire, what item would you save first? what habit would you stop?
13. If you could only eat one food for the rest of 26. If you could change one thing about the world
your life, what would you choose? today, what would you change?
14. If you meet anyone, dead or alive, who would 27. If you were invisible for a day, what would you
you choose to meet? do?
15. If you changed your name, what name would 28. If you could give yourself one skill, what skill
you choose? would it be?
16. If you could travel in time, would you prefer to
see the future or the past?
17. If you had a choice to have no children or ten
children, what would you choose?
18. If you could have any job, what job would you
like to have?

268
PART 2: COMPARE AND CONTRAST

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/ MAY/

COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY MIGHT/

MAY/ COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF YOU I PREFER……….. BECAUSE ……

PART 3: DISCUSSION

269
 Highlands
1st Year / Intermediate MOCK EXAM 6

Reading Comprehension
Activity 1: Read the article about a man with the 30 second memory. Match the sentences (A - F) with the gaps
(1 - 5) in the text. There is one sentence that you do not need.

A. For Deborah this was a difficult time, and in the end she decided to leave Clive

B. Today, Clive and Deborah have a very unusual marriage, but their love is as strong as ever

C. The doctor said it was flu and lack of sleep and sent Clive back to bed

D. Clive couldn’t remember things that happened more than 30 seconds ago

E. This made life easier for the couple

F. When he came out of his coma, he couldn’t remember a single thing that had ever happened to him.

270
Use on English
Activity 2: Read the text and choose the best word (A, B, C or D) for each space.

Open Cloze
Activity 3: Complete the letter. Write ONE word for each space. There are three words that you do not need

Dear Kate,
It will _____________ my 14th birthday _____________March 8. Mum and Dad
_____________ going to take me to the beach. We'll go by car, so I can take four
friends _____________ me.
Would you like to come? Hannah has said _____________ will come. I am asking
David, Maria _____________ you. Mum will take all the food, so you don't
_____________ to bring anything to _____________.
_____________ the weather is good, we may swim _____________ the sea so
remember to bring your swimming things.
I really _____________ you can come.
Tenses
Love, 271
Barbara
with – he – don’t – eat – and – on – hope – was – are – and – need – about – if – in
Activity 4: Passive Voice
Read the sentences and choose the correct option.
A)
1. The houses DECORATE / ARE DECORATES with flowers on 1st May.
2. The “Guy” is CARRIED / CARRIES through the streets by children on 5th November.
3. Martina MIGHT BE CHOSEN / MIGHT CHOOSE to be Queen of the parade.
4. Last year, hot air balloons SENT / WERE SENT up to the air to celebrate the beginning of the year.
5. How is NEW YEAR CELEBRATED / DOES NEW YEAR CELEBRATE in your country?
6. We DIDN’T ALLOWED / WEREN’T ALLOWED to have an end of the year part at my school last week.
7. What time WILL THE FILM BE SHOWN / WILL BE THE FILM SHOWN?
8. The food WON’T BE BAKED / WON’T BAKE in time for the celebration.

B)
1. In Japan, tea …… with both hands.
OFFERS IS OFFERING IS OFFERED
2. I …….to a party last week.
WAS INVITED INVITE WERE INVITED
3. The children … to the fair by their parents.
MIGHT TAKE MIGHT TAKEN MIGHT BE TAKEN
4. On special celebration days, cars ……in the main street.
SHOULDN’T PARK SHOULDN’T BE PARKED SHOULDN’T PARKING
5. What music ……at the celebration tomorrow?
WILL PLAY WILL BE PLAYED WILL PLAYED
6. …at the fun fair?
WAS FOOD AND SWEETS SERVED - WERE FOOD SWEETS SERVING - WERE FOOD AND SWEETS
SERVED?
7. On Independence Day, the flag …by the best students in the class.
WAS CARRIED WAS CARRYING CARRIED
8. In Thailand, a fork …. for putting food into your mouth.
MUSTN’T USE MUSTN’T BE USE MUSTN’T BE USED

C) Read the sentences and complete with the correct tense.

1. What days ……………….……. (celebrate) in your country?

2. In China, paper dragons ………………….…… (use) in parades.

3. Every year, parties ………………….….. (hold) in some streets in Italy in December.

4. What traditional meals ………………………. (cook) in your country in the past?

5. When Dad was young, he ………………….…… (not make) to wear a school uniform on special days.

6. ……………………. any special tradition……………… (keep) by your family?

7. Local costumes and traditions ………………………. (study) by scientists in my country three years ago.

8. In our town, a flower …………..…….. (offer) to the girl you like on the first day of Spring.

272
D) Read the paragraph and complete with the correct tense.

Activity 5: Mixed Tenses. Complete the text with the correct tense.

Ed Tomkins fell in love with climbing when he was seventeen, and (1) _ (climb)
since that moment. He (2) _ (participate) in many climbing competitions all over the
world, winning lots of medals and trophies, which made him feel powerful and self-confident. Last year, while he
(3) (plan) his next trip to the mountains in South America, a friend from Argentina
(4) (invite) him to climb Mount Aconcagua. Ed felt very excited because he
(5) (try) to climb a similar mount before, and found it was a very simple thing to do. He travelled to
Mendoza and started (6) (prepare) his equipment to climb. Suddenly, he felt dizzy and exhausted. He sat down at
the base of the mountain to get better, but he quickly fainted. He (7)
(take) to the nearest hospital, where doctors told him that if he hadn’t stopped climbing he (8)
(die) on the mountain for sure. His body wasn’t used to the climate and
temperatures in that place, but also, it seemed that Ed (9) _ (skip) his gym and
climbing lessons before travelling to Argentina. He felt confident enough to stop training and that was the reason
why he was now in hospital. When doctors said he was able to leave, he promised them that in the future, he (10)
_ (never/stop) training when a challenge appears.

Key Word Transformation

Activity 6: Rewrite these sentences so that they have the same meaning. Use the words in brackets when
needed

1. How do you celebrate the birth of a baby in your country?

How …………………………………………………………………..?
2. Japanese women wore kimonos.
Kimonos …………………………………………………………………………..

273
3. People connected Ancient Egyptian culture with the river Nile.
Ancient Egyptian culture ………………………………………………………..
4. In Denmark, people throw dishes at neighbours’ front doors for good luck.
In Denmark, dishes ……………………………………………………………….
5. Young girls didn’t cover their heads in ancient Sparta.
Young girls’ heads ………………………………………………………………..
6. Last Thursday we appointed a new marketing manager. (WAS)
A new ……………………………………..…………………….. last Thursday.
7. Smith Ltd are supplying our company with furniture. (SUPPLIED)
Our company ……………………………..…………………………….. by Smith Ltd.
8. William the Conqueror built the castle in the 11th century. (BY)
The castle ……………………………………………… William the Conqueror in the 11th century.
9. No decision has yet been made. (DECIDED)
Nothing …………………………………………………………. yet.
10. The police were following the suspects. (WERE)
The suspects …………………………………………………….. police.
11. No one has seen Peter since the day of the party. (BEEN)
Peter ……………………………………………………………… the day of the party.
12. We put up a notice about the trip on the notice board yesterday. (WAS)
A notice ………………………………………………………… up on the notice board yesterday.
13. Someone will meet you at the airport. (BE)
You ……………………………………………………….. at the airport.
14. The police arrested the robbers as soon as they left the bank. (WERE)
The robbers …………………………………………………… left the bank.
15. Someone is going to tell you the new rules (BE)
You ……………………………………………………….. the new rules.
16. We clean the garages every day.
The garages …………………………………………………………………………………………
17. Someone has given him a lot of money.
He ……………………………………………………………………………………………………
18. The police arrested two hundred people.
Two hundred people ………………………………………………………………………………..
19. We check every car engine in detail.
Every car engine ……………………………………………………………………………………..
20. We export this computer to seventy different countries.
This computer………………………………………………………………………………………..
21. They have cancelled the meeting.
The meeting …………………………………………………………………………………………
22. We opened the factory at nine o’clock.
The factory ………………………………………………………………….……………………..
23. They send two million books to America every year.
Two million books ………………………………………………………………………………..
24. We have invited all the students in the school.
All the students in the school ………………………………………………………………………..
274
 25. We have told him not to be late again.
He …………………………………………………………………………………………………..
26. They posted all the letters yesterday.
All the letters …………….…………………………………………………………………………
27. The machine wraps the bread automatically.
The bread ……………………………………………………………………………………….
28. They paid a lot of money to do the job.
A lot of money ………………………………………………………………………………………
29. Fortunately, they didn’t damage the machinery.
The machinery ……………………………………………………………………………………..
30. We send the newspapers to Scotland by train.
The newspapers ……………………………………………………………………………………..
Vocabulary
Activity 7: Choose the correct answer

1. Commercials / Consumers spend more at Christmas than at any other time of the year.
2. The factory manufactures / advertises Halloween costumes. Lots of people from the town work there.
3. The music industry / retailer is very competitive at Christmas. Lots of pop groups compete to be number one.
4. The greetings card company made a $50 million profit / trend las year.
5. People aren’t spending much this year, so many consumers / retailers are going out of business.
6. A pink heart surrounded by flowers is a very traditional trend / design for a Valentine’s card.
7. People don’t want to make money from the Christmas party. It isn’t a profit / commercial event.
8. Recently, there’s been a trend / design in advertising to use shocking or surprising images.

Complete the text with the correct form of the words in the box

275
 banner – billboard – classified as – commercial – endorsement – flyer – jingle – logo – pop-up ad – slogan –
spam – stealth marketing
Listening
Activity 8: You will hear about a church built on the top of a cliff, and for questions 1 to 7, decide if the
sentences are true or false.

1) Abuna Yemata Guh is the only church built in the rocks in the Tigray Region in Ethiopia.
2) From the bottom of the cliff, there is only one path that leads to the church.
It was built more than 500 years ago.
3) People say Father Yemata chose this location for the chruch to test the faith of the churchgoers.
4) The church was discovered 47 years ago by the priest.
5) Visitors must take off their shoes at the top of the cliff, before entering the church.
6) The most dangerous point of the climb is just before the entrance to the church.

Writing
Activity 9: Write a For and Against essay (150 words)

Should minors vote?

...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................

276
Oral Practice
PART 1: GENERAL QUESTIONS

PART 2: COMPARE AND CONTRAST

THE PICTURE AT THE TOP SHOWS……………………

WHEREAS THE PICTURE AT THE BOTTOM

SHOWS…

AS REGARDS THE TOP PICTURE...... THEY MIGHT/

MAY/ COULD….

AS REGARDS THE BOTTOM PICTURE………… THEY

MIGHT/ MAY/ COULD……………

IT MUST BE…………..

AS REGARDS SIMILARITIES…………..

REGARDING DIFFERENCES………..

FROM MY POINT OF VIEW I PREFER………..

BECAUSE ……

277
PART 3: DISCUSSION

278
 Highlands
1st Year / Intermediate MOCK EXAM 7

Reading Comprehension

Activity 1: Read the text and choose the correct option.

279
Use of English -
Activity 2: Read the article and choose the correct option.

280
Open Cloze

Activity 3: Read the mail and complete with the missing words from the box.

From: Mrs Hammond

To: Class 9

Dear Class 9.

Next week, we ………………. going to do something different in our English lesson. I want pupils to stand up, and
speak to the whole class for one minute about a sport they like doing. It will be an excellent way ………………. practise
your English. If you like………………. to do this, please ………………..me know.

Mrs Hammond.

From: Andrew

To: Mrs Hammond

Dear Mrs Hammond,

Thank you ………………. your email.

My favourite sport is football. I love talking about it, and I can ………………. everybody about the team I play in
………………. Saturday afternoons. I hope that is OK.

Best wishes,

Andrew.

ARE – FOR – IN - IS – LET – ON – SAY – TELL – TO – WOULD

Key Word Transformation

Activity 4:

1. When I was a child, I wrote a letter to Santa asking for my Christmas present.
When I was a child, I used __________________________ for my Christmas present.

2. It is a good idea for us to recycle paper and glass to help our world’s environment.
We should __________________________________ to help our world’s environment.

3. “This girl is the most helpful shop assistant I’ve ever met”.
Mum told me _______________________________________________________

4. We’re not going to Justin and Adele’s wedding because they haven’t invited us.
We’re not going to Justin and Adele’s wedding because________________________ by them.

281
 5. Harry is not a good student. He doesn’t pass his exams because he doesn’t study hard enough.
If Harry studied harder, he ____________________________ his exams.

6. “Will you help me run better and faster?” Oscar asked his coach.
Oscar asked his coach if ______________________________________________

7. If you are going to drive us home tonight, don’t drink wine.

If you are going to drive us home tonight, you mustn’t ________________________

8. Zoe has to get up very early every day. She wants to sleep late but she can’t.
Zoe wishes she ____________________ late.

9. The storm damaged the bridge near our house.

The bridge near our house ________________________ by the storm.

10. There is a possibility that Madonna will record a new album.

Madonna ____________________________ a new album.

11. My mobile phone battery ran out. I forgot to recharge it.

My mobile phone battery ran out. I wish I ______________________ to recharge it.

12. “What do you really dislike doing?” Hasan asked.

Hasan asked me _________________________________________

13. It is a good idea to try and get 8 hours’ sleep at night.

You should ______________________________________________

14. It’s only November but Emma has already done her Christmas shopping.
It’s only November. However, _________________________________

15. We don’t have a dog because we don’t have a garden.

If we had a garden, we _____________________a dog.

Tenses
Activity 5: Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

PARAGRAPH 1
I 1_____________ (live) in Paris since I finished school. I love Paris for all the reasons everybody 2 ___________
(love) Paris: the art, the architecture, the food, the elegance. The Metro 3___________ (be) the easiest way of getting
around and shops are fantastic. When I was a student I used 4_________ (spend) my life window-shopping.

Last week my parents 5__________ (come) to visit me from England and I took them to the Paris Opera House.
Although it may seem strange, I 6____________ (never be) there before. When we 7___________ (arrive) at the place,
a group of school children 8___________ (wait) to start a guided tour of the building. Fortunately, they 9___________
(invite) us to join their group and we learned a lot about the history of the place.

282
PARAGRAPH 2

It’s my Mum and Dad’s golden wedding anniversary next week. We 1_______________ (arrange) a surprise party for
them for the last three months. We 2 ______________(book) a room in a local hotel and we 3________________(order)
an enormous cake with a photo of their wedding on top.

Last month we 4 ___________________(get) in touch with their friends to invite them, and so far we
5______________(receive) more than 50 replies to our invitations. Mum and Dad suspect that we
6_______________(now-plan) something special, but they don’t really know what. I know that Mum
7_________________(already-buy) a new dress and she said she 8 _______________(tell) Dad to buy a new suit.

The day of the party a limousine 9_________________(pick) up my parents at 11 and they are going to have some photos
10 ________________(take) in a park.

Activity 6: Read the sentences and choose the correct option.

1. I love music. I like …………….. to gigs of my favourite bands.

a- going b- visiting c- having

2. Would you mind …………… the volume down, please?

a- to turn b- turning c- turn

3. You ……………….. to take any food to the party. Mary will order some pizzas.
a- mustn’t b- don’t have c- have

4. I think you should talk to Anne. She’s a very ………….. person. She will understand my problems and give me
some advice.
a- sociable b- sympathetic c- shy

5. After the scandal he was forced to ………… from his job as economic adviser.
a- resign b- promote c- apply

6. I have been ……….. yoga for 2 years. It’s a great activity and I am feeling much better.
a- making b- doing c- playing

7. Would you like ……… out for a drink? What about on Saturday night?
a- go b- to go c- going

8. This weekend I am ………………. people round for dinner. What can I cook?
a- doing b- having c- visiting

283
 9. When I was a kid, I used to be ……………… . I hated sharing things.

a. shy b. self- confident c. selfish

10. When you have finished, ……………things………… do not leave them lying around.
a. put away b. get up c. turn off

11.He is living in London now but he …………in Manchester

a. used to live b- used to living c. is used to living

12. You are always ………..noise. Remain silent for a while, mind you!

a. making b. doing c. building

13. If you do the cleaning, I‘ll ……………….the shopping

a. do b. make c. go

14. When I arrived at the airport I had to do the check …..

a- in b- out c- off

15. If you want to go to the cinema I can …… you …..

a- take up b- pick up c- pick away

16. I feel so tired. I am really looking forward to …….... on holiday.

a- go b- going c- goes

Listening

Activity 7: Listen and choose the correct option.

1) The A68 is a road that...
a. looks very similar to the other roads.
b. is made with traditional asphalt.
c. had a lot of construction problems.
2) The plastic material used to make the road...
a. comes entirely from bottles.
b. is easy to recycle.
c. cannot be easily recycled.
3) In this region,...
a. there are a few places that make
plastic for roads.
b. there is only one place that makes
plastic for roads.
c. there are many roads made using
plastic waste.
4) Regarding quality, they think that plastic
asphalt is...
a. better than traditional asphalt.
b. as good as traditional asphalt.
c. worse than traditional asphalt.
5) For a part of the A689 road, they used...
a. 60,000 shopping bags.
b. 6 tons of plastic.
c. 6,5 tons of plastic.
6) In the UK, we...
a. recycle about 50% of the plastic.
b. recycle less plastic than other
countries.
c. bring recycled plastic from other
countries.

284
Writing

Activity 8: Write an essay (150 words)

What are the advantages and disadvantages of going on holiday alone?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
285
 Highlands

MOCK EXAM 8
Reading Comprehension

Activity 1: Read the text and choose the correct option

286
Use of English

Activity 2: Read the article and choose the best word (A, B, C or D) for each space

287
Open Cloze

Activity 3: Read the mail and complete with the missing words from the box.

a – an – for - had - have – many – much – the - to – would

From: Jake

To:

Hi guys!

This is …………….. best holiday ever! Plakias is such …………….. beautiful place. The meals in the hotel are
fantastic. For breakfast, you can have as ..................... as you want.

I usually have yoghurt with lots of fruit. There's lots for everyone in my family ..................... do, so we're all enjoying it.
Tomorrow I'm going to try windsurfing ............ the first time. I'm really excited because I ………… never done it
before, but Dad says it's easy. In fact, I love it here so much that I ……….. like to come back next year!

See you soon.

Jake

Key Word Transformation

Activity 4:

1. Lewis wrote those wonderful stories when he was 23.

Those wonderful stories…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. “How long did you stay in Paris” she asked the old gentleman.
She asked…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. The book was too long. However, the film was more interesting.
Although ....................……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. People are not allowed to enter this shop with their pets.
People mustn’t ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Pauline is growing fast because she eats healthy food.

Pauline would not be growing so fast if…………………………………………………………………………………

6. “I love taking a nap in the terrace when it’s not raining” the actress explained.
The actress explained that…………………………………………………………………………………………………

288
 7. This student is asking too many questions. He is very interested in the subject.
This student,…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. If I don’t see my mother today, she’ll get angry.

Unless I………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

9. I´m sure Susan will give you a nice present for your birthday.
Susan ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

10. I think Sally should think twice before she leaves her job.
Sally‘d …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Tenses

Activity 5: Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

Some weeks ago, very strange thefts took place from suitcases inside the luggage compartment of a coach that (travel)

1………………………between Girona Airport and Barcelona. After one journey, once the passengers (already recover)

2………………………their luggage, one of the passengers (point out) 3…………………. A large, suspicious suitcase.

The police (open) 4………………….. it and to their amazement they found a man inside. With the help of a friend, who

(also arrest) 5……………, this contortionist ad crammed himself inside a suitcase. His friend bought a bus ticket and put

the case into the luggage hold. Once the bus (leave) 6….……… the station, the man in the case came out, opened

other suitcases in the hold looking for valuable objects to steal from other passenger’s bags. The bus was riding, and

no one realized that this man (steal)7 ………………. From everybody’s luggage. Before the bus pulled into the stop in

Barcelona he (go) 8……..…………….back into his hiding place. Police said: “This is the strangest crime we (ever see)

9……………….………. In our lives! We hope that cases like this (not happen) 10………………..……again”.

Activity 6: GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES. Read the sentences and choose the correct option

1. Did you learn TO WRITE / WRITING an essay giving your opinion?

2. Do you like TO WATCH / WATCHING movies on Netflix?
3. Do you remember TO GO / GOING abroad when you were four years old?
4. Don’t let the dog TO SIT / SIT on your bed!
5. He denied TO TAKE / TAKING the money, but no one believed him.
6. I am planning TO TAKE UP / TAKING UP French lessons.
7. I hope TO BECOME / BECOMING a good teacher when I grow up.
8. I look forward TO SEE / TO SEEING you very soon.
9. I really want TO GET / GETTING a job soon.
10. I regret TO INFORM / INFORMING you that you have not passed final exam.
289
 11. I was doing gym but I stopped TO HAVE / HAVING a break. I felt exhausted.
12. I would like TO VISIT / VISITING England one day.
13. My mother has decided TO RETIRE / RETIRING so we are going to have a party soon.
14. My mum suggested TO GO / GOING jogging but I didn’t think that was a good idea.
15. Our boss makes us TO WEAR / WEAR a horrible uniform
16. The weather seems TO BE / BEING better. What about going out this weekend?
17. Tom will do anything to avoid TO WALK / WALKING to school. He’s so lazy!
18. Would you mind TO OPEN / OPENING the window, please?

Vocabulary

Activity 7: Read the sentences and choose the correct option

1. Amelie is EASY-GOING / LAZY so I’m sure she won’t mind if we change our plan.
2. He is a MIDDLE-AGED / MEDIUM-AGED man. He must be 35 years old.
3. He is very ARROGANT / ASSERTIVE He thinks he is better than everyone else.
4. I am too MODEST / SENSITIVE to work with sick children, I would be crying all the time.
5. I’m sure he saw how angry you were. You are very SENSITIVE / EMOTIONAL to express your feelings.
6. Louis is very SHY / MODEST about his achievements; I was expecting him to talk about himself all the time.
7. My sister doesn’t like giving presentations because she is very MODEST / SHY
8. She was a DETERMINED / STUBBORN prime minister who refused to change her position when it was clearly
wrong.
9. What a beautiful lady, she is BLUE-EYED / BLUE -EYES and has a beautiful smile.
10. Wow! You look STUNNING / SLENDER in that dress.

Listening

Activity 8: Read the questions, listen and choose the correct option.

1) Albert Einstein invented lasers and satellites.

2) Albert Einstein was born in Munich in 1879.
3) After graduating, it was difficult for Einstein to find a job because of a recommendation letter.
4) Einstein's first job was in an office.
5) Einstein explained relativity comparing how fast or slow time seemed to pass in different situations.
6) Einstein's general theory of relativity was proven in 1915.
7) Einstein was offered to be president of Israel and didn't accept.

290
Writing

Activity 9: Write an essay (150 words)

What are the advantages and disadvantages of going on an exchange trip?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

291
 TENSES
We use SIMPLE PRESENT for:

 Repeated actions and daily routines: Every day, you make your body do lots of
things.
 Permanent situations: He is a teacher.

We use PRESENT CONTINUOUS for:
 Laws of nature: Our body automatically does many things simultaneously.
 Timetables:
 The
Actions taking plane
place at from Brusselsofarrives
the moment at 8.30.
speaking: Some modern homes are now using
States or opinions:
 sophisticated I think/
technology. believe this is great!
 Temporary actions: I’m looking for a plumber to repair my bathroom.
 Social plans: I’m meeting a friend this afternoon.

SIMPLE PAST PAST CONTINUOUS

♦ for an action which happened at a
definite time in the past. The time is
stated, already known or implied:
In 1983 / Last year / When I was a student, I
met my husband.
♦ for actions which happened
immediately one after the other in the
past.
First she paid the driver, then she got out of
the taxi.
♦ for past habits or states which are now
finished.
Kitchens were very different a hundred years
ago.
♦ for complete actions: the action started
and ended in the past.
I finished the book last night.
♦ for main events in narrative:
We walked into the office and closed the door.
♦ for an action which was in progress
when another action interrupted it. We
use the past continuous for the action
in progress (longer action) and the past
simple for the action which interrupted
it (shorter action):
He was walking down the street when he ran
into an old friend.
♦ for two or more simultaneous past
actions:
She was talking on her mobile phone while she
was driving to work.
♦ to describe the atmosphere, setting,
background in the introduction to a
story before we describe the main
events.
One beautiful autumn afternoon, Ben was
strolling down a quiet country lane. The birds
were singing and the leaves were rustling in
the breeze.

PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE

• THE RESULTATIVE PAST: There is a strong link between the present and the past. Through
the action happened before now, we are more concerned with the present result. We are
more interested in the result of the action than in the action itself.
“The car is working well now. Tom has repaired it”
• The action has finished recently and that’s why we see the result now.
“Somebody has smoked all my cigarettes.” (The box is emptied now)
• THE UNFINISHED USE: The period of time is not finished. The action began in the past and
has continued until “now” (Present time)
“Ann has lived in London for six years” (she still lives there)
• EXPERIENCE: To describe personal experiences. “I’m not afraid of traveling by plane. In fact
I have traveled by plane many times)
• THE INDEFINITE PAST: We don’t mention when because it’s not important or because we
don’t know.
“We have been to Europe several times”
• CHANGES: When you want to show that things have changed recently. They are different
now.
292
 “She has put on weight.”
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
• INCOMPLETE ACTION: to talk about an action that is not completed.
“I’ve been waiting to see him since 10 o’clock” (I’m still waiting)
• EMPHASIS ON DURATION: to describe an action which started in the past and continues in
the present. It emphasizes the duration of the action.
“Ann has been writing letters all day”
PAST PERFECT SIMPLE

• When we need to make it clear that an event took place before another past event.
“When dad arrived home mum had already cooked dinner”.
USED TO

 We use USED TO to talk about past habits or things that do not happen anymore. It has the
same form in all persons, singular and plural. It is followed by infinitive.
 DIDN’T USE TO for negative.

FORM: HAD + PAST PARTICIPLE

We use the Past Perfect to talk about actions that happened before a point in the past. WE USE THE PAST PERFECT
WHEN WE WANT TO TALK ABOUT AN ACTION THAT HAPPENED IN THE PAST BEFORE ANOTHER ACTION IN THE PAST.
REMEMBER:
BEFORE
WHEN + SIMPLE PAST + , + PAST PERFECT
BY THE TIME

E.G. WHEN he ARRIVED home, I HAD GONE to school.

AFTER +PAST PERFECT + , + SIMPLE PAST

E.G. AFTER I HAD GONE to school, he ARRIVED home.

CLAUSES OF CONTRAST:

ALTHOUGH + clause
Although there were only three of them, they felt a “fourth presence”.
BUT + clause
I tried to help her, but she refused to accept.
HOWEVER + clause (punctuation: …….. . However; ……. // …………; however, ………)
Matt grew up in Kansas. However, he now lives in Kentucky.

CLAUSES OF REASON:

BECAUSE + clause
They cancelled the football match because it was raining.
BECAUSE OF + noun phrase
They cancelled the match because of the rain.

293
SHOULD / OUGHT TO: Young children should / ought to go to bed early.
Women shouldn’t / oughtn’t to work so many hours.
ADVISE SB TO DO STH: Experts advise women to spend some time with their
Children.
YOU HAD BETTER DO STH: You had better hand in your homework before the
teacher asks for it.
SUGGEST: What do you suggest women should do?
I suggest (that) women should be independent and earn their own money.

WHY DON’T YOU…? : Why don’t you find a babysitter?

WHAT/ HOW ABOUT + V-ING…? How about / what about asking your mom for help?

TENSE SIMPLE PRESENT GOING TO SIMPLE FUTURE

PRESENT CONTINUOUS
structure the train he is meeting her I am going to take she will be a doctor
arrives at 6 at 7 this evening up Medicine
tomorrow
uses TIMETABLES/ FIXED PLANS OR 1-PREDICTION 1-A DECISION TAKEN AT
PROGRAMME ARRANGEMENTS WITH STRONG THE MOMENT OF
S IN THE NEAR EVIDENCE After SPEAKING
FUTURE looking at what is Ex: I am tired. I will go and get
We have arranged happening now some coffee.
to do something Ex: Look out! We are 2-GENERAL PREDICTION It
with somebody at going to hit the car in is distant future so you don’t
a place and time. front have clear evidence. It is also
Ex: We are 2-PERSONAL PLAN used for scientific facts.
meeting at the AND INTENTIONS Ex: cars will fly in the year
café. Won’t you We have already 2010.
join us? decided something in 3-OFFERS
our minds without Ex: Shall I help you to do your
necessarily discussing it homework? (Shall is used in
with others. the question and for I and WE
Ex: I am going to take only)
up Law when I leave I will help you to do your
high school homework.
4-SUGGESTIONS AND
INVITATIONS
Ex: Shall we go to the movies
tonight?
5-PROMISES
Ex: I will never sit for an exam
without studying again. It was
silly of me.
6-TRHEATS
Ex: I will tell her if you
continue cheating on her.

294
VERB FORM IN THE DIRECT SPEECH VERB FORM IN REPORTED SPEECH
PRESENT SIMPLE PAST SIMPLE
I have an idea He said he had an idea
PRESENT CONTINUOUS PAST CONTINUOUS
I’m leaving He said he was leaving
PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE PAST PERFECT SIMPLE
I’ve done it. He said he had done it.
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
I’ve been working He said he had been working
PAST SIMPLE PAST PERFECT SIMPLE
I woke up late He said he had woken up late.
PAST CONTINUOUS PAST PERFECT CONTINUOS
I was sleeping He said he had been sleeping
PAST PERFECT SIMPLE NO CHANGE POSSIBLE
I had seen it before. He said he had seen it before.
PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS NO CHANGE POSSIBLE
I had been waiting He said he had been waiting
AM/IS/ARE GOING TO WAS / WERE GOING TO
I’m going to do it. He said he was going to do it.
WILL WOULD
I will call them He said he would call them
CAN COULD
I can do it He said he could do it
MUST HAD TO
I must go He said he had to go

DIRECT SPEECH REPORTED SPEECH

NOW AT THAT MOMENT

TODAY THAT DAY
TOMORROW THE NEXT DAY / THE FOLLOWING DAY
NEXT WEEK THE FOLLOWING WEEK
YESTERDAY THE DAY BEFORE / THE PREVIOUS DAY
LAST WEEK THE WEEK BEFORE
AT THE MOMENT AT THAT MOMENT
THIS / THESE THAT / THOSE
HERE THERE
TONIGHT THAT NIGHT
TWO DAYS/ MONTHS / YEARS, ETC. AGO TWO DAYS BEFORE

295
 ‘Are you working tomorrow morning?’, Paul
YES/NO QUESTIONS
When the question asked her.

begins with an auxiliary Paul asked her IF/WHETHER she was working
(do, have, are) or a the next morning.
modal verb (can, may,
etc.)
‘Why are you late?’, my mother asked me.

WH-QUESTIONS My mother asked me WHY I was late.

When the question
Watch out!! The verb “to be” (is –are-am) or “main verb”
begins with a question
changes position with the pronoun.
word (what, where,
why, etc.) Ex. What are you doing here?. My friend asked me.

My friend asked me what I was doing there

Ex. How can you do this to me!!?. My sister asked me.

My sister asked me how I could do that to her

PASSIVE
FORMATION RULES:
The passive is formed with the verb TO BE + the VERB participle. The OBJECT of the verb in
the active sentence becomes the SUBJECT in the passive sentence.
STRUCTURE:
Subj. + verb to be in the correct tense + Past participle (of the verb in the active)
USES:
• Putting emphasis on important information:
Hundreds of houses are built every year by the Government.
WITH THE AGENT:
Passive sentences often include information about WHO did the action. This person, thing, organization
is called the AGENT and IT comes before this information.
E.g.:The Mona Lisa was written by DaVinci.
WITHOUT THE AGENT:
It is not always necessary to mention the agent. The reasons are:
• Not known: My bike was stolen yesterday.
• Obvious: John was arrested last week / Bread is delivered every day.

296
CAUSATIVE: “TO HAVE SOMETHING DONE”
USE: To describe an action which I (or you, he, she, etc.) arrange but do not do myself. They are done for us
by another person. E.g.: I had my suit cleaned last week.
FORM: SUBJECT + HAVE + OBJECT + PAST PARTICIPLE
James has his car cleaned every week.

 THE SUBJECT is always a PERSON who does not do the action, but he/she receives the result of it.
 HAVE is a verb, and so it can go in any TENSE.
 The main verb is always in the past participle (3rd column)

GERUND: a word that ends in '-ing' which is made from a verb, and
which is used like a noun and after some verbs and prepositions.

Verbs followed by the gerund:

ADMIT – AVOID – CAN’T STAND – CONTINUE – DENY - DISLIKE – ENJOY – FINISH – HATE – INVOLVE - KEEP
– MISS – PREFER - SUGGEST - IMAGINE

Verbs followed by prepositions:

ACCUSE SBY OF – APOLOGISE (TO SBY) FOR – COMPLAIN ABOUT – FORGIVE SBY FOR - INSIST ON (SBY) –
LOOK FORWARD TO - SUCCEED IN – THANK SBY FOR – THINK OF / ABOUT – KEEP ON – HAVE DIFFICULTY
IN- SAVE UP BY-

Adjectives followed by prepositions:

AFRAID OF – ANGRY WITH / ABOUT - ANXIOUS ABOUT / FOR - CONCERNED ABOUT / FOR - EXCITED ABOUT -
FOND OF – GOOD AT –INTERESTED IN – KEEN ON - NERVOUS OF - SHOCKED AT - TERRIFIED AT / OF -
TIRED OF - WORRIED ABOUT

Accuse sb of - Apologise to sb for - Complain about - Think of / about - Insist on –

Afraid of - Angry with - Excited about - Interested in- Good at
Verbs followed by an infinitive: (VB + TO DO STH)
AGREE – ARRANGE – ASK – BE ABLE – BEGIN – CARE – CHOOSE – CONTINUE –DECIDE – DESERVE – DETEST
– EXPECT – FAIL – FORGET – GET – HAPPEN – HAVE – HOPE – LEAVE –

MEAN – OFFER – OUGHT – PLAN – PREPARE – PROMISE – PROPOSE – REFUSE – REMEMBER – SAY – START –
STOP – THREATEN – TRY – USE – WAIT – WANT - WISH

297
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
TYPE 0: GENERAL TRUTH
FORM: IF + S. PRESENT + S. PRESENT

USE: - To talk about things that always happen.

E.g.: If you press this key, the lights turn on.
- To talk about a general truth.
E.g.: If you don’t water the plant, it dies.
- To talk about scientific truth.
E.g.: If you heat water at 100°, it boils.

TYPE 1: PROBABILITY

FORM: IF + S. PRESENT + WILL

USE: - To talk about something we think will probably happen.

E.g.: If you study, you will pass the exam.
TYPE 2: HYPOTHESIS

FORM: IF + S. PAST + WOULD

USE: - Hypothetical situations in the present:

E.g.: If I won the championship, I would be very happy.
- To give advice:
E.g.: If I were you, I would study harder.

TYPE 3: IMPOSSIBLE

FORM: IF + PAST PERFECT + WOULD + HAVE + PAST PARTICIPLE

USE: - To talk about actions of the past

E. g.: IF I had gone to university; I would have become a lawyer.

RELATIVE CLAUSES
They have the function of an adjective (give extra information) and are placed after a noun.
e.g.: The family who lives next door moved to Ireland.
THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF RELATIVE CLAUSES:
1) Defining Relative Clauses: In meaning, they restrict, they define the noun. They are
essential to the meaning. In spelling, they are not separated by commas. We can’t take them out.
e.g.: The boy who came yesterday is my brother.
* The main clause does not make proper sense without the relative clause.
2) Non-Defining Relative Clause: In meaning, they don’t restrict or define the noun; they
add an idea to the defined noun. They are not essential to the meaning. In spelling, they are separated
by commas. We can take them out.
e.g.: John, who came yesterday, is my brother.
Relative Clauses are introduced by Relative Pronouns:
that ----------------> people; things; animals (only in Defining Relative Clause)
which---------------> things; animals
who-----------------> people
whose---------------> possession
where -------------places

298
 • PRESENT REFERENCE: WISH + SUBJECT + VERB – SIMPLE
PAST.
Example: I wish I were taller. (But I am not)
• PAST REFERENCE: WISH + SUBJECT + VERB – PAST PERFECT.
Example: I wish I had passed my exams. (I didn’t pass them)

A) MODAL VERBS OF DEDUCTION (present)

Modal verbs can be used to express deduction:

 MUST: when you feel sure something is true

You must be tired. You have been working all day long

 MAY, MIGHT OR COULD: You are not sure but it is possible.

She didn’t come. She might be ill.

 CAN’T when you feel sure something is not possible

They haven’t lived here for very long. They can’t know many people

SURE NOT SURE

AFFIRMATIVE MUST COULD – MAY –MIGHT

NEGATIVE CAN’T COULD – MAY –MIGHT + NOT

 TO TALK ABOUT THE PRESENT: MODAL + VERB (INFINITIVE)

 TO TALK ABOUT SOMETHING HAPPENING NOW: MODAL + BE +VERB (ING)
 TO TALK ABOUT THE PAST: MODAL + HAVE +VERB (3RD COLUMN)

B) MODAL VERBS OF DEDUCTION (past):

 MUST HAVE: when you feel sure something happened in the past
He must have lost his keys. He tried to get into the house through the window.

 MAY, MIGHT OR COULD HAVE: You are not sure but it is possible.
She didn’t go to class yesterday. She might have been ill.
299
 CAN’T HAVE: when you feel sure something didn’t happen.
They hardly talked to anyone when they used to live here. They can’t have known who your grandpa was.
 C) MODAL VERBS OF OBLIGATION:
We use MUST to talk about what is right or necessary. There is no choice.
- A good spy must be an excellent driver.
Must does not have a past nor future, we use had to or will have to instead.
HAVE TO means the same as MUST. As it is not full modal verb, it can be used in all tenses.
- A pigeon had to wear a camera around its neck.
Have to is often used to indicate that the obligation is external, while must is used to show it comes from the
speaker.
NO OBLIGATION:
We use DON´T HAVE TO or DON´T NEED TO to mean “it isn’t necessary”.
- He doesn’t have to be glamorous.
- Human diver’s don’t need to do this. (present)
- You didn’t need to help me doing yesterday’s homework. (past)
D) MODAL VERBS OF PERMISSION:
We use CAN/COULD to ask for and give permission.
- Can/Could I ask you a question?
- You can stay out late tonight. / I couldn’t stay out late when I was younger.
E) MODAL VERBS OF PROHIBITION:
We use MUSTN´T, CAN´T and COULDN´T to say that something is not permitted.
- You mustn’t smoke at school.

300